PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORP
S-3/A, 1999-01-27
TELEVISION BROADCASTING STATIONS
Previous: HOUSEHOLD CONSUMER LOAN TRUST 1996-2, 8-K, 1999-01-27
Next: ALLAIRE CORP, POS EX, 1999-01-27



<PAGE>

   
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JANUARY 27, 1999

                                                    REGISTRATION NO. 333-70949

===============================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                         PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-3
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    
                       PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

           Delaware                                     51-0374669
(State or other jurisdiction of            (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
incorporation or organization)

                  c/o Pegasus Communications Management Company
                      Suite 454, 5 Radnor Corporate Center
                               100 Matsonford Road
                           Radnor, Pennsylvania 19087
                                 (610) 341-1801
       (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area
               code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
                              ---------------------
                               Ted S. Lodge, Esq.
               Senior Vice President, Chief Adminstrative Officer,
                         General Counsel and Secretary
                  c/o Pegasus Communications Management Company
                      Suite 454, 5 Radnor Corporate Center
                               100 Matsonford Road
                           Radnor, Pennsylvania 19087
                                 (610) 341-1801
            (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                              ---------------------

                            Please send copies of all
                               communications to:

       Kirk A. Davenport, Esq.                    Michael B. Jordan, Esq.
          Latham & Watkins                      Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP
         885 Third Avenue               1100 Philadelphia National Bank Building
            Suite 100                              1345 Chestnut Street
        New York, NY 10022                Philadelphia, Pennsylvania  19107-3496
          (212) 906-1284                              (215) 988-2802

                              ---------------------
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
                              ---------------------

                  If the only securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the
following box: [ ]

                  If any of the securities being registered on this Form are
being offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the
Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection with
dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box: [ ]

                  If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the
following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the
earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

<PAGE>

         If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule
462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration
statement for the same offering. [ ]

         If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule
434, please check the following box. [ ]

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
========================================================================================================================
                                                      Proposed Maximum           Proposed
       Title of Shares            Amount to be         Aggregate Price       Maximum Aggregate            Amount of
       to be Registered            Registered(1)          Per Share(2)        Offering Price           Registration Fee(3)
       ----------------            ----------             ---------           --------------           ----------------
<S>                               <C>                  <C>                   <C>                        <C>
Shares of Class A Common          
Stock  par value $0.01 per
share                              
========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
(1) Includes 450,000 shares which the underwriters have the option to purchase
    to cover over-allotments, if any.

(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration
    fees in accordance with Rule 457(c) of the Securities Act of 1933, as
    amended. The maximum price per share information is based on the average of
    the high and the low sale prices of Pegasus Communications Corporation's
    Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, reported on the Nasdaq
    National Market System on January 13, 1999.

(3) The Registrant previously filed a Registration Statement with respect to
    4,664,200 shares for which a registration fee of $30,147 was paid.
    
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file
a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement
shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the
Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become
effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.


<PAGE>

We will amend and complete the information in this Prospectus. Although we are
permitted by U.S. federal securities laws to offer these securities using this
Prospectus, we may not sell them or accept your offer to buy them until the
registration statement filed with the SEC relating to these securities is
effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities or our
solicitation of your offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where
that would not be permitted or legal.
   
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION -- JANUARY 27, 1999
================================================================================
Prospectus
       , 1999

                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

                    4,664,200 Shares of Class A Common Stock
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                  The Offering

o  We are offering 3,000,000 of the shares and certain existing stockholders are
   offering 1,664,200 of the shares.
   

o  The underwriters have an option to purchase an additional 450,000 shares from
   us to cover over-allotments.
   

o  There is an existing trading market for these shares. The last reported sale
   price of Class A Common Stock was $25.25 per Class A Common Stock.
    

o  We plan to use the proceeds from the offering for acquisitions, capital
   expenditures and general corporate purposes. We will receive no proceeds from
   the sale of Class A Common Stock in the offering by the selling stockholders.
   

o  Closing: , 1999.

o  Nasdaq Symbol: PGTV
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        <S>                                                     <C>                  <C>
        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Per Share            Total
        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Public offering price:                                 $                    $
        Underwriting fees:
        Proceeds to Company:
        Proceeds to selling stockholders:
        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
   
    This investment involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on Page 9.
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has determined whether this
Prospectus is truthful or complete. Nor have they made, nor will they make, any
determination as to whether anyone should buy these securities. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
       Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
            Merrill Lynch & Co.
                 C.E. Unterberg, Towbin
                     ING Baring Furman Selz LLC
<PAGE>

 
                             [INSIDE FRONT COVER]


                        [Color map of the United States
               showing Company operations in the various states.]


                     TABLE OF CONTENTS
   
                                                   Page
                                                ---------
Prospectus Summary ..........................        3
Risk Factors ................................       13
Use of Proceeds .............................       22
Dividend Policy .............................       23
Price Range of Class A Common Stock .........       23
Dilution ....................................       24
Capitalization ..............................       25
Selected Historical and Pro Forma
   Consolidated Financial Data ..............       26
Management's Discussion and Analysis
   of Financial Condition and Results of
   Operation ................................       29
The Company .................................       39
Management ..................................       40
Principal and Selling Stockholders ..........       47
Certain Relationships and Related
   Transactions .............................       50
Description of Certain Indebtedness .........       53
Description of Capital Stock ................       61
Future Sales of Common Stock ................       64
Underwriters ................................       67
Legal Matters ...............................       68
Experts .....................................       68
Where You Can Find More Information .........       69
Index to Financial Statements ...............      F-1
    




                                       2
<PAGE>


   
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this
prospectus. This summary is not complete and may not contain all of the
information that you should consider before deciding to invest in our common
stock. We urge you to read the entire prospectus carefully, including our SEC
filings that we have incorporated by reference into this prospectus, the "Risk
Factors" section and the consolidated financial statements and the notes to
those statements.

         Information in this summary gives effect to the pending acquisitions
described below in "The Company -Recent Pegasus Developments."

Pegasus

         Pegasus Communications Corporation is:

         o        The largest independent provider of DIRECTV(R) with 455,000
                  subscribers at December 31, 1998. We have the exclusive right
                  to distribute DIRECTV digital broadcast satellite services to
                  over 4.83 million rural households in 36 states. We distribute
                  DIRECTV through the Pegasus retail network, a network of
                  approximately 2,000 independent retailers.

         o        The owner or programmer of nine TV stations affiliated with
                  either Fox, UPN or the WB and the owner of a large cable
                  system in Puerto Rico serving approximately 50,000
                  subscribers.

         o        One of the fastest growing media companies in the United
                  States. We have increased our revenues at a compound growth
                  rate of 100% per annum since our inception in 1991.

DBS and DIRECTV

         DBS programming services (DBS is the industry's abbreviation of "direct
broadcast satellite") are digital satellite services that require a subscriber
to install a satellite receiving antenna or dish and a digital receiver. The
introduction of DBS receivers is widely regarded as the most successful
introduction of a consumer electronics product in U.S. history, surpassing the
rollout of color televisions, VCRs and compact disc players. According to a
recent Paul Kagan study, DBS services captured almost 2 out of every 3 new
subscribers to multi-channel television in the United States in 1998. At
December 31, 1998, there were 8.7 million DBS subscribers in the United States.
The Carmel Group has forecast that the number of DBS subscribers will grow to
21.1 million by 2003.

         There are currently three nationally branded DBS programming services:




         o        DIRECTV -- There are 4.5 million DIRECTV subscribers (52% DBS 
                  market share), including approximately 3.55 million
                  subscribers served by DIRECTV itself, 455,000 subscribers
                  served by Pegasus and 500,000 subscribers served by the
                  approximately 100 other DIRECTV rural affiliates.

         o        Primestar -- There are 2.3 million Primestar subscribers (26%
                  DBS market share).

         o        EchoStar -- There are 1.9 million EchoStar subscribers (22%
                  DBS market share).


         DIRECTV, a service of Hughes Electronics, is a "high power" DBS service
that requires a satellite dish of approximately 18 inches in diameter that may
be installed by the consumer without professional assistance. DIRECTV has said
it will have the capacity to offer 370
    

                                        3
<PAGE>
   

channels of near laser disc quality video and CD quality audio programming after
completing its announced acquisitions of United States Satellite Broadcasting,
Inc. and Primestar described below. DIRECTV added 1.2 million new subscribers in
1998, which accounted for approximately 48% of all new DBS subscribers in that
year.

DIRECTV Rural Affiliates and Consolidation

         Prior to the launch of DIRECTV's DBS programming service, Hughes
entered into an agreement with the National Rural Telecommunications Cooperative
authorizing the NRTC to offer its members and associates the opportunity to
acquire exclusive rights to distribute DIRECTV programming services in rural
areas of the United States. (The NRTC is a cooperative organization whose
members and associates are engaged in the distribution of telecommunications and
other services in predominantly rural areas of the United States.) Approximately
250 NRTC members and associates acquired such exclusive rights, thereby becoming
DIRECTV "rural affiliates." The DIRECTV exclusive territories acquired by
DIRECTV's rural affiliates include approximately 9 million rural households.
Pegasus was the largest of the original DIRECTV rural affiliates, acquiring a
DIRECTV exclusive territory of approximately 500,000 homes in four New England
states.

         When DIRECTV was launched in 1994, approximately 95% of the DIRECTV
rural affiliate exclusive territories were held by small DIRECTV rural
affiliates. In 1996, Pegasus made its first acquisition of another DIRECTV rural
affiliate, thereby beginning a process of consolidation that has significantly
changed the composition of DIRECTV's rural affiliates. Since 1996 we have
increased our DIRECTV exclusive territories to more than 4.83 million homes
through the completed or pending acquisitions of 81 other DIRECTV rural
affiliates, including acquisitions by Digital Television Services, Inc., with
which we merged in 1998. Today, Pegasus represents 55% of the DIRECTV exclusive
territories held by DIRECTV's rural affiliates.

Satellite Services in Rural Areas

         Rural areas include approximately 85% of the total landmass of the
continental United States and have an average home density of less than 12 homes
per square mile. Because the cost of building (or rebuilding) a cable or other
wireline system is generally inversely proportional to home density and the cost
of providing satellite service is not, satellite services have strong cost
advantages over cable in rural areas. DBS services have already achieved a
penetration of more than 17% in rural areas of the United States, as compared to
approximately 5% in metropolitan areas. Approximately 65% of all U.S. DBS
subscribers reside in rural areas.

         There are approximately 76 million people, 30 million households and 3
million businesses located in rural areas of the United States. Annual household
income in rural areas totaled over $1.1 trillion in 1997, an average of
approximately $38,000 per household. Rural areas therefore represent a large and
attractive market for DBS and other digital satellite services. It is likely
that future digital satellite services, such as soon to be launched digital
audio services, satellite broadband multimedia services and mobile satellite
services, will also (like DBS) achieve significantly greater penetration in
rural areas than in metropolitan areas.

Pegasus Rural Focus and Strategy

         Our long-term goal is to become an integrated provider of DBS and other
digital satellite services in rural areas of the United States. To accomplish
our goal, we are pursuing the following strategy:

         o        Continue to Grow Our Rural Subscriber Base by Aggressively
                  Marketing DIRECTV: Pegasus currently serves in excess of
                  455,000 DIRECTV subscribers, which represents a penetration of
                  approximately 10%. Our rate of growth has accelerated as we
                  have increased our scale and expanded the Pegasus retail
                  network.

         o        Continue to Acquire Other DIRECTV Rural Affiliates: We have
                  had an excellent track record of acquiring DIRECTV rural
                  affiliates and believe that we have a competitive advantage in
                  acquiring additional DIRECTV rural affiliates due to our
                  position as the largest DIRECTV rural affiliate, our access to
                  the capital markets and our strong reputation in the DBS
                  industry.

    
                                       4
<PAGE>
   
         o        Continue to Develop the Pegasus Retail Network: Our
                  consolidation of DIRECTV's rural affiliates has enabled us to
                  expand the Pegasus retail network to 2,000 independent
                  retailers in 36 states. We believe that the Pegasus retail
                  network is one of the few sales and distribution channels for
                  digital satellite services with broad and effective reach in
                  rural areas of the U.S.

         o        Generate Future Growth By Bundling Additional Digital
                  Satellite Services with DIRECTV: We believe that new digital
                  satellite services, such as digital audio services, broadband
                  multimedia services and mobile satellite services, will be
                  introduced to consumers and businesses in the next five years.
                  We believe that these services, like DBS, will achieve
                  disproportionate success in rural areas and that the Pegasus
                  retail network will position us to capitalize on these new
                  opportunities.

Recent DBS Developments

         Three important events have occurred recently in the DBS industry.

         DIRECTV/Hughes Acquisition of USSB. In December 1998, Hughes
Electronics Corporation, the parent company of DIRECTV, announced that it had
reached an agreement with United States Satellite Broadcasting Company, Inc. to
acquire USSB's business and assets for approximately $1.3 billion in cash and
stock. The transaction will enable DIRECTV to add such premium networks as
multichannel HBO, Cinemax and Showtime. It is subject to review and approval by
the Department of Justice and the Federal Communications Commission and other
conditions.

         DIRECTV/Hughes Acquisition of Primestar. In January 1999, Hughes
announced that it reached agreement with Primestar, Inc. to acquire Primestar's
DBS business in two transactions valued at approximately $1.82 billion. DIRECTV
has stated that it intends to operate Primestar's medium power business for
approximately two years, during which time it will transition Primestar's
approximately 2.3 million subscribers to the high power DIRECTV service. The
Primestar transactions are subject to approval of the Federal Communications
Commission and antitrust agencies and other conditions. We estimate that there
are between 200,000 and 250,000 Primestar subscribers in our DIRECTV exclusive
territories. (Our estimate is based on DIRECTV's estimate of the proportion of
Primestar subscribers in the exclusive territories of DIRECTV rural affiliates
and our proportionate ownership of those territories.) We are still evaluating
the effects of the Primestar transactions on our business.

         EchoStar-News Corporation-MCI Settlement. In November 1998, EchoStar
Communications Corporation, News Corporation, MCI and certain other parties
reached an agreement for the transfer to EchoStar of a license to operate a
high-power DBS business at the 110(degree) west longitude orbital location and
certain other DBS assets in exchange for shares of EchoStar. The agreement with
News Corporation and MCI has been approved by the Department of Justice and is
pending approval of the Federal Communications Commission. This transaction
could increase EchoStar's competitive position relative to DIRECTV. See "Risk
Factors - Other Risks of Our Business - We Face Significant Competition: the
Competition Landscape Changes Constantly." We believe that the EchoStar/News
Corporation/MCI settlement will be positive for the DBS industry and will help
increase DBS' competitive position vis-a-vis cable.

    
                                       5
<PAGE>

                                  The Offering

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                          <C>
Class A Common Stock offered by:
 The Company .............................    3,000,000 shares (1)
 The selling stockholders ................    1,664,200 shares
                                             -----------------
  Total ..................................    4,664,200 shares
                                             -----------------
Class A Common Stock to be
  outstanding after the offering .........   14,315,809 shares (2)

Use of proceeds ..........................   The net proceeds to the Company from this offering (after
                                             deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and
                                             estimated offering expenses) are estimated to be approximately
                                             $69.8 million (approximately $80.3 million if the underwriters'
                                             over-allotment option is exercised in full). The Company
                                             intends to use the net proceeds for acquisitions (only some of
                                             which have been identified), capital expenditures and general
                                             corporate. We will receive no proceeds from the sale of Class A
                                             Common Stock in the offering by the selling stockholders. See
                                             "Use of Proceeds."

Nasdaq National Market symbol ............   PGTV
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) Excludes 450,000 shares to be sold by us if the underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full. See "Underwriters."
   
(2) Based on the number of shares outstanding at January 20, 1999. Excludes
issued and outstanding warrants for 659,565 shares of Class A Common Stock, and
642,227 options granted under the Company's stock option plan.
    
                          --------------------------

     Our principal executive offices are located at Suite 454, 5 Radnor
Corporate Center, 100 Matsonford Road, Radnor, Pennsylvania 19087. Our
telephone number is (888) 438-7488 and our Internet website is located at
http://www.pgtv.com. Our website is not part of our prospectus.

                                       6
<PAGE>
         SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
   
     The following table sets forth summary historical and pro forma
consolidated financial data for the Company. You should read this information
in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the notes to
them, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations," "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data"
and "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information" included elsewhere in this
prospectus. You should also read the paragraphs following this table, which
explain certain portions of the table. For expected fourth quarter results, see
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Fourth Quarter Results."
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Years Ended December 31,
                                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                              Pro
                                                                                                             Forma
Statement of Operations Data:             1993         1994         1995         1996          1997           1997
                                                       (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                   <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
Net revenues:
  DBS ..............................    $    --      $    174     $ 1,469      $  5,829      $  38,254     $ 139,944
  TV and cable .....................     19,487        28,017      30,679        42,100         48,564        51,170
                                        -------      --------     -------      --------      ---------     ---------
  Total net revenues ...............     19,487        28,191      32,148        47,929         86,818       191,114
Pre-marketing location operating
 expenses:
 DBS ...............................         --           210       1,379         4,312         26,042        99,381
 TV and cable ......................     12,235        17,943      19,762        25,946         30,070        30,987
Subscriber acquisition costs .......         --            --          --           646          5,973        29,319
Incentive compensation .............        192           432         528           985          1,274         1,720
Corporate expenses .................      1,265         1,506       1,364         1,429          2,256         2,256
Depreciation and amortization ......      5,978         6,940       8,751        12,061         27,792        91,722
                                        -------      --------     -------      --------      ---------     ---------
Income (loss) from operations ......       (183)        1,160         364         2,550         (6,589)      (64,271)
Interest expense ...................     (4,402)       (5,973)     (8,817)      (12,455)       (16,094)      (55,153)
Interest income ....................         --            --         370           232          1,539         1,278
Other expenses, net ................       (220)          (65)        (44)         (171)          (723)         (723)
Gain on sale of cable system .......         --            --          --            --          4,451            --
Provision (benefit) for income
 taxes .............................         --           140          30          (120)           200           200
Extraordinary gain (loss) from
 extinguishment of debt ............         --          (633)     10,211          (250)        (1,656)           --
                                        -------      --------     -------      --------      ---------     ---------
Net income (loss) ..................     (4,805)       (5,651)      2,054        (9,974)       (19,272)     (119,069)
Dividends on Series A Preferred
 Stock .............................         --            --          --            --         12,215        13,156
                                        -------      --------     -------      --------      ---------     ---------
Net income (loss) applicable to
 common shares .....................   ($ 4,805)    ($  5,651)    $ 2,054     ($  9,974)    ($  31,487)   ($ 132,225)
                                        =======      ========     =======      ========      =========     =========
Income (loss) per common
 share:
 Loss before extraordinary
  item .............................                              ($ 1.59)     ($  1.56)     ($   3.02)    ($   7.05)
 Extraordinary item ................                                 1.99         (0.04)         (0.17)           --
                                                                  -------      --------      ---------     ---------
 Net income (loss) per com-
  mon share ........................                              ($ 0.40      ($  1.60)     ($   3.19)    ($   7.05)
                                                                  =======      ========      =========     =========
 Weighted average shares
  outstanding (000's) ..............                                5,140         6,240          9,858        18,760
                                                                  =======      ========      =========     =========
Other Data:
Pre-marketing cash flow:
 DBS ...............................    $    --     ($     36)    $    90      $  1,517      $  12,212     $  41,971
 TV and cable ......................      7,252        10,074      10,917        16,154         18,494        20,183
                                        -------      --------     -------      --------      ---------     ---------
 Total pre-marketing cash flow......    $ 7,252      $ 10,038     $11,007      $ 17,671      $  30,706     $  62,154
                                        =======      ========     =======      ========      =========     =========
Location cash flow .................    $ 7,252      $ 10,038     $11,007      $ 17,025      $  24,733     $  32,835
Operating cash flow ................      5,795         8,100       9,287        15,596         22,477        30,579
Capital expenditures ...............        885         1,264       2,640         6,294          9,929        19,069
Net cash provided by (used for):
 Operating activities ..............      1,694         4,103       5,783         3,059          8,478
 Investing activities ..............       (106)       (3,571)     (6,047)      (81,179)      (142,109)
 Financing activities ..............     (1,020)         (658)     10,859        74,727        169,098
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Nine Months                     
                                                 Ended September 30,                Pro Forma
                                      ------------------------------------------   Twelve Months
                                                                        Pro            Ended
                                                                       Forma       September 30,
Statement of Operations Data:             1997          1998           1998            1998
                                       (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                   <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>
Net revenues:
  DBS ..............................    $  23,362     $ 95,662       $143,151        $ 182,181
  TV and cable .....................       34,175       35,368         39,031           54,117
                                        ---------     --------       --------        ---------
  Total net revenues ...............       57,537      131,030        182,182          236,298

Pre-marketing location operating                                   
 expenses:                                                         
 DBS ...............................       15,995       66,324         98,637          125,940
 TV and cable ......................       21,193       22,778         24,423           33,656

Subscriber acquisition costs .......        1,822       25,018         36,590           49,546
Incentive compensation .............          744        1,472          1,472            2,089
Corporate expenses .................        1,409        2,418          2,418            3,265
Depreciation and amortization ......       18,161       46,789         71,162           95,030
                                        ---------     --------      ---------        ---------
Income (loss) from operations ......       (1,787)     (33,769)       (52,520)         (73,228)
Interest expense ...................      (10,288)     (29,850)       (41,104)         (54,863)
Interest income ....................          828        1,334          1,654            2,269
Other expenses, net ................         (454)        (975)          (975)          (1,244)
Gain on sale of cable system .......        4,451       24,902             --               --
Provision (benefit) for income                                     
 taxes .............................           50          175            175              325
Extraordinary gain (loss) from                                     
 extinguishment of debt ............           --           --             --               --
                                        ---------     --------      ---------        ---------
Net income (loss) ..................       (7,300)     (38,533)       (93,120)        (127,391)
Dividends on Series A Preferred                                    
 Stock .............................        8,678       10,959         10,959           14,496
                                        ---------     --------      ---------        ---------
Net income (loss) applicable to                                    
 common shares .....................   ($  15,978)   ($ 49,492)     ($104,079)      ($ 141,887)
                                        =========     ========      =========        =========
Income (loss) per common                                           
 share:                                                            
 Loss before extraordinary                                         
  item .............................    ($   1.64)    ($  3.66)      ($  5.51)       ($   7.52)
 Extraordinary item ................           --           --             --               --
                                        ---------     --------      ---------        ---------
 Net income (loss) per com-                                        
  mon share ........................    ($   1.64)    ($  3.66)      ($  5.51)       ($   7.52)
                                        =========     ========      =========        =========
 Weighted average shares                                           
  outstanding (000's) ..............        9,756       13,534         18,875           18,863
                                        =========     ========      =========        =========
Other Data:                                                        
Pre-marketing cash flow:                                           
 DBS ...............................    $   7,367     $ 29,338        $44,514        $  56,241
 TV and cable ......................       12,982       12,590         14,608           20,461
                                        ---------     --------      ---------        ---------
 Total pre-marketing cash flow......    $  20,349     $ 41,928        $59,122        $  76,702
                                        =========     ========      =========        =========
Location cash flow .................    $  18,527     $ 16,910        $22,532        $  27,156
Operating cash flow ................       17,118       14,492         20,114           23,891
Capital expenditures ...............        7,681        6,179          6,657           15,552
Net cash provided by (used for):                                   
 Operating activities ..............          268      (15,462)    
 Investing activities ..............     (104,433)     (74,217)
 Financing activities ..............      129,793       84,704
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                              As of December 31,                        As of September 30, 1998  
                                      ---------------------------------------------------------       ----------------------------
                                         1993        1994        1995      1996         1997               Actual    Pro Forma    
<S>                                     <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>                  <C>         <C>
Balance Sheet Data:                                                                                                                 
Cash and cash equivalents ..........    $ 1,506    $  1,380   $21,856    $  8,582    $  45,269            $ 58,811    $25,565      
Working capital (deficiency) .......     (3,844)    (23,074)   17,566       6,430       32,347              25,376    (12,004)      
Total assets .......................     76,386      75,394    95,770     173,680      380,862             846,164    918,068       
Total debt (including current) .....     72,127      61,629    82,896     115,575      208,355             504,634    505,788       
Total liabilities ..................     78,954      68,452    95,521     133,354      239,234             621,336    623,491       
Redeemable preferred stock .........         --          --        --          --      111,264             122,223    122,223       
Minority interest ..................         --          --        --          --        3,000               3,000      3,000       
Total common stockholders'                                                                                                          
 equity (deficit) ..................     (2,427)      6,942       249      40,326       27,364              99,605    169,355       
                                                 
</TABLE>
                                       7
<PAGE>

     Pro forma income statements and other data for the year ended December 31,
1997 and the nine months ended September 30, 1998 include our completed and
pending acquisitions and sales, the issuance and sale of our 9 3/4% Senior
Notes due 2006 and the use of proceeds from that offering and this offering and
the use of proceeds from this offering as if they had all occurred in the
beginning of such periods. The pro forma balance sheet data as of September 30,
1998 includes the acquisitions after September 30, 1998, the issuance and sale
of our 9 3/4% Senior Notes due 2006 and the use of proceeds from that offering
and this offering and the use of proceeds from this offering as if such events
had occurred on such date. See "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information."

     The pro forma income statement data for the year ended December 31, 1997
and the nine and twelve months ended September 30, 1998 does not include the
$4.5 million and the $24.9 million gain from the sale of our New England cable
systems.

     The pro forma income statement data for the year ended December 31, 1997
does not include the $1.7 million writeoff of deferred financing costs in
connection with the retirement of a retired credit facility.

     We present "revenues" and "pre-marketing location operating expenses" to
show operations by segment. This presentation varies from that on the income
statement included in our audited consolidated financial statements, which
presents revenues and operating expenses by function. We believe our
presentation by business segments is used by analysts who report publicly on
the performance of companies operating in our segments.

     "Incentive compensation" represents compensation expenses under our
Restricted Stock Plan and 401(k) Plans.

   
     "Pre-marketing cash flow" is defined as "location cash flow" plus
subscriber acquisition costs. "Location cash flow" is defined as net revenues
less location operating expenses. "Location operating expenses" consist of
programming, barter programming, general and administrative, technical and
operations, marketing and selling expenses. "Operating cash flow" is defined as
income (loss) from operations plus depreciation, amortization and non-cash
incentive compensation. The difference between location cash flow and operating
cash flow is that operating cash flow includes cash incentive compensation and
corporate expenses. Although operating cash flow, pre-marketing cash flow and
location cash flow are not measures of performance under generally accepted
accounting principles, the Company believes that location cash flow and
operating cash flow are accepted within the Company's business segments as
generally recognized measures of performance and are used by analysts who report
publicly on the performance of companies operating in such segments.
Nevertheless, these measures should not be considered in isolation or as a
substitute for income from operations, net income, net cash provided by
operating activities or any other measure for determining the Company's
operating performance or liquidity which is calculated in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles.
    

                                       8
<PAGE>
                                 RISK FACTORS

     You should carefully consider the risks described below before you decide
to invest. They could materially and adversely affect our financial condition
and results of operation. They could cause the trading price of our stock to
decline, and you might lose all or part of your investment.

     These risks and uncertainties are not the only ones we face. Others that
we do not know about now, or that we do not now think are important, may impair
our business or the trading price of our stock.

   
     This prospectus contains or incorporates by reference certain statements
and information that are "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). We use words such as "anticipate,"
"believe," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "project" and similar expressions to
identify forward-looking statements. Those statements include, among other
things, the discussions of our business strategy and expectations concerning our
market position, future operations, margins, profitability, liquidity and
capital resources, as well as statements concerning the integration of our
acquisitions and related achievement of cost savings and other synergies. We
caution you that reliance on any forward-looking statement involves risks and
uncertainties, and that although we believe that the assumptions on which our
forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of those assumptions
could prove to be inaccurate, and, as a result, the forward-looking statements
based on those assumptions also could be incorrect. The uncertainties in this
regard include, but are not limited to, those identified in the risk factors
discussed below. In light of these and other uncertainties, you should not
conclude that we will necessarily achieve any plans and objectives or projected
financial results referred to in any of the forward-looking statements. We do
not undertake to release the results of any revisions of these forward-looking
statements to reflect future events or circumstances.
    


Risks of Our DBS Business

     Satellite and DBS Technology Could Fail or Be Impaired

     DBS technology is highly complex and is still evolving. As with any
"high-tech" product or system, it might not function as expected. One example
of this risk occurred recently. In July 1998, the primary spacecraft control
processor failed on one of the satellites that transmits DIRECTV programming
from the 101o west longitudinal orbital slot. As it was designed to do, the
satellite automatically switched to the on-board backup processor with no
interruption of service to DIRECTV subscribers. Hughes Electronics, which made
the satellite and owns DIRECTV, has announced that it plans to launch a new
satellite in September 1999 to expand DIRECTV channel capacity and provide
additional backup. If the backup processor on the current satellite fails
before the new satellite is operational, other Hughes satellites presently
operating at the 101o west longitudinal orbital slot would continue to transmit
DIRECTV programming, but the service would experience an undetermined reduction
in channel capacity. This could materially adversely affect our operations and
financial performance.

     The DIRECTV satellites are supposed to last at least through the year
2007, but any of a number of things could shorten their lives, such as:

     o technical failure,

     o year 2000 computer problems,

     o anti-satellite devices,

     o electrostatic storms,

     o collision with space debris, and

     o acts of war.

     We Depend on DIRECTV and Third Party Programmers for Programming

     Because we are an intermediary for DIRECTV, events at DIRECTV that we do
not control can adversely affect us. One of the most important of these is
DIRECTV's ability to provide programming that appeals to

                                       9
<PAGE>
mass audiences. DIRECTV generally does not produce its own programming; it
purchases it from third parties. DIRECTV's success -- and therefore ours --
depends in large part on DIRECTV's ability to make good judgments about
programming sources and obtain programming on favorable terms. We have no
control or influence over this.

     The law requires programming suppliers that are affiliated with cable
companies to provide programming to all multichannel distributors -- including
DIRECTV -- on nondiscriminatory terms. The rules implementing this law are
scheduled to expire in 2002. If they are not extended, these programmers could
increase DIRECTV's rates, and therefore ours.

     Future financial reverses at DIRECTV could also affect us.

     There Is Some Uncertainty About Our DIRECTV Rights After 2007

     Our rights to provide DIRECTV programming do not come directly from
DIRECTV but through an organization called the NRTC -- the National Rural
Telecommunications Cooperative. The NRTC is a cooperative organization whose
members are predominantly rural telephone and utility companies. We are an
"associate" of the NRTC.

     The NRTC has an agreement with DIRECTV that allows it to grant exclusive
DIRECTV distribution rights to NRTC members and associates in designated rural
areas of the United States. The NRTC, in turn, has separate agreements with us
and its other members and associates. The NRTC's agreements with DIRECTV and
with us last for the life of the current DIRECTV satellites, which is expected
to be at least through 2007.

     The NRTC has told us that its agreement with DIRECTV gives the NRTC a
right of first refusal to get comparable rights if DIRECTV launches new
satellites to replace the existing ones. The NRTC has not told us the details
of this right of first refusal. We expect that its financial terms will have to
be negotiated at the time any new satellites are to be launched. The cost of
obtaining these rights will likely depend on DIRECTV's costs of launching
replacement satellites and on other factors that are difficult to anticipate.
For this reason, we are unable to predict whether, or at what cost, we will be
able to continue in the DIRECTV business after the current satellites are
removed from service.

     We Cannot Retransmit the Broadcast Networks' Programming to All Our
Customers

     The DBS industry and the major television networks are in a serious
dispute about whether DIRECTV and the other DBS services can carry network
programming. If they cannot, DIRECTV could lose some of its consumer appeal;
this could affect us adversely.

     The dispute arises under a federal law called the Satellite Home Viewer
Act. This law allows DBS operators, for a statutory fee, to provide network
programming to subscribers in "unserved areas" but not elsewhere. The concept
of "unserved area" has to do with how well people in the area can receive
over-the-air broadcasts of local network-affiliated stations. The problem is
that there are technical issues and ambiguities in the way the law defines
these areas. This is important to us because our subscribers are predominantly
in rural areas where regular television reception is weak.

     In two recent lawsuits the networks have persuaded the courts to define
"unserved areas" much more narrowly than has been our practice and that of
others in the DBS industry. Other lawsuits have been filed but not decided.
Under the court's order in one of the decided cases, DIRECTV will have to cut
off CBS and Fox programming to ineligible subscribers between February 28, 1999
and April 30, 1999. We do not know how many of these subscribers will cancel
their service entirely as a result. These disconnections will have an adverse
effect on us.

     In addition, we are not providing programming from any of the four major
networks to new customers unless they live in areas that meet the court's
narrow definition of "unserved area." We do not know how many potential new
customers we have lost and will lose because of this.

     More court proceedings and appeals are likely. Meanwhile, the FCC has
started a proceeding to clarify the issue by regulation. The FCC may act as
early as February 1, 1999. Whatever the FCC does could also be appealed to the
courts.

                                       10
<PAGE>
     We cannot predict how these issues will be resolved, how long it will take
to resolve them, or how seriously they will affect us.

     In addition, the Satellite Home Viewer Act is scheduled to expire on
December 31, 1999. If Congress does not renew it, DIRECTV will not be able to
provide network programming even to unserved areas without the consent of the
owners of the programming.

     DIRECTV Has Drawbacks to Consumers

     DBS has two main drawbacks to consumers.

   o Subscribers cannot receive their local TV stations on DBS, particularly
     local news and sports. (This will remain true for many subscribers even if
     the network programming issues discussed above are resolved in the DBS
     industry's favor.) In areas served by cable television, this puts us at a
     competitive disadvantage because cable systems usually carry local
     stations.

   
   o To receive DBS, the customer must buy and install reception equipment -- a
     dish and a receiver. Although the price of this equipment has decreased
     significantly since DIRECTV service began in 1994, it still costs about
     $149 to buy the equipment and another $129 to have it professionally
     installed. We reduce the front-end cost to consumers by subsidizing the
     equipment cost and providing free programming for a month or more, which
     reduces our income. Even so, cable has an advantage over DBS because cable
     customers do not have to buy equipment, and cable companies charge lower
     installation fees.
    

     There is a Risk of Signal Theft

     Signal theft has long been a problem in the cable and DBS industries.
DIRECTV uses encryption technology to prevent people from receiving programming
without paying for it. The technology is not foolproof, and there have been
published reports that it has been compromised. If this becomes widespread, our
revenues would suffer.

     We Could Lose Revenues if We Have Out-of-Territory Subscribers

     Just as we have exclusive DIRECTV distribution rights in our territories,
we are not allowed to have customers outside our territories. The problem is
that customers are not always truthful about where they live. If it turns out
that large numbers of our subscribers are not in our territories, we would lose
substantial revenues when we disconnect them. We could also face legal
consequences for having subscribers in Canada, where DIRECTV reception is
illegal.


Risks of Our Broadcast Television Business

     We Depend on Our Network Affiliations For Programming

     The television stations that we now own or program are affiliated with the
Fox, WB and UPN television networks. The networks provide substantial amounts
of our stations' programming. Our broadcast operations could suffer materially
if the network programming does not appeal to viewers, or if we lose our
affiliations with these networks for any of a variety of reasons. In that
connection:

     o We are in the process of negotiating renewals of the Fox affiliation
       agreements for four of our six television markets, which are currently
       scheduled to expire on January 30, 1999.

   
     o While the WB is permitting us to air its programming on two of the
       stations we program, we are still negotiating affiliation agreements for
       those stations.
    

     o If Fox acquires a significant ownership interest in another station in
       one of our markets, it can cancel our affiliation agreement for that
       market without penalty. Fox has done this in the past to other
       broadcasters.

If we lose or do not obtain these network affiliations, we could not continue
to carry the network programming. This could affect us materially and
adversely.

                                       11
<PAGE>
   
     Also, since the WB and UPN are relatively new networks, their long-term
stability is uncertain. If these networks were to stop operating or cut back on
their programming, we would have to acquire new programming for these stations
which could be more expensive to us or less attractive to viewers.
    


     The FCC May Prevent Our Local Marketing Agreement Strategy

     One of our important strategies in broadcast television is to achieve
economies of scale by programming two stations in each of our markets. The
Federal Communications Commission is considering a measure that would prevent
us from doing this.

     Because the FCC does not allow us to own more than one television station
in the same market, we have implemented our strategy -- as have other
broadcasters -- through arrangements known as local marketing agreements. We
currently have local marketing agreements for second stations in four of our
markets and expect to program a second station under such an agreement in one
more market by 2000.

     Our typical local marketing agreement is an agreement with the owner of a
station in which we get the right to sell all advertising time on the station
and keep all advertising revenue in exchange for supplying all programming for
the station and making agreed-upon payments to the station owner. We also have
the option to purchase the station if it becomes legal under FCC rules for us
to do so.

     The FCC currently has under consideration a change in its regulations that
would prohibit this practice by treating local marketing agreements such as
ours as if we owned the station. If the proposed change is adopted, it could
prohibit us from obtaining additional in-market stations, and it could require
us to terminate our existing agreements. (We might be able to keep one or more
of them for a period of time or indefinitely under "grandfathering" rules, but
the FCC has not made its position clear on this point.) This would affect us
materially and adversely.

     Apart from the FCC, federal agencies that administer the antitrust laws
have said they intend to review market concentrations in television, including
through local marketing agreements that the FCC permits. We cannot predict how
this will affect us.

     Even if we can keep and expand our local marketing agreements, their use
carries the inherent risk that we do not control the other parties that
actually own the stations and hold the stations' FCC licenses. It is
conceivable that the licensee could pre-empt our programming. In an extreme
case, the licensee could cease to meet FCC qualifications and put its license
in jeopardy, in which case, we could lose the ability to program the station.

     The Planned Industry Conversion to Digital Television Creates a Number of
Uncertainties

     All television stations in the United States must start broadcasting in
digital format by May 2002 and must abandon the present analog format by 2006
(though the FCC may extend these dates).

   o It will be expensive to convert from the current analog format to digital
     format. We cannot now determine what that cost will be.

   o The digital technology will allow us to broadcast multiple channels,
     compared to only one today. While this should be positive, we cannot
     predict whether or at what cost we will be able to obtain programming for
     the additional channels. Increased revenues from the additional channels
     may not make up for the conversion cost and additional programming
     expenses. Also, multiple channels programmed by other stations could
     increase competition in our markets.

   o We could use the additional channel capacity for ancillary and
     supplemental services -- such as delivery of subscription programming,
     data services and paging services -- rather than our current free
     programming. But if we do this we would have to pay 5% of our gross
     revenues from these services to the federal government.

                                       12
<PAGE>
   o The FCC has generally made available much higher power allocations to
     digital stations that will replace existing VHF stations (channels 2
     through 13) than digital stations that will replace existing UHF stations
     (channels 14 through 69). All of our existing stations are UHF. This power
     disparity could put us at a disadvantage to our VHF competitors.

   o Stations using digital television will transmit a better quality signal
     compared to conventional stations. In some cases, however, when we convert
     a station to digital television, the signal may not be received in as
     large a coverage area, or it may suffer from additional interference.
     Also, the technical standards adopted by the FCC limit the power that
     stations may use to send the signal. As a result, viewers using antennas
     located inside their television sets may not receive a reliable signal. If
     viewers do not receive a high-quality, reliable signal from our stations,
     they may be encouraged to seek service from our competitors.

   o The FCC is considering whether to require cable companies to carry both
     the analog and the digital signals of their local broadcasters when
     television stations will be broadcasting both, during the transition
     period between 2002 (at the latest) and 2006. If the FCC does not require
     this, cable customers in our broadcast markets may not receive our digital
     signal, and this could affect us unfavorably.

   o A digital television set will cost the consumer several thousand dollars,
     at least initially. We have no way of knowing when these prices will
     decrease significantly or when consumers will buy the new sets. As a
     result, we do not know when there will be a significant audience for
     digital broadcasters.

     Television is a Heavily Regulated Business

     Our television business is regulated by the FCC. We need the FCC's
approval to obtain, transfer and renew our broadcast television licenses. We
need these licenses in order to operate our stations. For violations of the
FCC's rules, a station can be fined and, in the case of severe or repeated
violations, a station's license could be taken away by the FCC. These rules
also restrict the ability to sell stock in our company or to sell our
television stations, by limiting the purchase by those who are not U.S.
citizens or who have had certain types of legal problems in the past.

     The FCC rules and federal legislation dealing with television broadcasting
are continually under review and change often, as new rules are adopted, or as
existing rules are modified. Some rules, including rules requiring the
broadcast of certain amounts of educational programming directed to children,
can impose costs on our operation of television stations. The FCC is
considering other rules and rule changes which could impose other costs on the
operation of our television stations, including limits on advertising time and
requiring the broadcast of a certain amount of public interest programming. We
cannot be certain of how the FCC will act on any of these matters. Further
changes in the FCC's rules could have an adverse effect on our operation.


Risks of Our Cable Business

     We Are Concentrated in Puerto Rico

     All of our cable operations are in Puerto Rico, and the cable system we
have agreed to purchase is also in Puerto Rico. We decided to sell our New
England cable systems and expand in Puerto Rico because we believe this
strategy has better opportunity for growth. But this geographical concentration
also carries risks:

   o Puerto Rico gets more hurricanes and other severe weather than many other
     places. Because of Hurricane Georges, which struck Puerto Rico in
     September 1998, we lost $1.4 million of revenue in the fourth quarter of
     1998 alone, and we spent about $300,000 to repair the damage. Future
     hurricanes can be expected and could be even worse for us.

   o We could be more seriously affected by economic, regulatory and political
     events specific to Puerto Rico than if we were more geographically
     diversified.

                                       13
<PAGE>
     Digital Television

   
     We mentioned above that the FCC is considering whether to require cable
companies to carry both the analog and digital signals of local television
stations during the transition to digital broadcasting. (See "Risks of Our
Broadcast Television Business -- The Planned Industry Conversion to Digital
Television Creates a Number of Incertainties.") Because we have only so much
channel capacity in our cable system, this requirement could hurt our ability to
expand our programming offerings.
    

     We Could Become Subject to Rate Regulation

     The government can regulate the rates cable companies charge for the
lowest level of their service. The government does not now regulate our rates
or those of the cable system we have agreed to purchase because the FCC has
found that both systems are subject to "effective competition." This means that
less than 30% of the people that could subscribe to the systems do subscribe.
But if we are successful in significantly increasing the percentage of people
that subscribe to our service, the lowest level of cable service we offer could
become subject to rate regulation.

     Cable Is a Heavily Regulated Business

     The cable television industry and the provision of local telephone
exchange services are subject to extensive regulation, and the cable and
telecommunications industries are heavily regulated at the federal, state and
local levels. Many aspects of this regulation are currently the subject of
judicial proceedings and administrative or legislative proposals.


Other Risks of Our Business

     We Have a History of Substantial Losses; We Expect Them to Continue

     We have never made a profit (except in 1995, when we had a $10.2 million
extraordinary gain). Because of interest expense on our substantial debt and
because of high expense in amortizing goodwill from our acquisitions, we do not
expect to have net income for the forseeable future.

     Substantial Indebtedness

     We have now and, after the offering, will continue to have a significant
amount of indebtedness. The following chart shows certain important credit
statistics and is presented assuming we had completed this offering (and
applied the proceeds as intended), the pending and completed acquisitions
described in this prospectus, and the 1998 offering of our senior notes, as of
the date shown:

                                               Pro Forma
                                         At September 30, 1998
       Total indebtedness ...........       $ 505,788,000
       Stockholders' equity .........       $ 169,355,000
       Debt to equity ratio .........                2.99x

   
     On the assumption that these things had occurred on January 1, 1997, our
earnings would have been inadequate to cover our fixed charges and preferred
stock dividends by $130.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1998, and by
$104.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1998. Neither "total
indebtedness" the "stockholders' equity," as set forth above, includes the
approximately $122.0 million in outstanding Series A Preferred Stock or a $3
million minority interest in one of our subsidiaries.
    

     Our ability in the future to repay our existing indebtedness will depend
upon the success of our business strategy, prevailing economic conditions,
regulatory matters, levels of interest rates and financial, business and other
factors that are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that we will be able
to generate the substantial increases in cash flow from operations that we will
need to meet the obligations under our indebtedness. Furthermore, our
agreements with respect to our indebtedness, including the indentures governing
our publicly held debt securities and our two credit facilities, as well as the
terms of our publicly held preferred stock, contain numerous covenants that,
among other things, restrict our ability to pay dividends and make certain
other payments and investments, borrow additional funds, create liens and to
sell our assets. Failing to make debt payments or comply with our covenants
could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could have a
material adverse effect on us.

                                       4
<PAGE>
   Our substantial indebtedness could have other important consequences to
you. For example, it could:

   o increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry
     conditions;

   o require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from
     operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the
     availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital
     expenditures, acquisitions and other activities;

   o limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our
     business and the industries in which we operate; and

   o place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that
     have less debt.

     We Face Significant Competition; the Competitive Landscape Changes
Constantly

     Each of the markets in which we operate is highly competitive. Many of our
competitors have substantially greater resources than we do and may be able to
compete more effectively than we can in our markets. In addition, the markets
in which we operate are in a constant state of change due to technological,
economic and regulatory developments. We are unable to predict what forms of
competition will develop in the future, the extent of such competition or its
possible effects on our businesses.

     The Company's DBS business faces competition from other current or
potential multichannel programming distributors, including other DBS operators,
direct to home providers, cable operators, wireless cable operators, internet
and local exchange and long-distance companies, which may be able to offer more
competitive packages or pricing than we or DIRECTV can provide. In addition,
the DBS industry is still evolving and recent or future competitive
developments could adversely affect us. For example, on November 30, 1998,
EchoStar Communications Corporation, a competitor of the Company in the sale of
DBS programming, announced that it had entered into an agreement with The News
Corporation Limited and MCI Telecommunications Corporation/WorldCom providing
for the transfer to EchoStar of the license to operate a high-powered DBS
business at the 110 degrees west longitude orbital location consisting of 28
frequencies and the sale of two satellites that are currently under
construction. This could adversely affect us in several ways. First, EchoStar
could develop greater channel capacity than DIRECTV and offer more and a wider
selection of programming than offered by DIRECTV. Second, DBS is limited by the
copyright laws from retransmitting television signals to local markets, and
EchoStar has been at the forefront of a legislative effort to change the laws
in order to permit EchoStar and other DBS providers to deliver local network
signals. The additional frequencies being acquired by EchoStar could provide it
with enough capacity to retransmit local signals in larger television markets
if the law is changed.

     The Company's TV stations compete for audience share, programming and
advertising revenue with other television stations in their respective markets
and with direct to home providers, including DBS operators, cable operators and
wireless cable operators. They also compete for advertising revenue with other
advertising media, such as newspapers, radio, magazines, outdoor advertising,
transit advertising, yellow page directories, direct mail, internet and local
cable systems.

   
     The Company's cable systems face competition from television stations,
satellite master antennae television systems, wireless cable systems, direct-to-
home providers, DBS systems and open video systems.
    

     Our Acquisition Strategy Creates a Variety of Risks

     We have grown primarily through acquisitions. We plan to continue with our
acquisition program, particularly in the DBS business. Some of the risks in
this strategy are:

   o We may not be able to keep making acquisitions on attractive terms. We
     compete with others for acquisitions. This has driven acquisition prices
     higher, and we expect it will continue to do so, particularly for the most
     attractive DBS territories.

   o Our acquisitions normally require third party consents that we do not
     control. These include the consents of DIRECTV and the NRTC for DBS
     acquisitions, the FCC and the television networks for

                                       15
<PAGE>
     broadcast TV acquisitions, and cable franchising authorities and
     programmers for cable acquisitions. Some acquisitions also require the
     consent of our lenders. We have been able to get these consents in the
     past, but this could change, or become more difficult, or require us to
     incur additional costs, for reasons we cannot predict.

   o We could encounter difficulties integrating any given acquired business
     into our operations. These difficulties can cost money and divert
     management's attention from other important matters.

   o If we pay for an acquisition with our stock, the acquisition could dilute
     existing stockholders, depending on its terms.

   o If we finance an acquisition by borrowing, this would increase our
     already high leverage and interest expense.


We May Be Adversely Affected By the Year 2000 Problem

     An issue exists for all companies that rely on computers as the year 2000
approaches. This issue involves computer programs and applications that were
written using two digits rather than four to identify the applicable year, and
could result in system failures or miscalculations. We have undertaken an
assessment to determine the extent of any necessary remediation, and the
anticipated costs thereof, to make our material equipment, systems and
applications year 2000 compliant. Costs in connection with any modifications to
make our systems compliant are not expected to be material. However, if such
modifications are not completed successfully or are not completed in a timely
manner, the year 2000 issue may have a material adverse impact on our
operations. Exposure could arise also from the impact of non-compliance by
certain software and/or equipment vendors and others with whom we conduct
business. We cannot estimate the potential adverse impact that may result from
non-compliance with the year 2000 issue by the software and/or equipment
vendors and others with whom we conduct business.

     For a description of our Year 2000 compliance efforts, you should read
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Year 2000."


Risks of Investing in Our Common Stock

     Our Stock Price Has Been Volatile; This May Continue

     Our common stock was publicly offered for the first time in October 1996
at a price of $14.00 per share. Since then it has traded as low at $8.125 and
as high as $27.875. Since October 1, 1998, it has traded as low as $10.625 and
as high as $27.875. See "Price Range of Class A Common Stock."

     The market price for our stock may continue to be volatile, both because
of our performance and for reasons that have nothing to do with it, such as
conditions in the economy or the financial markets. We believe that one reason
for the volatility of our stock price may be that there are relatively few
shares in the hands of the public as compared with other companies, making our
stock a relatively illiquid investment. We cannot assure you that the
additional "public float" resulting from this offering will significantly ease
this illiquidity.


     Voting Control of Our Stock is Held by One Person

     We have two classes of common stock that differ only in voting rights. You
are being offered Class A Common Stock, which has one vote per share. The Class
B Common Stock has ten votes per share. All of the Class B Common Stock is
controlled by Marshall W. Pagon, our Chief Executive Officer. The two classes
vote together as if they were a single class on nearly all matters, including
the election of directors and fundamental events that require stockholder
approval. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Description of Common Stock" for
a more detailed description and the limited exceptions to this rule.

     Because of this voting difference, Mr. Pagon controls the outcome of
nearly all matters on which the stockholders vote. After this offering, Mr.
Pagon will have 24.3% of the total common stock but 72.2% of the votes.

                                       16
<PAGE>
     Because of Mr. Pagon's voting control, no one can acquire the Company, or
control of the Company, without his approval. Even if he no longer has voting
control at some time in the future, the board of directors could adopt measures
such as a so-called "poison pill" that delay or prevent a proposal to acquire
the Company that you may think is attractive as a stockholder.

     We May Have to Repay Substantial Debt and Preferred Stock if a Change of
Control Occurs

     We must offer to redeem our publicly held debt securities and preferred
stock for approximately $585 million if we have a "change of control." See
"Description of Certain Indebtedness" and "Description of Capital Stock --
Description of Series A Preferred Stock" for what this means. Our bank debt,
approximately $77.9 million at January 15, 1999, would also come due on a
change of control. If a change of control occurs and we are unable to refinance
this debt, we would be in default.

     Future Sales of Common Stock Could Lower our Stock Price

     If existing stockholders decided to sell large amounts of our stock, this
could cause our stock price to fall. Even the market's perception that this
might occur could lower our stock price.

     To give you an idea of how much stock could be sold into the market, after
this offering we will have 14,315,809 shares of Class A Common Stock
outstanding (assuming the underwriters' over-allotment option is not
exercised). Of these:

   o 7,733,226 shares will be held by the public.

   o 4,641,400 shares (including stock options) will be held or controlled by
     Marshall W. Pagon and may be currently sold without registration under SEC
     144.

   o 336,464 other shares held by two current and one former officer may be
     sold at any time under an effective registration statement under the
     Securities Act.

   o 141,410 other shares (including vested stock options) held by directors
     and executive officers (other than Marshall W. Pagon) can currently be
     sold subject to the volume and other limitations under SEC Rule 144.

   o 3,662,497 other shares will have demand registration rights, which means
     the holders can require us to register them for sale into the public
     market.

   
   o 193,600 other shares can be acquired on exercise of outstanding warrants.
     Those shares have been registered under the Securities Act.
    

   o 1,337,000 other shares can be sold into the market without registration
     under SEC Rule 144.

     Persons holding 8,657,440 shares have agreed not to sell their shares
(other than in this offering) for 120 days after the date of this prospectus
without the written consent of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation. Persons holding an additional 1,697,528 shares have agreed not to
sell their shares for 90 days after the date of this prospectus without such
consent. There are certain limited exceptions to these agreements.

     Dilution in Investment to Purchasers of the Class A Common Stock

     Assuming a public offering price of $25.00 per share of Class A Common
Stock, purchasers of the Class A Common Stock offered hereby will realize an
immediate and substantial dilution of approximately $(52.60) in net tangible
book value per share of Class A Common Stock of their investment from the
offering price. See "Dilution."

                                       17
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds to the Company from its sale of 3,000,000 shares of Class
A Common Stock in this offering at an assumed price of $25.00 per share, after
deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated fees and expenses
of this offering, are estimated to be approximately $69.8 million (approximately
$80.3 million if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full).
The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A
Common Stock by the selling stockholders.

     We plan to use the net proceeds we receive from the offering for
acquisitions (only some of which we have identified), capital expenditures and
general corporate purposes. Until we use the proceeds for these purposes, we
will use them to pay down our bank debt, which we would be able to reborrow when
needed.

     The Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc. ("PM&C") credit facility provides
for a borrowing capacity of up to $180.0 million. Approximately $27.5 million
was outstanding and $49.6 million was outstanding in standby letters of credit
as of January 15, 1999. The PM&C credit facility bears interest at LIBOR or the
prime rate (as selected by us) plus spreads that vary with our ratio of total
debt to a measure of our cash flow. The applicable interest rate was 7 3/4% at
January 15, 1999, and the credit facility expires in December 2003.

     The Digital Television Services, Inc. ("DTS") credit facility currently
provides for revolving credit in the amount of $70.0 million (with a $50.0
million sublimit for letters of credit), and a $20.0 million term loan
facility. As of January 15, 1999, approximately $30.8 million was outstanding
under the credit facility, $19.6 million was outstanding under the term loan,
and $18.5 million was outstanding as standby letters of credit. The DTS credit
facility bears interest at LIBOR or the prime rate (as selected by DTS) plus
spreads that vary with DTS' ratio of total debt to a measure of its cash flow.
The applicable interest rate was 8 3/4% at January 15, 1999. The term loan must
be repaid in 20 consecutive quarterly installments of $200,000 each commencing
September 30, 1998, with the remaining balance due on July 30, 2003. Borrowings
under the revolving credit facility will be available until July 31, 2003.

                                       18
<PAGE>

                                DIVIDEND POLICY

     Common Stock: Pegasus has not paid any cash dividends on Class A Common
Stock and does not anticipate paying cash dividends on its common stock in the
foreseeable future. Our policy is to retain cash for operations and expansion.
Payment of cash dividends on the common stock is restricted by the Company's
publicly held debt securities and preferred stock.

     Preferred Stock: Until July 1, 2002, we are allowed to pay dividends on
our Series A Preferred Stock by issuing more shares of that stock instead of
paying cash. We expect to do this, and in any event our publicly held debt
securities require us to.

     Pegasus' ability to obtain cash from its subsidiaries with which to pay
cash dividends is also restricted by the subsidiaries' publicly held debt
securities and bank agreements.


                      PRICE RANGE OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

     The Class A Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol PGTV. The sale prices reflect inter-dealer quotations, do not include
retail markups, markdowns or commission, and do not necessarily represent
actual transactions. We urge you to obtain current market quotations. The
following table shows the high and low sale prices for the Class A Common Stock
as reported on the Nasdaq National Market since January 1, 1997.

                                                 Price Range of Common Stock
                                                 ----------------------------
                                                      High         Low
Year Ended December 31, 1997:
 First Quarter ..................................    $ 14        $ 10 3/4
 Second Quarter .................................      11 3/8       8 1/8
 Third Quarter ..................................      21 1/2      10 1/2
 Fourth Quarter .................................      25 1/2      19

Year Ended December 31, 1998:
 First Quarter ..................................    $ 26 3/8    $ 19 7/8
 Second Quarter .................................      26 5/8      20 7/8
 Third Quarter ..................................      25          15 7/8
 Fourth Quarter .................................      25 1/2      10 5/8

Year Ended December 31, 1999:
 First Quarter (through January 20, 1999)........    $ 27 7/8    $ 22 5/8
 

     For a recent reported sale price of the Class A Common Stock, see the
cover page of this prospectus.

     As of December 31, 1998, the Company had 175 shareholders of record.

                                       19
<PAGE>

                                   DILUTION

   
     The net tangible book deficit of the Company at September 30, 1998 was
$491.7 million, or $30.93 per share of common stock. The net tangible book
deficit per share of the common stock represents the amount of the Company's
total tangible assets less its total liabilities, divided by the number of
shares of common stock outstanding. Including the sale of the 3,000,000 shares
of Common Stock offered by the Company in this offering at an assumed price of
$25.00 per share, the pro forma net tangible book deficit of Company as of
September 30, 1998 would have been $422.0 million, or $22.33 per share of the
common stock. Including the completed and pending transactions described below
under "The Company -- Recent Pegasus Developments," the pro forma net tangible
book deficit of the Company as of September 30, 1998 would have been $521.7
million, or $27.60 per share of common stock. This represents an immediate
increase in net tangible book value of $8.60 per share of the common stock to
existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of
$(52.60) per share of the common stock to purchasers of the Class A Common Stock
in this offering, as shown in the following table.
    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                         <C>            <C>
Public offering price per share .........................................................                  $ 25.00
   Net tangible book deficit per share as of September 30, 1998 .........................   $(30.93)
   Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new stockholders
    purchasing stock in this offering ...................................................   $  8.60
                                                                                            -------
   Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share after giving effect to this offering....   $(22.33)
   Decrease in net tangible book value per share including the completed and 
    pending transactions ................................................................   $ (5.27)
                                                                                            -------
Pro forma net tangible book deficit including this offering and the completed and
 pending transactions ...................................................................                  $(27.60)
                                                                                                           -------
Dilution in net tangible book value per share to the purchasers in this offering after
 giving effect to the completed and pending transactions ................................                  $(52.60)
                                                                                                           =======
</TABLE>


                                       20
<PAGE>
                                CAPITALIZATION

   The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company:

        o as of September 30, 1998,
   
        o as adjusted to reflect completed and pending acquisitions described
          under "The Company -- Recent Pegasus Developments" below, and to 
          reflect the offer and sale of the 9 3/4% Senior Notes due 2006 and
          the use of proceeds from the notes; and

        o on a pro forma basis to reflect the offering and the use of proceeds
          of the offering, the completed and pending acquisitions described
          under "The Company -- Recent Pegasus Developments" below, and the 
          offer and sale of the 9 3/4% Senior Notes due 2006 and the use of
          proceeds from the notes.
    

     See "Use of Proceeds," "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated
Financial Data" and "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               As of September 30, 1998
                                                        ---------------------------------------
                                                          Actual      As Adjusted     Pro Forma
                                                                (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>          <C>             <C>
Cash - general funds ................................    $ 39,074       $  5,828      $  5,828
Restricted cash .....................................      19,737         19,737        19,737
                                                         --------       --------      --------
 Total cash and cash equivalents ....................    $ 58,811       $ 25,565      $ 25,565
                                                         ========       ========      ========
Total debt:
 PM&C Credit Facility ...............................    $ 81,500       $ 38,950      $     --
 DTS Credit Facility ................................      29,300         50,600        19,800
 Senior Notes -- PCC - due 2006 .....................          --        100,000       100,000
 Senior Notes -- PCC - due 2005 .....................     115,000        115,000       115,000
 Senior Subordinated Notes -- DTS - due 2007 ........     153,146        153,146       153,146
 Senior Subordinated Notes -- PM&C -
   due 2005 .........................................      82,279         82,279        82,279
 Seller Notes .......................................      42,327         34,481        34,481
 Capital leases and other ...........................       1,082          1,082         1,082
                                                         --------       --------      --------
    Total debt ......................................     504,634        575,538       505,788
Series A Preferred Stock, $1,000 liquidation prefer-
 ence per share .....................................     122,223        122,223       122,223
Minority interest ...................................       3,000          3,000         3,000
Total common stockholders' equity ...................      99,605         99,605       169,355
                                                         --------       --------      --------
Total capitalization ................................    $729,462       $800,366      $800,366
                                                         ========       ========      ========
</TABLE>
- ------------
     "Restricted cash" includes an amount held in escrow for interest payments
on the DTS Senior Notes due 2007.

     "Minority interest" represents preferred stock of a subsidiary of Pegasus
issued in connection with one of the completed DBS acquisitions.

     "Total common stockholders' equity" is as adjusted and pro forma shares
issued and outstanding include an assumed issuance of approximately 3.0 million
shares of Class A Common Stock in the offering (at an assumed price of $25.00
per share).

     For a description of the principal terms of the notes and preferred stock
listed above, see "Description of Certain Indebtedness" in this prospectus.

                                       21
<PAGE>

         SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     The selected historical consolidated financial data have been derived from
the Company's audited consolidated financial statements. The selected
historical consolidated financial data for the nine months ended September 30,
1997 and 1998 have been derived from unaudited consolidated financial
information, which in the opinion of the Company's management, contains all
adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of this information. The selected
historical consolidated financial data for the nine months ended September 30,
1998 should not be regarded as indicative of the results that may be expected
for the entire year. The selected pro forma consolidated financial data for the
year ended December 31, 1997 and as of and for the nine and twelve months ended
September 30, 1998 should be read in conjunction with the consolidated
financial statements and the notes to the statements, the "Pro Forma
Consolidated Financial Information", and "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in this prospectus. The
paragraphs following the table provide an explanation of certain portions of
it.

                                       22
<PAGE>
         SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Years Ended December 31,
                                            --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                    Pro
                                                                                                                   Forma
Statement of Operations Data:                   1993         1994         1995         1996          1997           1997
                                                             (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
Net revenues:
  DBS ....................................    $    --      $    174     $ 1,469      $  5,829      $  38,254     $ 139,944
  TV and cable ...........................     19,487        28,017      30,679        42,100         48,564        51,170
                                              -------      --------     -------      --------      ---------     ---------
  Total net revenues .....................     19,487        28,191      32,148        47,929         86,818       191,114

Pre-marketing location operating
 expenses:
 DBS .....................................         --           210       1,379         4,312         26,042        99,381
 TV and cable ............................     12,235        17,943      19,762        25,946         30,070        30,987
Subscriber acquisition costs .............         --            --          --           646          5,973        29,319
Incentive compensation ...................        192           432         528           985          1,274         1,720
Corporate expenses .......................      1,265         1,506       1,364         1,429          2,256         2,256
Depreciation and amortization ............      5,978         6,940       8,751        12,061         27,792        91,722
                                              -------      --------     -------      --------      ---------     ---------
Income (loss) from operations ............       (183)        1,160         364         2,550         (6,589)      (64,271)
Interest expense .........................     (4,402)       (5,973)     (8,817)      (12,455)       (16,094)      (55,153)
Interest income ..........................         --            --         370           232          1,539         1,278
Other expenses, net ......................       (220)          (65)        (44)         (171)          (723)         (723)
Gain on sale of cable system .............         --            --          --            --          4,451            --
Provision (benefit) for income taxes .....         --           140          30          (120)           200           200
Extraordinary gain (loss) from
 extinguishment of debt ..................         --          (633)     10,211          (250)        (1,656)           --
                                              -------      --------     -------      --------      ---------     ---------
Net income (loss) ........................     (4,805)       (5,651)      2,054        (9,974)       (19,272)     (119,069)
Dividends on Series A Preferred
 Stock ...................................         --            --          --            --         12,215        13,156
                                              -------      --------     -------      --------      ---------     ---------
Net income (loss) applicable to
 common shares ...........................   ($ 4,805)    ($  5,651)    $ 2,054     ($  9,974)    ($  31,487)   ($ 132,225)
                                              =======      ========     =======      ========      =========     =========
Income (loss) per common share:
 Loss before extraordinary item ..........                              ($ 1.59)     ($  1.56)     ($   3.02)    ($   7.05)
 Extraordinary item ......................                                 1.99         (0.04)         (0.17)           --
                                                                        -------      --------      ---------     ---------
 Net income (loss) per common
  share ..................................                              $  0.40      ($  1.60)     ($   3.19)    ($   7.05)
                                                                        =======      ========      =========     =========
 Weighted average shares
  outstanding (000's) ....................                                5,140         6,240          9,858        18,760
                                                                        =======      ========      =========     =========
Other Data:
Pre-marketing cash flow:
 DBS .....................................    $    --     ($     36)    $    90      $  1,517      $  12,212     $  41,971
 TV and cable ............................      7,252        10,074      10,917        16,154         18,494        20,183
                                              -------      --------     -------      --------      ---------     ---------
 Total pre-marketing cash flow ...........    $ 7,252      $ 10,038     $11,007      $ 17,671      $  30,706     $  62,154
                                              =======      ========     =======      ========      =========     =========
 Location cash flow ......................    $ 7,252      $ 10,038     $11,007      $ 17,025      $  24,733     $  32,835
 Operating cash flow .....................      5,795         8,100       9,287        15,596         22,477        30,579
 Capital expenditures ....................        885         1,264       2,640         6,294          9,929        19,069
Net cash provided by (used for):
 Operating activities ....................      1,694         4,103       5,783         3,059          8,478
 Investing activities ....................       (106)       (3,571)     (6,047)      (81,179)      (142,109)
 Financing activities ....................     (1,020)         (658)     10,859        74,727        169,098
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Nine Months                     
                                                       Ended September 30,                 Pro Forma
                                            ------------------------------------------   Twelve Months
                                                                              Pro            Ended
                                                                             Forma         September
Statement of Operations Data:                   1997          1998           1998          30, 1998
                                          (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                         <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>
Net revenues:
  DBS ....................................    $  23,362     $ 95,662       $143,151        $ 182,181
  TV and cable ...........................       34,175       35,368         39,031           54,117
                                              ---------     --------       --------        ---------
  Total net revenues .....................       57,537      131,030        182,182          236,298

Pre-marketing location operating
 expenses:
 DBS .....................................       15,995       66,324         98,637          125,940
 TV and cable ............................       21,193       22,778         24,423           33,656
Subscriber acquisition costs .............        1,822       25,018         36,590           49,546
Incentive compensation ...................          744        1,472          1,472            2,089
Corporate expenses .......................        1,409        2,418          2,418            3,265
Depreciation and amortization ............       18,161       46,789         71,162           95,030
                                              ---------     --------      ---------        ---------
Income (loss) from operations ............       (1,787)     (33,769)       (52,520)         (73,228)
Interest expense .........................      (10,288)     (29,850)       (41,104)         (54,863)
Interest income ..........................          828        1,334          1,654            2,269
Other expenses, net ......................         (454)        (975)          (975)          (1,244)
Gain on sale of cable system .............        4,451       24,902             --               --
Provision (benefit) for income taxes .....           50          175            175              325
Extraordinary gain (loss) from
 extinguishment of debt ..................           --           --             --               --
                                              ---------     --------      ---------        ---------
Net income (loss) ........................       (7,300)     (38,533)       (93,120)        (127,391)
Dividends on Series A Preferred
 Stock ...................................        8,678       10,959         10,959           14,496
                                              ---------     --------      ---------        ---------
Net income (loss) applicable to
 common shares ...........................   ($  15,978)   ($ 49,492)     ($104,079)      ($ 141,887)
                                              =========     ========      =========        =========
Income (loss) per common share:
 Loss before extraordinary item ..........    ($   1.64)    ($  3.66)      ($  5.51)       ($   7.52)
 Extraordinary item ......................           --           --             --               --
                                              ---------     --------      ---------        ---------
 Net income (loss) per common
  share ..................................    ($   1.64)    ($  3.66)      ($  5.51)       ($   7.52)
                                              =========     ========      =========        =========
 Weighted average shares
  outstanding (000's) ....................        9,756       13,534         18,875           18,863
                                              =========     ========      =========        =========
Other Data:
Pre-marketing cash flow:
 DBS .....................................    $   7,367     $ 29,338        $44,514        $  56,241
 TV and cable ............................       12,982       12,590         14,608           20,461
                                              ---------     --------      ---------        ---------
 Total pre-marketing cash flow ...........    $  20,349     $ 41,928        $59,122        $  76,702
                                              =========     ========      =========        =========
 Location cash flow ......................    $  18,527     $ 16,910        $22,532        $  27,156
 Operating cash flow .....................       17,118       14,492         20,114           23,891
 Capital expenditures ....................        7,681        6,179          6,657           15,552
Net cash provided by (used for):
 Operating activities ....................          268      (15,462)
 Investing activities ....................     (104,433)     (74,217)
 Financing activities ....................      129,793       84,704
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  As of December 31,                       As of September 30, 1998 
                                            -------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------
                                               1993        1994         1995         1996         1997        Actual    Pro Forma   
<S>                                          <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>         
 Balance Sheet Data:                                                                                          
 Cash and cash equivalents ...............    $ 1,506    $  1,380     $21,856      $  8,582    $  45,269      $ 58,811    $25,565   
 Working capital (deficiency) ............     (3,844)    (23,074)     17,566         6,430       32,347        25,376    (12,004)
 Total assets ............................     76,386      75,394      95,770       173,680      380,862       846,164    918,068 
 Total debt (including current) ..........     72,127      61,629      82,896       115,575      208,355       504,634    505,788 
 Total liabilities .......................     78,954      68,452      95,521       133,354      239,234       621,336    623,491 
 Redeemable preferred stock ..............         --          --          --            --      111,264       122,223    122,223 
 Minority interest .......................         --          --          --            --        3,000         3,000      3,000 
 Total common stockholders' equity                                                                                                
  (deficit) ..............................     (2,427)      6,942         249        40,326       27,364        99,605    169,355 
                                                                                                              
</TABLE>
                                       23
<PAGE>
   
     Pro forma income statements and other data for the year ended December 31,
1997 and the nine months ended September 30, 1998 include our completed and
pending acquisitions and sales described below under "The Company -- Recent
Pegasus Developments," the issuance and sale of our 9 3/4% Senior Notes due 2006
and the use of proceeds from that offering and this offering and the use of
proceeds of this offering as if they had all occurred in the beginning of such
periods. The pro forma balance sheet data as of September 30, 1998 includes the
acquisitions after September 30, 1998, the issuance and sale of our 9 3/4%
Senior Notes due 2006 and the use of proceeds from that offering and this
offering and the use of proceeds of this offering as if such events had occurred
on such date. See "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information."
    

     The pro forma income statement data for the year ended December 31, 1997
and the nine and twelve months ended September 30, 1998 does not include the
$4.5 million and the $24.9 million gain from the sale of our New England cable
systems.

     The pro forma income statement data for the year ended December 31, 1997
does not include the $1.7 million writeoff of deferred financing costs in
connection with the retirement of a retired credit facility.

     We present "revenues" and "pre-marketing location operating expenses" to
show operations by segment. This presentation varies from that on the income
statement included in our audited consolidated financial statements, which
presents revenues and operating expenses by function. We believe our
presentation by business segments is used by analysts who report publicly on
the performance of companies operating in our segments.

     "Incentive compensation" represents compensation expenses under our
Restricted Stock Plan and 401(k) Plans.

     "Pre-marketing cash flow" is defined as "location cash flow plus
subscriber acquisition costs known as "SAC." "Location cash flow" is defined as
net revenues less location operating expenses. "Location operating expenses"
consist of programming, barter programming, general and administrative,
technical and operations, marketing and selling expenses. "Operating cash flow"
is defined as income (loss) from operations plus depreciation, amortization and
non-cash incentive compensation. The difference between location cash flow and
operating cash flow is that operating cash flow includes cash incentive
compensation and corporate expenses. Although operating cash flow,
pre-marketing cash flow and location cash flow are not measures of performance
under generally accepted accounting principles, the Company believes that
location cash flow, pre-marketing cash flow and operating cash flow are
accepted within the Company's business segments as generally recognized
measures of performance and are used by analysts who report publicly on the
performance of companies operating in such segments. Nevertheless, these
measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for income
from operations, net income, net cash provided by operating activities or any
other measure for determining the Company's operating performance or liquidity
which is calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles.


                                       24
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following discussion of the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company should be read in conjunction with the consolidated
financial statements and related notes which are included elsewhere herein.


General

     Pegasus Communications Corporation is a diversified company operating in
growing segments of the media industry. In DBS, Pegasus Satellite Television is
the largest independent provider of DIRECTV serving 454,620 DBS subscribers in
36 states, including pending acquisitions. In TV and cable, Pegasus Broadcast
Television owns and/or programs nine TV stations affiliated with Fox, UPN and
the WB and also owns and operates a cable system in Puerto Rico.

     DBS revenues are derived from monthly customer subscriptions, pay-per-view
services and subscriber equipment rentals. TV and cable revenues are derived
from the sale of broadcast air time to local and national advertisers, monthly
customer subscriptions, pay-per-view services and subscriber equipment rentals,
home shopping commissions, advertising time sales and installation charges.

     In this section we use the terms "pre-marketing cash flow" and "location
cash flow." Both pre-marketing cash flow and location cash flow are measures of
our operating performance within our Company's various business segments.
Pre-marketing cash flow is calculated by taking our earnings and adding back
the following expenses:

     o interest;

     o income taxes;

     o depreciation and amortization;

     o non-cash charges;

     o corporate overhead; and

     o subscriber acquisition costs, which are sales and marketing expenses
       incurred to acquire new subscribers.

     Location cash flow is pre-marketing cash flow less subscriber acquisition
costs.

     Pre-marketing cash flow and location cash flow are not, and should not be
considered, an alternative to net income from operations, net income, net cash
provided by operating activities or any other measure for determining our
operating performance or liquidity, as determined under generally accepted
accounting principles. Pre-marketing cash flow and location cash flow also do
not necessarily indicate whether our cash flow will be sufficient for items
such as working capital, capital expenditures, or to react to changes in our
Company's industry or the economy generally. We believe that pre-marketing cash
flow and location cash flow are important, however, for the following reasons:

   o people who follow our industry frequently use it as a measure of
     performance and of determining a company's ability to pay its debts; and

   o it is one of the indicators that we and our lenders and investors use to
     assess our financial performance and our ability to meet contract
     requirements imposed on us by our lenders.

     We use location cash flow for several purposes, including evaluating
markets and rewarding employees under incentive programs. We calculate location
cash flow by taking our net revenues and subtracting location operating
expenses. Location operating expenses include programming, barter programming,
and general and administrative, technical and operations, marketing and selling
expenses.

                                       25
<PAGE>
     The Company expenses its subscriber acquisition costs when no new contract
is obtained. The Company currently does not require new DBS customers to sign
programming contracts and, as a result, subscriber acquisition costs are
currently being charged to operations in the period incurred.

     Subscriber acquisition costs have generally risen as the Company has
increased its equipment subsidies and commission structure. The Company
believes this resulted in increased penetration in its exclusive DIRECTV
territories.

Fourth Quarter Results

     The results of our operations for the quarter ended December 31, 1998 have
not been finalized and accordingly the following estimates are subject to
change.

     We anticipate pro forma revenues for the twelve months ended December 31,
1998 to be approximately $14.6 million higher than pro forma revenues for the
twelve months ended September 30, 1998. This increase is the net result of an
increase in pro forma DBS revenues of approximately $15.4 million, an increase
in TV revenues of approximately $0.7 million, and a temporary decrease in
pro forma cable revenues of approximately $1.5 million.

     We anticipate pro forma pre-marketing cash flow for the twelve months
ended December 31, 1998 to be approximately $2.7 million higher than pro forma
pre-marketing cash flow for the twelve months ended September 30, 1998. This
increase is the net result of an increase in pro forma DBS pre-marketing cash
flow of approximately $4.7 million, a decrease in TV pre-marketing cash flow of
approximately $0.3 million, and a temporary decrease in pro forma cable
pre-marketing cash flow of approximately $1.7 million.

     The DBS increase results from a 34% greater number of pro forma DBS
subscribers during the quarter ended December 31, 1998 as compared to the
quarter ended December 31, 1997 together with a 5% increase in the amount of pro
forma pre-marketing cash flow per subscriber. The cable decrease was mainly due
to the temporary interruption of cable service that resulted from Hurricane
Georges. In September 1998, Hurrican Georges struck the island of Puerto Rico
and interrupted service to our cable subscribers. We suffered modest damage to
our headend and approximately 3% of our 780 miles of cable plant. We
substantially completed repairs by December 1, 1998. DBS subscriber acquisition
costs are anticipated to be modestly higher, per new customer, during the
quarter ended December 31, 1998 as compared to the quarter ended September 30,
1998.

                                       26
<PAGE>

Results of Operations

Nine months ended September 30, 1998, compared to nine months ended September
30, 1997

     The Company's net revenues increased by approximately $73.5 million or
128% for the nine months ended September 30, 1998, as compared to the same
period in 1997. The net revenues increased as a result of:

   o a $72.3 million or 309% increase in DBS revenues of which $6.5 million or
     9% was due to the increased number of DBS subscribers in territories owned
     at the beginning of 1997 and $65.8 million or 91% resulted from
     acquisitions made in 1997 and 1998;

   o a $1.8 million or 8% increase in TV revenues which was the result of a
     $649,000 or 3% increase in same station revenues due primarily to
     increases in local advertising sales and a $1.1 million increase due to
     the three new stations launched in August 1997, October 1997 and July
     1998; and

   o a $580,000 or 5% decrease in cable revenues which was the net result of a
     $865,000 or 11% increase in Puerto Rico same system revenues, due
     primarily to rate increases and increased subscriber levels, a $133,000
     reduction due to the sale of the Company's New Hampshire cable system
     effective January 31, 1997, and a $1.3 million reduction due to the sale
     of the Company's remaining New England cable systems effective July 1,
     1998.

     The Company's total pre-marketing operating expenses, as described above
(before DBS subscriber acquisition costs), increased by approximately $51.9
million or 140% for the nine months ended September 30, 1998, as compared to
the same period in 1997. The pre-marketing operating expenses increased as a
result of:

   o a $50.3 million or 315% increase in operating expenses of the Company's
     DBS operations due to a same territory increase in programming and other
     operating costs totaling $3.9 million (resulting from the increased number
     of DBS subscribers in territories owned at the beginning of 1997) and a
     $46.4 million increase attributable to territories acquired in 1997 and
     1998;

   o a $1.9 million or 13% increase in TV operating expenses as the result of
     a $465,000 or 3% increase in same station operating expenses and a $1.4
     million increase attributable to the three new stations launched in August
     1997, October 1997 and July 1998; and

   o a $282,000 or 4% decrease in cable operating expenses as the net result
     of a $553,000 or 13% increase in Puerto Rico same system operating
     expenses due primarily to increases in programming costs, a $66,000
     reduction due to the sale of the Company's New Hampshire cable system
     effective January 31, 1997 and a $769,000 reduction due to the sale of the
     Company's remaining New England cable systems effective July 1, 1998.

     Average monthly programming revenue per DBS subscriber was approximately
$41.75, with a contribution margin of approximately 35.5%, for the nine months
ended September 30, 1998, as compared to approximately $40.75, at a 36.3%
margin, during the same period in 1997. The increase in average monthly
programming revenue per DBS subscriber resulted primarily from an improved mix
of premium package programming subscriptions. The contribution margin decline
was primarily attributable to increases in customer service costs, in part due
to increased call volume associated with the network issue described in

                                       27
<PAGE>

"Risk Factors -- Risks of Our DBS Business -- We Cannot Retransmit the
Broadcast Networks' Programming to All Our Customers," and other costs
associated with the integration of DBS operations in territories acquired in
1997 and 1998.

     DBS subscriber acquisition costs, which consist of regional sales costs,
advertising and promotion, and commissions and subsidies, totaled approximately
$25.0 million or $313 per gross subscriber addition for the nine months ended
September 30, 1998, as compared to approximately $6.0 million or $304 per gross
subscriber addition for the same period in 1997.

     Incentive compensation, which is calculated from increases in pro forma
location cash flow, increased by $728,000 or 98% for the nine months ended
September 30, 1998, as compared to the same period in 1997.

     Corporate expenses increased by approximately $1.0 million or 72% for the
nine months ended September 30, 1998, as compared to the same period in 1997
primarily due to increased staffing as a result of internal and acquisition
related growth, enhanced public relations activities and additional public
reporting requirements for the Company.

     Depreciation and amortization expense increased by approximately $28.6
million or 158% for the nine months ended September 30, 1998, as compared to
the same period in 1997 as the Company increased its fixed and intangible asset
base as a result of twenty-five completed acquisitions during 1997 and
twenty-one completed acquisitions in the first three quarters of 1998.

     As a result of these factors, the Company's loss from operations increased
by approximately $32.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1998, as
compared to the same period in 1997.

     Interest expense increased by approximately $19.6 million or 190% for the
nine months ended September 30, 1998, as compared to the same period in 1997 as
a result of an increase in debt associated with the Company's acquisitions.

     The Company reported a net loss of approximately $38.6 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 1998, as compared to a net loss of
approximately $7.3 million for the same period in 1997. The $31.2 million
change was the net result of an increase in the loss from operations of
approximately $32.0 million, an increase in interest expense of approximately
$19.6 million, an increase in the provision for income taxes of $125,000, an
increase in other expenses of $15,000, a nonrecurring gain on the sale of the
New Hampshire cable system of approximately $4.5 million during the first
quarter of 1997 and a nonrecurring gain on the sale of the Company's remaining
New England cable systems of $24.9 million during the third quarter of 1998.

     The Company's preferred stock dividends, payable by issuing additional
shares of Series A Preferred Stock, increased approximately $2.3 million for
the nine months ended September 30, 1998, as compared to the same period in
1997.

Year ended December 31, 1997, compared to year ended December 31, 1996

     The Company's net revenues increased by approximately $38.9 million or 81%
for the year ended December 31, 1997, as compared to the same period in 1996.
The net revenues increased as a result of:

   o a $32.4 million or 556% increase in DBS revenues of which $2.6 million or
     8% was due to the increased number of DBS subscribers in territories owned
     at the beginning of 1996 and $29.8 million or 92% resulted from
     acquisitions made subsequent to the third quarter of 1996;

   o a $3.2 million or 11% increase in TV revenues of which $1.9 million or
     57% was due to ratings growth which the Company was able to convert into
     higher revenues, $1.1 million or 34% was the result of acquisitions made
     in the first quarter of 1996 and $289,000 or 9% was due to the two new
     stations launched in August 1997 and October 1997; and

   o a $3.2 million or 24% increase in cable revenues which was the net result
     of a $804,000 or 8% increase in same system revenues due primarily to rate
     increases, a $3.9 million increase due to the system acquired effective
     September 1, 1996 and a $1.6 million reduction due to the sale of the
     Company's New Hampshire cable system effective January 31, 1997.


                                       28
<PAGE>

     The Company's total pre-marketing operating expenses, as described above,
before DBS subscriber acquisition costs increased by approximately $25.9
million or 85% for the year ended December 31, 1997, as compared to the same
period in 1996. The pre-SAC location operating expenses increased as a result
of:

   o a $21.7 million or 504% increase in operating expenses generated by the
     Company's DBS operations due to a same territory increase in programming
     and other operating costs totaling $1.5 million (resulting from the
     increased number of DBS subscribers in territories owned at the beginning
     of 1996) and a $20.2 million increase attributable to territories acquired
     subsequent to the third quarter of 1996;

   o a $2.6 million or 14% increase in TV operating expenses as the result of
     a $535,000 or 4% increase in same station operating expenses, a $1.4
     million increase attributable to stations acquired in the first quarter of
     1996 and a $650,000 increase attributable to the two new stations launched
     in August 1997 and October 1997; and

   o a $1.5 million or 21% increase in cable operating expenses as the net
     result of a $157,000 or 3% increase in same system operating expenses due
     primarily to increases in programming costs, a $2.2 million increase
     attributable to the system acquired effective September 1, 1996 and a
     $852,000 reduction due to the sale of the Company's New Hampshire cable
     system effective January 31, 1997.

     DBS subscriber acquisition costs, which consist of regional sales costs,
advertising and promotion, and commissions and subsidies, totaled $10.5 million
or $281 per gross subscriber addition for the year ended December 31, 1997, of
which $6.0 million was expensed. Incentive compensation, which is calculated
from increases in pro forma location cash flow, increased by approximately
$289,000 or 29% for the year ended December 31, 1997, as compared to the same
period in 1996.

     Corporate expenses increased by $827,000 or 58% for the year ended
December 31, 1997, as compared to the same period in 1996 primarily due to
increased staffing as a result of internal and acquisition related growth,
enhanced public relations activities and additional public reporting
requirements for the Company.

     Depreciation and amortization expense increased by approximately $15.7
million or 130% for the year ended December 31, 1997, as compared to the same
period in 1996 as the Company increased its fixed and intangible asset base as
a result of five completed acquisitions during 1996 and twenty-five completed
acquisitions during 1997.

     As a result of these factors, the Company reported a loss from operations
of $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1997, as compared to income
from operations of $2.6 million for the same period in 1996.

     Interest expense increased by approximately $3.6 million or 29% for the
year ended December 31, 1997, as compared to the same period in 1996 as a
result of an increase in debt associated with the Company's acquisitions. See
"Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Financings." The Company's net loss
increased by approximately $9.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1997,
as compared to the same period in 1996 as a net result of an increase in the
loss from operations of approximately $9.1 million, an increase in interest
expense of $3.6 million, an increase in the provision for income taxes of
$320,000, a decrease in other expenses of approximately $755,000, an increase
in the extraordinary loss on extinguishment of debt of $1.4 million and a gain
on the sale of the New Hampshire cable system of approximately $4.5 million.
During 1997, the Company declared preferred stock dividends amounting to $12.2
million which were paid by issuing shares of Series A Preferred Stock.


Year ended December 31, 1996, compared to year ended December 31, 1995

     The Company's net revenues increased by approximately $15.8 million or 49%
for the year ended December 31, 1996, as compared to the same period in 1995 as
a result of:

   o a $4.4 million or 297% increase in DBS revenues of which $2.7 million or
     63% was due to the increased number of DBS subscribers and $1.7 million or
     37% resulting from acquisitions made in the fourth quarter of 1996;

                                       29
<PAGE>
   o a $8.5 million or 43% increase in TV revenues of which $1.5 million or
     17% was due to ratings growth which the Company was able to convert into
     higher revenues and $7.0 million or 83% was the result of acquisitions
     made in the first quarter of 1996;

   o a $2.0 million or 51% increase in Puerto Rico cable revenues due
     primarily to an acquisition effective September 1, 1996; and

   o a $864,000 or 13% increase in New England cable revenues due primarily to
     rate increases and new combined service packages.

     The Company's total location operating expenses increased by approximately
$9.8 million or 46% for the year ended December 31, 1996, as compared to the
same period in 1995 as a result of:

   o a $3.6 million or 260% increase in operating expenses generated by the
     Company's DBS operations due to an increase in programming costs of $1.4
     million, royalty costs of $138,000, marketing expenses of $455,000,
     customer support charges of $199,000 and other DIRECTV costs such as
     security, authorization fees and telemetry and tracking charges totaling
     $237,000, all generated from the increased number of DBS subscribers, and
     a $1.1 million increase attributable to territories acquired in the fourth
     quarter of 1996;

   o a $4.8 million or 34% increase in TV operating expenses as the net result
     of a $115,000 or 1% decrease in same station direct operating expenses and
     a $4.9 million increase attributable to stations acquired in the first
     quarter of 1996;

   o a $912,000 or 37% increase in Puerto Rico cable operating expenses as the
     net result of a $64,000 or 3% decrease in same system direct operating
     expenses and a $976,000 increase attributable to the system acquired
     effective September 1, 1996; and

   o a $489,000 or 15% increase in New England cable operating expenses due
     primarily to increases in programming costs associated with the new
     combined service packages.

     As a result of these factors, incentive compensation which is calculated
from increases in pro forma location cash flow increased by approximately
$457,000 or 87% for the year ended December 31, 1996, as compared to the same
period in 1995.

     Corporate expenses increased by $65,000 or 5% for the year ended December
31, 1996, as compared to the same period in 1995 primarily due to the
initiation of public reporting requirements.

     Depreciation and amortization expense increased by approximately $3.3
million or 38% for the year ended December 31, 1996, as compared to the same
period in 1995 as the Company increased its fixed and intangible assets as a
result of five completed acquisitions during 1996. As a result of these
factors, income from operations increased by approximately $2.2 million for the
year ended December 31, 1996, as compared to the same period in 1995.

     Interest expense increased by approximately $3.6 million or 42% for the
year ended December 31, 1996, as compared to the same period in 1995 as a
result of a combination of the Company's issuance of $85 million of senior
subordinated notes on July 7, 1995 and an increase in debt associated with the
Company's 1996 acquisitions. A portion of the proceeds from the issuance of the
senior subordinated notes was used to retire floating debt on which the
effective interest rate was lower than the 12.5% interest rate under the notes.
The notes, however, have more favorable terms such as no requirement for
principal repayment, subject to certain conditions, until the end of the term.

     The Company reported a net loss of approximately $10.0 million for the
year ended December 31, 1996, as compared to net income of approximately $2.0
million for the same period in 1995. The $12.0 million change was the net
result of an increase in income from operations of approximately $2.2 million,
an increase in interest expense of $3.6 million, a decrease in extraordinary
items of $10.5 million from extinguishment of debt, a decrease in the provision
for income taxes of $150,000 and an increase in other expenses of approximately
$265,000.

                                       30
<PAGE>
Liquidity and Capital Resources

     The Company's primary sources of liquidity have been the net cash provided
by its DBS, TV and cable operations, credit available under its credit
facilities and proceeds from public and private offerings. The Company's
principal use of its cash has been to fund acquisitions, to meet debt service
obligations, to fund investment in its broadcast and cable technical facilities
and to fund DBS subscriber acquisition costs.

     Pre-marketing cash flow increased by approximately $21.6 million or 106%
for the nine months ended September 30, 1998, as compared to the same period in
1997. Pre-marketing cash flow increased as a result of:

   o a $22.0 million or 298% increase in DBS pre-marketing cash flow of which
     $2.6 million or 12% was due to an increase in same territory pre-marketing
     cash flow and $19.4 million or 88% was attributable to territories
     acquired in 1997 and 1998;

   o a $119,000 or 2% decrease in TV location cash flow as the net result of a
     $184,000 or 3% increase in same station location cash flow and a $303,000
     decrease attributable to the three new stations launched in August 1997,
     October 1997 and July 1998; and

   o a $298,000 or 5% decrease in cable location cash flow which was the net
     result of a $312,000 or 9% increase in Puerto Rico same system location
     cash flow, a $67,000 reduction due to the sale of the Company's New
     Hampshire cable system effective January 31, 1997 and a $543,000 reduction
     due to the sale of the Company's remaining New England cable systems
     effective July 1, 1998.

     During the nine months ended September 30, 1998, $44.0 million of cash on
hand, together with $30.1 million of proceeds from the sale of the Company's
remaining New England cable systems, $3.3 million of cash acquired from
acquisitions and $84.7 million of net cash provided by the Company's financing
activities, was used to fund operating activities of approximately $15.5
million and other investing activities of $107.6 million. Investing activities,
net of cash acquired from acquisitions and proceeds from the sale of the New
England cable systems, consisted of:

     o the acquisition of DBS assets from 20 independent DIRECTV providers
       during the first three quarters of 1998 for approximately $89.9 million,

     o broadcast television transmitter, tower and facility upgrades totaling
       approximately $3.2 million,

     o payments of programming rights amounting to $1.6 million,

     o capitalized costs relating to the DTS Acquisition of $4.3 million, and

     o maintenance and other capital expenditures and intangibles totaling
       approximately $8.7 million.

     Financing activities consisted of

     o the repayment of approximately $5.9 million of long-term debt and
       capital leases,

     o net borrowings on bank credit facilities totaling $81.3 million, and

     o net restricted cash draws of approximately $9.3 million for interest
       payments.

     As of September 30, 1998, cash on hand amounted to $39.1 million plus
restricted cash of $19.7 million. Additionally, we had $81.5 million drawn and
standby letters of credit of $44.4 million on the $180.0 million PM&C credit
facility. Additionally, there was $29.3 million drawn and stand by letters of
credit of $27.6 million on the $90.0 million DTS credit facility.

     Pre-marketing cash flow increased by $13.0 million or 74% for the year
ended December 31, 1997, as compared to the same period in 1996. Pre-marketing
cash flow increased as a result of:

     o a $10.7 million or 705% increase in DBS pre-marketing cash flow of which
       $1.0 million or 10% was due to an increase in same territory
       pre-marketing cash flow and $9.7 million or 90% was attributable to
       territories acquired subsequent to the third quarter of 1996;

                                       31
<PAGE>
     o a $649,000 or 6% increase in TV location cash flow as the net result of a
       $1.3 million or 17% increase in same station location cash flow, a
       $343,000 decrease attributable to stations acquired in the first quarter
       of 1996, and a $361,000 decrease attributable to the two new stations
       launched on August 1997 and October 1997; and

     o a $1.7 million or 27% increase in cable location cash flow which was the
       net result of a $646,000 or 14% increase in same system location cash
       flow, a $1.7 million increase due to the system acquired effective
       September 1, 1996, and a $703,000 reduction due to the sale of the
       Company's New Hampshire cable system effective January 31, 1997.

     During the year ended December 31, 1997, net cash provided by operating
activities was approximately $8.5 million, which together with $8.6 million of
cash on hand, $6.9 million of net proceeds from the sale of the New Hampshire
cable system and $169.1 million of net cash provided by the Company's financing
activities was used to fund other investing activities totaling $149.1 million.
Financing activities consisted of raising $95.8 million in net proceeds from
the Company's preferred stock offering in January 1997 and $111.0 million in
net proceeds from the Company's offering of senior notes in October 1997,
borrowing $94.2 million under a former bank credit facility, repayment of all
$94.2 million of that indebtedness and $29.6 million of indebtedness under a
still earlier credit facility, net repayment of approximately $657,000 of other
long-term debt, placing $1.2 million in restricted cash to collateralize a
letter of credit and the incurrence of approximately $6.2 million in debt
issuance costs associated with various credit facilities. Investing activities,
net of the proceeds from the sale of the New Hampshire cable system, consisted
of:

     o the acquisition of DBS assets from 25 independent DIRECTV providers
       during the first quarter of 1997, for approximately $133.6 million;

     o broadcast television transmitter, tower and facility constructions and
       upgrades totaling approximately $5.8 million;

     o the interconnection and expansion of the Puerto Rico cable systems
       amounting to approximately $1.8 million;

     o payments of programming rights amounting to $2.6 million; and

     o maintenance and other capital expenditures and intangibles totaling
       approximately $5.4 million.

     Location cash flow increased by $6.0 million or 55% for the year ended
December 31, 1996, as compared to the same period in 1995, as a result of:

     o a $781,000 or 868% increase in DBS location cash flow of which $312,000
       or 40% was due to an increase in same territory location cash flow and
       $469,000 or 60% was due to an increase attributable to the territories
       acquired in the fourth quarter of 1996;

     o a $3.7 million or 62% increase in TV location cash flow of which $1.6
       million or 42% was due to an increase in same station location cash flow
       and $2.1 million or 58% was due to an increase attributable to stations
       acquired in the first quarter of 1996;

     o a $1.1 million or 72% increase in Puerto Rico cable location cash flow of
       which $126,000 or 11% was due to an increase in same system location cash
       flow and $998,000 or 89% was due to the system acquired effective
       September 1, 1996;

     o a $375,000 or 11% increase in New England cable location cash flow; and
 
     During the year ended December 31, 1996, net cash provided by operating
activities was approximately $3.1 million, which together with $12.0 million of
cash on hand, $9.9 million of restricted cash and $74.7 million of net cash
provided by the Company's financing activities was used to fund investing
activities totaling $81.2 million. Investment activities consisted of:

     o the Portland, Maine and Tallahassee, Florida TV acquisitions for
       approximately $16.6 million;

     o the San German, Puerto Rico cable acquisition for approximately $26.0
       million;

                                       32
<PAGE>

     o the acquisition of DBS assets from two independent DIRECTV providers
       during the third quarter of 1996, for approximately $29.9 million;

     o the purchase of a New England cable office facility and headend facility
       for $201,000;

     o the fiber upgrade in the cable system amounting to $323,000;

     o the purchase of DIRECTV system units used as rental and lease units
       amounting to $832,000;

     o payments of programming rights amounting to $1.8 million; and

     o maintenance and other capital expenditures and intangibles totaling
       approximately $6.7 million.

     During the year ended December 31, 1995, net cash provided by operations
was approximately $5.8 million, which together with $1.4 million of cash on
hand and $10.9 million of net cash provided by the Company's financing
activities was used to fund a $12.5 million distribution to Pegasus' parent and
to fund investing activities totaling $6.1 million. Investment activities
consisted of:

     o the final payment of the deferred purchase price for the Company's New
       England DBS rights of approximately $1.9 million;

     o the purchase of a new WDSI studio and office facility for $520,000;

     o the purchase of a LIBOR cap for $300,000;

     o the purchase of DIRECTV system units used as rental and lease units for
       $157,000;

     o payments of programming rights amounting to $1.2 million; and

     o maintenance and other capital expenditures and intangibles totaling
       approximately $1.9 million.


Financings

     Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc. (PM&C) completed an $85.0 million
Notes offering on July 7, 1995. The Notes were sold at a $4.0 million discount.
The proceeds from the Notes offering, together with cash on hand, were used to
(i) repay approximately $38.6 million in loans and other obligations, (ii)
repurchase $25.6 million of notes for approximately $13.0 million, which
resulted in a $10.2 million extraordinary gain net of expenses, (iii) make a
$12.5 million distribution to its parent, (iv) escrow $9.7 million for the
purpose of paying interest on the Notes, (v) pay $3.3 million in fees and
expenses, and (vi) fund $8.8 million of the cash portion of the purchase price
of an acquisition.

     During July 1995, PM&C entered into a credit facility in the amount of
$10.0 million. This credit facility was retired in August 1996 from borrowings
under the 1996 PM&C credit facility.

     In 1996, PM&C entered into a credit facility which provided for borrowings
up to $50.0 million. This credit facility was retired in December 1997 from
borrowings under the 1997 PM&C Credit facility.

     In 1996, DTS entered into a credit facility which provides for borrowings
up to $90.0 million. Approximately $50.4 million was outstanding as of January
15, 1999. The credit facility expires in July 2003.

     On October 8, 1996, the Company completed its initial public offering in
which it sold 3,000,000 shares of its Class A Common Stock to the public at a
price of $14.00 per share resulting in net proceeds to the Company of
approximately $38.1 million. The Company applied the net proceeds from the
initial public offering as follows: (i) $29.9 million for the payment of the
cash portion of the purchase price of DBS assets from two independent providers
of DIRECTV services during the third quarter of 1996 and (ii) other payments in
connection with certain other acquisitions and the repayment of indebtedness.

     On January 27, 1997, the Company completed an offering in which it sold
100,000 units, consisting of 100,000 shares of 12.75% Series A Cumulative
Exchangeable Preferred Stock and 100,000 Warrants to purchase 193,600 shares of
Class A Common Stock. This offering resulted in net proceeds to the Company of
$95.8 million. The Company applied the net proceeds from the offering as
follows: (i) $30.1 million to the repayment of all outstanding indebtedness
under the 1996 PM&C Credit Facility and expenses related to it, and (ii) $56.5
million for the payment of the cash portion of the purchase price in the
acquisition of DBS assets from nine independent DIRECTV providers. The
remaining net proceeds were used for working capital, general corporate
purposes and to finance other acquisitions.

                                       33
<PAGE>

     On July 9, 1997, Pegasus Satellite Holdings, Inc. entered into a $130.0
million credit facility, which was collateralized by substantially all of the
assets of PSH and its subsidiaries. The facility consisted of a $40.0 million
seven-year senior term loan and a $90.0 million six-year senior revolving
credit facility. On October 21, 1997, outstanding balances under the credit
facility were repaid from the proceeds of the offering of Senior Notes
discussed below and commitments under the PSH credit facility were terminated.
Deferred financing fees relating to the $130.0 million revolving credit
facility were written off, resulting in an extraordinary loss of $1.2 million
on the refinancing transaction.

     On October 21, 1997, the Company completed an offering in which it sold
$115.0 million of 9.625% Series A Senior Notes, resulting in net proceeds to
the Company of approximately $111.0 million. The Company applied the net
proceeds from the offering as follows: (i) $94.2 million to the repayment of
all outstanding indebtedness under the PSH credit facility, and (ii) $16.8
million for the payment of the cash portion of the purchase price for the
acquisition of DBS assets from various independent DIRECTV providers.

     On December 10, 1997, PM&C entered into a credit facility. The credit
facility is a $180.0 million six-year, collateralized, reducing revolving
credit facility. Borrowings under the credit facility are available for
acquisitions, subject to the approval of the lenders in certain circumstances,
working capital, capital expenditures and for general corporate purposes.
Approximately $27.5 million was outstanding as of January 15, 1999. The credit
facility expires in December 2003.

     On November 30, 1998, the Company completed the $100.0 million 9 3/4%
Senior Notes offering due 2006, resulting in proceeds to the Company of
approximately $96.6 million. The Company applied $64.7 million of the net
proceeds to pay down indebtedness under the PM&C credit facility and $31.9
million to the cash portion of certain completed DBS acquisitions.

     The Company believes that it has adequate resources to meet its working
capital, maintenance capital expenditure and debt service obligations. However,
the Company is highly leveraged and our ability in the future to repay our
existing indebtedness will depend upon the success of our business strategy,
prevailing economic conditions, regulatory matters, levels of interest rates
and financial, business and other factors that are beyond our control. We
cannot assure you that we will be able to generate the substantial increases in
cash flow from operations that we will need to meet the obligations under our
indebtedness. Furthermore, our agreements with respect to our indebtedness,
including the indentures governing our publicly held debt securities and our
two credit facilities, as well as the terms of our publicly held preferred
stock, contain numerous covenants that, among other things, restrict our
ability to pay dividends and make certain other payments and investments,
borrow additional funds, create liens and to sell our assets. Failing to make
debt payments or comply with our covenants could result in an event of default
which, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on us.

     The Company closely monitors conditions in the capital markets to identify
opportunities for the effective and prudent use of financial leverage. In
financing its future expansion and acquisition requirements, the Company would
expect to avail itself of such opportunities and thereby increase its
indebtedness, which could result in increased debt service requirements. There
can be no assurance that such debt financing can be completed on terms
satisfactory to the Company or at all. The Company may also issue additional
equity to fund its future expansion and acquisition requirements.


Capital Expenditures

     For the nine months ended September 30, 1998, the Company's capital
expenditures totalled $6.2 million. The Company expects recurring renewal and
refurbishment capital expenditures to total approximately $2.0 million in 1998
and on a recurring basis. In addition to these maintenance capital
expenditures, the Company's 1998 capital projects include:

                                       34
<PAGE>

     o DBS facility upgrades of approximately $1.0 million, and

     o approximately $4.5 million of TV expenditures for broadcast television
       transmitter, tower and facility constructions and upgrades. The Company
       commenced the programming of four new TV stations, WPME in August 1997,
       WGFL in October 1997, WFXU in July 1998 and WSWB in November 1998 and its
       plans are to commence programming of an additional station in the first
       half of 1999. There can be no assurance that the Company's capital
       expenditure plans will not change in the future.

Year 2000

     The term "year 2000 issue" is a general term used to describe the various
problems that may result from the improper processing of dates and
date-sensitive calculations by computers and other equipment as the Year 2000
approaches and is reached. These problems generally arise from the fact that
most computer hardware and software have historically used only two digits to
identify the year in a date, often resulting in the computer failing to
distinguish dates in the "2000's" from dates in the "1900's." These problems
may also arise from additional sources, such as the use of special codes and
conventions in software utilizing the date field.

     The Company has reviewed all of its systems as to the year 2000 issue. The
Company's primary focus has been on its own internal systems. The Company has
in the past three years replaced or upgraded, or is in the process of replacing
or upgrading, all of its TV traffic systems, cable billing systems and
corporate accounting systems. All of these new systems are expected to be in
place by March 31, 1999. However, if any necessary changes are not made or
completed in a timely fashion or unanticipated problems arise, the year 2000
issue may take longer for the Company to address and may have a material impact
on the Company's financial condition and its results of operations.

     The Company relies on outside vendors for the operation of its DBS
satellite control and billing systems, including DIRECTV, the NRTC and their
respective vendors. The Company has established a policy to ensure that these
vendors are currently in compliance with the year 2000 issue or have a plan in
place to be in compliance with the year 2000 issue by the first quarter of
1999. In addition, the Company has had initial communications with certain of
its other significant suppliers, distributors, financial institutions, lessors
and parties with which it conducts business to evaluate their year 2000
compliance plans and state of readiness and to determine the extent to which
the Company's systems may be affected by the failure of others to remediate
their own year 2000 issues. To date, however, the Company has received only
preliminary feedback from such parties and has not independently confirmed any
information received from other parties with respect to the year 2000 issue. As
such, there can be no assurance that such other parties will complete their
year 2000 conversion in a timely fashion or will not suffer a year 2000
business disruption that may adversely affect the Company's financial condition
and its results of operations.

     Because the Company's year 2000 conversion is expected to be completed
prior to any potential disruption to the Company's business, the Company has
not yet completed the development of a comprehensive year 2000-specific
contingency plan. However, as part of its year 2000 contingency planning
effort, information received from external sources is examined for date
integrity before being brought into the Company's internal systems. If the
Company determines that its business or a segment thereof is at material risk
of disruption due to the year 2000 issue or anticipates that its year 2000
conversion will not be completed in a timely fashion, the Company will work to
enhance its contingency plan. Costs to date relating to the year
2000 issue amounted to approximately $150,000. Costs to be incurred beyond
September 30, 1998, relating to the year 2000 issue are expected to be
approximately $200,000.

                                       35
<PAGE>


Dividend Policy

     As a holding company, Pegasus' ability to pay dividends is dependent upon
the receipt of dividends from its direct and indirect subsidiaries. Credit
facilities and publicly held debt securities of Pegasus' principal subsidiaries
restrict them from paying dividends to Pegasus. In addition, Pegasus' ability
to pay dividends and Pegasus' and its subsidiaries' ability to incur
indebtedness are subject to certain restrictions contained in Pegasus' and its
subsidiaries' credit facilities and publicly held debt securities and in
Pegasus' Series A Preferred Stock.


Seasonality

     The Company's revenues vary throughout the year. As is typical in the
broadcast television industry, the Company's first quarter generally produces
the lowest revenues for the year and the fourth quarter generally produces the
highest revenues for the year. The Company's operating results in any period
may be affected by the incurrence of advertising and promotion expenses that do
not necessarily produce commensurate revenues in the short-term until the
impact of such advertising and promotion is realized in future periods.


Inflation

     The Company believes that inflation has not been a material factor
affecting the Company's business. In general, the Company's revenues and
expenses are impacted to the same extent by inflation. A majority of the
Company's indebtedness bears interest at a fixed rate.


Effects of Recently Issued Accounting Standards

     In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No.
130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income" and SFAS No. 131 "Disclosures about
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information." SFAS 130 requires that all
items that are required to be recognized under accounting standards as
components of comprehensive income be reported in a financial statement table
that is displayed with the same prominence as other financial statements. SFAS
131 requires that all public business enterprises report information about
operating segments, as well as specific revised guidelines for determining an
entity's operating segments and the type and level of financial information to
be disclosed. These new standards, which are effective for the fiscal year
ending December 31, 1998, will not have a significant effect on the Company.

     In February 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 132, "Employers
Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits." In June 1998,
the FASB issued SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities." Management has reviewed the provisions of SFAS No. 132 and
SFAS No.133 and the implementation of these standards is not expected to have
any significant effect on its consolidated financial statements.

                                       
   
                                  THE COMPANY

     In this section we give a brief overview of our business, focusing
particularly on our DBS business. To learn more detail about our business, you
should read the description in our most recent Form 10-K report filed with the
SEC, which we have incorporated by reference in this prospectus. To obtain a
copy of our SEC filings, please refer to the section entitled "Where You Can
Find More Information."
    

                                    Pegasus

     Pegasus Communications Corporation is:

    o The largest independent provider of DIRECTV(R) with 455,000 subscribers
      at December 31, 1998. We have the exclusive right to distribute DIRECTV
      digital broadcast satellite services to over 4.83 million rural
      households in 36 states. We distribute DIRECTV through the Pegasus retail
      network, a network of approximately 2,000 independent retailers.

    o The owner or programmer of nine TV stations affiliated with either Fox,
      UPN or the WB and the owner of a large cable system in Puerto Rico
      serving approximately 50,000 subscribers.

    o One of the fastest growing media companies in the United States. We have
      increased our revenues at a compound growth rate of 100% per annum since
      our inception in 1991.


<PAGE>


DBS

     The introduction of DBS receivers (DBS is the industry's abbreviation of
"direct broadcast satellite" services) is widely regarded as the most successful
introduction of a consumer electronics product in U.S. history, surpassing the
rollout of color televisions, VCRs and compact disc players. According to a
recent Paul Kagan study, in 1998 DBS was the fastest growing multi-channel
television service in the country, capturing almost 2 out of every 3 new
subscribers to those services. There are currently three nationally branded DBS
programming services: DIRECTV, Primestar and EchoStar. At December 31, 1998,
there were 8.7 million DBS subscribers in the United States:
   
    o 4.5 million DIRECTV subscribers, including approximately 3.55 million
      subscribers served by DIRECTV itself, 455,000 subscribers served by
      Pegasus and 500,000 subscribers served by the approximately 100 other
      DIRECTV rural affiliates.

     o 2.3 million Primestar subscribers.

     o 1.9 million EchoStar subscribers.

     All three DBS programming services are digital satellite services, and
therefore require that a subscriber install a satellite receiving antenna or
dish and a digital receiver. DIRECTV and EchoStar are "high power" DBS services
and require a satellite dish of approximately 18 inches in diameter that may be
installed by the consumer without professional assistance. Primestar is a
"medium power" DBS service and requires a dish of approximately 36 inches in
diameter that generally must be professionally installed. The market shares of
DIRECTV, Primestar and Echostar among all DBS subscribers nationally are
currently 52%, 26% and 22%, respectively. The Carmel Group has estimated
that the number of DBS subscribers will grow to 21.1 million by 2003. As
described below under "-- Recent DBS Developments," DIRECTV has announced an
agreement to acquire Primestar's business.
    
                                       36
<PAGE>
DIRECTV
   
     DIRECTV is a service of Hughes Electronics, a subsidiary of General Motors
Corporation. After completing its announced acquisition of United States
Satellite Broadcasting, Inc. and Primestar described below, DIRECTV will offer
in excess of 200 channels of near laser disc quality video and CD quality audio
programming. DIRECTV currently transmits via three high-power Ku band satellites
and has announced its intention to launch a fourth Ku band satellite in the
third quarter of this year. We believe that DIRECTV's extensive line-up of cable
networks, pay-per-view movies and events and sports packages, including the
exclusive "NFL Sunday Ticket," have enabled DIRECTV to capture a majority market
share of existing DBS subscribers and will continue to drive strong subscriber
growth for DIRECTV DBS services in the future. DIRECTV added 1.2 million new
subscribers in 1998, which was a greater increase than any other DBS provider
and accounted for approximately 48% of all new DBS subscribers in that year.
    

DIRECTV Rural Affiliates

     Prior to the launch of DIRECTV's DBS programming service, Hughes entered
into an agreement with the National Rural Telecommunications Cooperative
authorizing the NRTC to offer its members and associates the opportunity to
acquire exclusive rights to distribute DIRECTV programming services in rural
areas of the United States. (The NRTC is a cooperative organization whose
members and associates are engaged in the distribution of telecommunications and
other services in predominantly rural areas of the United States.) Approximately
250 NRTC members and associates acquired such exclusive rights, thereby becoming
DIRECTV "rural affiliates." The DIRECTV exclusive territories acquired by
DIRECTV's rural affiliates include approximately 9 million rural households.
Pegasus was the largest of the original DIRECTV rural affiliates, acquiring a
DIRECTV exclusive territory of approximately 500,000 homes in four New England
states. Since 1996 we have increased our DIRECTV exclusive territories to more
than 4.83 million homes through the completed or pending acquisitions of 81
other DIRECTV rural affiliates, including acquisitions on Digital Television
Services, Inc., with which we merged in 1998.

Pegasus Rural Focus and Strategy

     We believe that DBS and other digital satellite services will achieve
disproportionately greater consumer acceptance in rural areas than in
metropolitan areas. DBS services have already achieved a penetration of more
than 17% in rural areas of the United States, as compared to approximately 5%
in metropolitan areas.

     Our long-term goal is to become an integrated provider of DBS and other
digital satellite services for the 76 million people, 30 million homes and 3
million businesses located in rural areas of the United States. To accomplish
our goal, we are pursuing the following strategy:

    o Continue to Grow Our Rural Subscriber Base by Aggressively Marketing
      DIRECTV: Pegasus currently serves in excess of 455,000 DIRECTV
      subscribers, which represents a penetration of approximately 10%. We
      estimate that we have a 55% share of all DBS subscribers in our DIRECTV
      exclusive territories and that the remaining DBS subscribers are shared
      approximately equally between Primestar and EchoStar. Our rate of growth
      has accelerated as we have increased our scale and expanded the Pegasus
      retail network.

    o Continue to Acquire Other DIRECTV Rural Affiliates: We currently own
      approximately 55% of the DIRECTV exclusive territories held by DIRECTV's
      rural affiliates. We have had an excellent track record of acquiring
      DIRECTV rural affiliates and believe that we have a competitive advantage
      in acquiring additional DIRECTV rural affiliates due to our position as
      the largest DIRECTV rural affiliate, our access to the capital markets
      and our strong reputation in the DBS industry. We will continue to pursue
      our strategy of acquiring other DIRECTV rural affiliates.

                                       37
<PAGE>

    o Continue to Develop the Pegasus Retail Network: We have established the
      Pegasus retail network in order to distribute DIRECTV in our DIRECTV
      exclusive territories. Our consolidation of DIRECTV's rural affiliates
      has enabled us to expand the Pegasus retail network to 2,000 independent
      retailers in 36 states. We believe that the Pegasus retail network is one
      of the few sales and distribution channels for digital satellite services
      with broad and effective reach in rural areas of the U.S. We intend to
      further expand the Pegasus retail network in order to increase the
      penetration of DIRECTV in rural areas and to enable us to distribute
      additional digital satellite services that will complement our
      distribution of DIRECTV.

    o Generate Future Growth By Bundling Additional Digital Satellite Services
      with DIRECTV: We believe that new digital satellite services, such as
      digital audio services, broadband multimedia services and mobile
      satellite services, will be introduced to consumers and businesses in the
      next five years. We believe that these services, like DBS, will achieve
      disproportionate success in rural areas. However, we believe that because
      there are limited sales and distribution channels in rural areas, new
      digital satellite service providers will confront the same difficulties
      that DBS service providers have encountered in establishing broad
      distribution in rural areas, as compared to metropolitan areas. We believe
      that the Pegasus retail network will enable us to establish relationships
      with digital satellite service providers that will position us to
      capitalize on these new opportunities.
       
Satellite Services in Rural Areas

     Rural areas include approximately 85% of the total landmass of the
continental United States and have an average home density of less than 12
homes per square mile. Because the cost of building (or rebuilding) a cable
system is generally inversely proportional to home density and the cost of
providing satellite service is not, satellite services have strong cost
advantages over cable in rural areas.

     There are approximately 76 million people, 30 million households and 3
million businesses located in rural areas of the United States. Annual household
income in rural areas totaled over $1.1 trillion in 1997, an average of
approximately $38,000 per household. Rural areas therefore represent a large and
attractive market for DBS and other digital satellite services. Approximately
65% of all U.S. DBS subscribers reside in rural areas. It is likely that future
digital satellite services, such as soon to be launched digital audio services
and satellite broadband multimedia services, will also achieve disproportionate
success in rural areas as compared to metropolitan areas.

     It is difficult, however, for satellite and other service providers to
establish sales and distribution channels in rural areas. In contrast to
metropolitan areas, where there are many strong national retail chains, few
national retailers have a presence in rural areas. Most retailers in rural
areas are independently owned and have only one or two store locations. For
these reasons, satellite providers seeking to establish broad and effective
rural distribution have limited alternatives:
   
    o They may seek to distribute their services through one of the few
      national retailers, such as Radio Shack or Wal-Mart, that have a strong
      retail presence in rural areas.

    o They may seek to establish direct sales channels in rural areas, as
      Primestar initially sought to do through its cable partners.
    
    o They may seek to distribute through national networks of independent
      retailers serving rural areas, such as have been established by EchoStar
      and by Pegasus.

                                       38
<PAGE>

Consolidation of DIRECTV Rural Affiliates

     When DIRECTV was launched in 1994, approximately 95% of the DIRECTV rural
affiliate exclusive territories were held by small DIRECTV rural affiliates. In
1996, Pegasus made its first acquisition of another DIRECTV rural affiliate,
thereby beginning a process of consolidation that has significantly changed the
composition of DIRECTV's rural affiliates. Since 1996, approximately 150 DIRECTV
rural affiliates have been acquired by Pegasus, Digital Television Services
(which merged with Pegasus in 1998) or Golden Sky Systems. Today, Pegasus
represents 55% of the DIRECTV exclusive territories held by DIRECTV's rural
affiliates, Golden Sky holds 19%, and the approximately 100 remaining rural
affiliates total 26%. Pegasus believes that consolidation among DIRECTV's rural
affiliates will continue.

     Upon completion of our pending acquisitions, we will distribute DIRECTV in
the following DIRECTV exclusive territories:

    Exclusive        Total      Homes Not
     DIRECTV        Homes in    Passed by       Total
    Territory      Territory      Cable      Subscribers    Penetration
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Northeast            751,745      182,245       64,427          8.6%
Central            1,163,510      287,306      103,214          8.9%
Southeast            993,379      343,805       97,356          9.8%
Midwest              612,579      183,098       64,729         10.6%
Central Plains       375,410       73,516       28,665          7.6%
Texas                465,835      150,987       49,043         10.5%
Southwest            322,438       57,028       31,841          9.9%
Northwest            143,754       56,726       15,345         10.7%
   Total           4,828,650    1,334,711      454,620          9.4%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total homes in territory and homes not passed by cable are based on estimates
of primary residences by Claritas, Inc.


The Pegasus Retail Network

     The Pegasus retail network is a network of 2,000 independent satellite,
consumer electronics and other retailers serving rural areas. We began the
development of the Pegasus retail network in 1995 in order to distribute
DIRECTV in our original DIRECTV exclusive territories in New England. Our
acquisitions of DIRECTV rural affiliates since 1996 (including, most
importantly, our merger with Digital Television Services, Inc. in 1998) have
enabled us to expand the Pegasus retail network into 36 states. Today, the
Pegasus retail network is one of the few sales and distribution channels
available to digital satellite service providers seeking broad and effective
distribution in rural areas throughout the continental United States.

    We believe that the national reach of the Pegasus retail network has
positioned us to:
   
    o Improve the penetration of DIRECTV in DIRECTV exclusive territories that
      we now own or that we may acquire by from other DIRECTV rural affiliates.

    o Assist DIRECTV in improving DIRECTV's DBS market share in rural areas
      outside of the DIRECTV exclusive territories held by DIRECTV rural
      affiliates.
    
    o Offer providers of new digital satellite services (such as the soon to
      be launched digital audio and broadband multimedia satellite services) an
      effective and convenient means for reaching the approximately 30% of
      America's population that live and work in rural areas.

                                       39
<PAGE>
Recent DBS Developments

     Three important events have occurred recently in the DBS industry.

     DIRECTV/Hughes Acquisition of USSB. In December 1998, Hughes Electronics
Corporation, the parent company of DIRECTV, announced that it had reached an
agreement with United States Satellite Broadcasting Company, Inc. to acquire
USSB's business and assets for approximately $1.3 billion in cash and stock. The
transaction will enable DIRECTV to add such premium networks as multichannel
HBO, Cinemax and Showtime. We expect these added offerings to increase DIRECTV's
appeal to consumers and drive subscriber growth. DIRECTV and USSB have said that
they expect the transaction to close in the first half of this year. It is
subject to review and approval by the Department of Justice and the Federal
Communications Commission and other conditions.

 DIRECTV/Hughes Acquisition of Primestar. In January 1999, Hughes announced that
it reached agreement with Primestar, Inc. to acquire Primestar's medium-power
DBS business and rights to acquire certain high power DBS satellite assets in
two transactions valued at approximately $1.82 billion. DIRECTV has stated that
it intends to operate Primestar's medium power business for approximately two
years, during which time it will transition Primestar's approximately 2.3
million subscribers to the high power DIRECTV service. DIRECTV has also said it
expects that its acquisition of the new high power DBS assets associated with
the Primestar transaction along with its pending acquisition of the high power
USSB assets will enable DIRECTV to offer more than 370 entertainment channels,
almost twice its current channel capacity. If the Primestar and USSB
transactions are consummated, we expect that DIRECTV and EchoStar will be the
only providers of DBS services. The Primestar transactions are subject to
approval of the Federal Communications Commission (with respect to the high
power DBS assets only) and antitrust agencies and other conditions. We estimate
that there are between 200,000 and 250,000 Primestar subscribers in our DIRECTV
exclusive territories. (Our estimate is based on DIRECTV's estimate of the
proportion of Primestar subscribers in the exclusive territories of DIRECTV
rural affiliates and our proportionate ownership of those territories.) We are
still evaluating the effects of the Primestar transactions on our business.

     EchoStar-News Corporation-MCI Settlement. In November 1998, EchoStar
Communications Corporation, News Corporation, MCI and certain other parties
reached an agreement for the transfer to EchoStar of a license to operate a
high-power DBS business at the 110o west longitude orbital location and certain
other DBS assets in exchange for shares of EchoStar. EchoStar already operates a
DBS business at the 119o west longitude orbital location. The agreement with
News Corporation and MCI has been approved by the Department of Justice and is
pending approval of the Federal Communications Commission. EchoStar plans to
launch satellites for operation at the 110o west longitude orbital slot in 1999.
This transaction could increase EchoStar's competitive position relative to
DIRECTV. See "Risk Factors -- Other Risks of Our Business -- We Face Significant
Competition: the Competition Landscape Changes Constantly." We believe that the
EchoStar/News Corporation/MCI settlement will be positive for the DBS industry
and will help increase DBS' competitive position vis-a-vis cable.

Pegasus' Cable and TV Businesses

     We own and operate a cable system serving areas of western and southwestern
Puerto Rico, and are acquiring a contiguous system serving areas of northwestern
Puerto Rico. The combined systems will hold franchises for communities
representing almost 20% of Puerto Rico, will pass in excess of 170,000 homes and
will serve approximately 50,000 subscribers. Our strategy in cable is to
increase our penetration by adding Spanish language networks, locally originated
programming and Internet access and other broadband and telecommunications
services.

     Other cable operators serving Puerto Rico include Century Communications
serving San Juan and surrounding areas, TCI International (recently merged with
Liberty Communications, a subsidiary of TCI) serving eastern and northern
Puerto Rico, and an independent system serving Ponce. Century has recently
announced that it is considering "strategic alternatives," including a possible
sale of its assets. We believe that it is possible that other strategic
transactions may soon occur involving other cable operators in Puerto Rico or
that consolidation may occur among some or all of Puerto Rico's cable
operators.

     We currently own or program nine broadcast television stations in six
Nielsen designated market areas. We own five of these stations and program four
others pursuant to local marketing agreements which authorize us to program the
stations and to sell advertising spots in the programming aired on them. Our TV
stations are affiliated with Fox, UPN and the WB. Our operating strategy in TV
focuses on developing strong local sales organizations, improving our
programming, promotion and technical facilities, and maintaining careful control
over operating costs.

                                       40
<PAGE>

We have affiliated with Fox, UPN and the WB because we believe that their
audience ratings will continue to grow and that continued audience growth will
enable our TV stations to significantly increase their market shares.

Recent Pegasus Developments


     Completed DBS Acquisitions

     During the fourth quarter of 1998 and the first quarter of 1999, we made
ten acquisitions from independent DIRECTV providers of rights to provide DIRECTV
programming in rural areas of New Mexico, Oklahoma, South Dakota, West Virginia,
Colorado, Illinois, Minnesota and Texas. These territories include, in the
aggregate, approximately 149,000 television households (including approximately
6,800 seasonal residences and 13,000 business locations), and approximately
14,250 subscribers. The aggregate consideration paid for these acquisitions was
approximately $26.8 million in cash and $1.25 million in promissory notes.


     Pending DBS Acquisitions
   
     As of the date of this prospectus, we have entered into letters of intent
or definitive agreements to acquire DIRECTV distribution rights in rural areas
of Colorado, Indiana, Minnesota, and Ohio. These territories include
approximately 264,000 television households (including approximately 11,500
seasonal residences and 23,000 business locations) and approximately 15,350
subscribers. In the aggregate, the consideration for the pending DBS
acquisitions is $28.9 million in cash, and $3.1 million in promissory notes and
assumed liabilities. The closings of these acquisitions are subject to the
negotiation of definitive agreements, third party approvals and other customary
conditions. We believe, but cannot assure you, that these conditions will be
satisfied. See "Risk Factors -- Other Risks of Our Business -- Our Acquisition
Strategy Creates a Variety of Risks."
    
      Pending Cable Acquisition

     We have entered into an agreement to purchase a cable system serving
Aguadilla, Puerto Rico and neighboring communities for a purchase price of
approximately $42.0 million in cash. As of December 31, 1998, the Aguadilla
cable system serves approximately 21,500 subscribers and passes approximately
81,300 of the 83,300 homes in the franchise area. The Aguadilla cable system is
contiguous to our existing Puerto Rico cable system and, upon completion of the
purchase, we intend to consolidate the Aguadilla cable system with our existing
cable system. The closing of this acquisition is subject to third party
approvals and other customary conditions. One of these conditions is that the
Puerto Rico franchising authority will not impose greater burdens on us than it
imposes on the present owner. We expect we will have to negotiate terms with
the Puerto Rico authority. While we believe we will reach a satisfactory
agreement, we cannot be sure. If we do, and the other conditions are met, we
expect to close the acquisition in the first quarter of 1999. See "Risk Factors
- -- Other Risks of Our Business -- Our Acquisition Strategy Creates a Variety of
Risks."

     Fox Affiliation Agreements

   
     Our network affiliation agreements with Fox Broadcasting Company will
expire on January 30, 1999 (other than the affiliation agreement for television
station WTLH, which is scheduled to expire on December 31, 2000). We have been
informed by Fox that it is revising its form affiliation agreement. Pending
completion of its revised form agreement, Fox has proposed entering into new
agreements based on its current form with a 90-day rolling term. We believe
that we will enter into new affiliation agreements on satisfactory terms,
either before the existing agreements expire or during an agreed-upon
extension. If we are mistaken in this belief, the loss of the ability to carry
Fox programming could have a material and adverse effect on us. See "Risk
Factors -- Risks of Our Broadcast Television Business -- We Depend on our
Network Affiliations For Programming."
    

                                      41

<PAGE>
   
Legal and Other Proceedings

FCC Matters

     In connection with the pending license renewal application of television
station WDBD, we have learned that there were a substantial number of
violations at that station of the FCC's rule establishing limits on the amount
of commercial material in programs directed to children. The FCC has options
available to address violations of its rules ranging from a letter of
admonishment to the revocation of a station license. We expect that the
violations at television station WDBD will result in a monetary fine but not in
revocation or nonrenewal of the station license. The FCC has not yet completed
its review of the matter, however, so the outcome cannot be assured.

DBS Late Fee Litigation
    

     In November 1998 we were sued in Indiana for allegedly charging DBS
subscribers excessive fees for late payments. The plaintiffs, who claim to
represent a class consisting of residential DIRECTV customers in Indiana, seek
unspecified damages for the purported class and modification of our late-fee
policy. We are in the process of evaluating our response and are unable to
estimate the amount involved or to determine whether this suit is material to
our Company. Similar suits have been brought against DIRECTV and various cable
operators in other parts of the United States.


                                       42
<PAGE>
                                  MANAGEMENT


Executive Officers and Directors

     Set forth below is certain information concerning the executive officers
and directors of Pegasus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                Name                    Age                          Position
                ----                    ---                          --------
<S>                                    <C>     <C>
Marshall W. Pagon (1) ..............    43     Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive
                                               Officer

Robert N. Verdecchio ...............    42     Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer,
                                               Assistant Secretary and Director

Ted S. Lodge .......................    42     Senior Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer,
                                               General Counsel and Secretary

Howard E. Verlin ...................    37     Vice President and Assistant Secretary

Nicholas A. Pagon ..................    42     Vice President

Michael C. Brooks (1) ..............    54     Director

Harry F. Hopper III (2) ............    45     Director

James J. McEntee, III (2) ..........    41     Director

Mary C. Metzger (1)(3) .............    53     Director

William P. Phoenix .................    41     Director

Riordon B. Smith (3) ...............    37     Director

Donald W. Weber (2)(3) .............    62     Director
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) Member of Nominating Commitee.
(2) Member of Compensation Commitee.
(3) Member of Audit Commitee.

     Marshall W. Pagon has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of Pegasus since its incorporation, and served as
Treasurer of Pegasus from its incorporation to June 1997. From 1991 to October
1994, when the assets of various affiliates of Pegasus Media & Communications,
Inc. ("PM&C," the predecessor of Pegasus and now its subsidiary) principally
limited partnerships that owned and operated the Company's TV and cable
operations, were transferred to PM&C's subsidiaries, entities controlled by Mr.
Pagon served as the general partners of these partnerships and conducted the
business of the Company. Mr. Pagon's background includes over 18 years of
experience in the media and communications industry. Mr. Pagon is the brother
of Nicholas A. Pagon.

     Robert N. Verdecchio has served as Pegasus' Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary since its inception and as Pegasus'
Treasurer since June 1997. He has also served similar functions for PM&C's
affiliates and predecessors in interest since 1990. Mr. Verdecchio has been a
director of Pegasus and PM&C since December 18, 1997. Mr. Verdecchio is a
certified public accountant and has over 13 years of experience in the media
and communications industry.

     Ted S. Lodge has served as Senior Vice President, Chief Administrative
Officer, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary of Pegasus since July 1, 1996.
In June 1997, Mr. Lodge became Pegasus' Secretary. From June 1992 through June
1996, Mr. Lodge practiced law with the law firm of Lodge & Company. During that
period, Mr. Lodge was engaged by the Company as its outside legal counsel in
connection with various matters.

     Howard E. Verlin is a Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Pegasus
(and was until June 1997 its Secretary) and is responsible for operating
activities of the Company's DBS and cable subsidiaries, including supervision
of their general managers. Mr. Verlin has served similar functions with respect
to the Company's predecessors in interest and affiliates since 1987 and has
over 15 years of experience in the media and communications industry.

                                       43
<PAGE>
     Nicholas A. Pagon has served as Vice President of Pegasus and Chief
Executive Officer of its broadcast subsidiaries since November 1998 and is
responsible for all broadcast television activities of the Company. From
January to November 1998, Mr. Pagon served as President of Pegasus Development
Corporation, a subsidiary of the Company. From 1990 through December 1998, Mr.
Pagon was President of Wellspring Consulting, Inc., a telecommunications
consulting business. Mr. Pagon is the brother of Marshall W. Pagon.

     Michael C. Brooks has been a director of the Company since April 27, 1998.
From February 1997 until April 27, 1997, Mr. Brooks had been a director of
Digital Television Services, Inc. He has been a general partner of J.H. Whitney
& Co., a venture capital firm, since January 1985 and currently serves as
Senior Partner. Mr. Brooks is also a director of SunGard Data Systems Inc.,
Nitinol Medical Technologies, Inc. and several private companies. Mr. Brooks is
serving as a director of the Company as Whitney's designee to the Board of
Directors.

     Harry F. Hopper III has been a director of the Company since April 27,
1998. From June 1996 until April 27, 1998, Mr. Hopper had been a director of
Digital Television Services, Inc., or a manager of its predecessor, Digital
Television Services, LLC. Mr. Hopper has been a Managing Director of Columbia
Capital Corporation since January 1997. From January 1994 to January 1997, Mr.
Hopper was a Senior Vice President of Columbia. From May 1990 to January 1994,
he was an Executive Vice President of the corporate general partners of Bachtel
Cellular Liquidity, LP and Paul S. Bachow Co-Investment Fund, LP. Mr. Hopper is
serving as a Director of the Company as Columbia's designee to the Board of
Directors.

     James J. McEntee, III has been a director of Pegasus since October 8,
1996. Mr. McEntee has been a member of the law firm of Lamb, Windle & McErlane,
P.C. for the past six years and a principal of that law firm for the past five
years.

     Mary C. Metzger has been a director of Pegasus since November 14, 1996.
Ms. Metzger has been Chairman of Personalized Media Communications L.L.C. and
its predecessor company, Personalized Media Communications Corp. since February
1989. Ms. Metzger has also been Managing Director of Video Technologies
International, Inc. since June 1986.

     William P. Phoenix has been a director of the Company since June 17, 1998.
He is a Managing Director of CIBC Oppenheimer Corp. and co-head of its Credit
Capital Markets Group. Mr. Phoenix is also a member of CIBC Oppenheimer Corp.'s
credit investment and risk committees. Prior to joining CIBC Oppenheimer Corp.
in 1995, Mr. Phoenix had been a Managing Director of Canadian Imperial Bank of
Commerce with management responsibilities for the bank's acquisition finance,
mezzanine finance and loan workout and restructuring businesses. Mr. Phoenix
joined Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce in 1982. Mr. Phoenix is one of
Marshall W. Pagon's designees to the Board of Directors pursuant to a voting
agreement.

     Riordon B. Smith has been a director of the Company since April 27, 1998.
From February 1997 until April 27, 1998, Mr. Smith had been a director of
Digital Television Services, Inc., or a manager of its predecessor, Digital
Television Services, LLC. Mr. Smith is a Senior Vice President of Fleet Private
Equity Co., Inc., which he joined in 1990. Fleet Private Equity Co., Inc. is a
private equity fund with an investment focus in media and information,
telecommunications services, healthcare services, industrial manufacturing
business services and consumer products and services. Mr. Smith is serving as a
director of the Company as Chisholm Partners, III, L.P.'s designee to the Board
of Directors.

     Donald W. Weber has been a director of Pegasus since its incorporation and
a director of PM&C since November 1995. Until its acquisition by Pegasus in
November 1997, Mr. Weber had been the President and Chief Executive Officer of
ViewStar Entertainment Services, Inc., an NRTC associate that distributed
DIRECTV services in North Georgia, since August 1993. From November 1991
through August 1993, Mr. Weber was a private investor and consultant to various
communication companies. Prior to that time, Mr. Weber was President and Chief
Executive Officer of Contel Corporation until its merger with GTE Corporation
in 1991. Mr. Weber is currently a member of the boards of directors of
Powertel, Inc. and Healthdyne Information Enterprises, Inc., which are
publicly-traded companies.

                                       44
<PAGE>

     In connection with the acquisition of DIRECTV rights and related assets
from Harron Communications Corp., Pegasus Communications Holdings, Inc.,
Pegasus' parent corporation, agreed to nominate a designee of Harron as a
member of Pegasus' Board of Directors. Effective October 8, 1996, James J.
McEntee, III, was appointed to Pegasus' Board of Directors as Harron's
designee. Harron's right to designate a Board member terminated on October 8,
1998.


Executive Compensation

     The following table sets forth certain information for the Company's last
three fiscal years concerning the compensation paid to the Chief Executive
Officer and to each of the Company's most highly compensated officers, whose
total annual salary and bonus for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998
exceeded $100,000.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Annual
                                                                         Compensation(1)
                                                                     ------------------------
           Name                        Principal Position            Year        Salary 
           ----                        ------------------ 
<S>                         <C>                                      <C>     <C>
Marshall W. Pagon ........  President and Chief Executive Officer    1998       $ 200,000
                                                                     1997       $ 200,000
                                                                     1996       $ 150,000
Robert N. Verdecchio .....  Senior Vice President and Chief          1998       $ 150,000
                            Financial Officer                        1997       $ 150,000
                                                                     1996       $ 125,000
Ted S. Lodge .............  Senior Vice President, Chief             1998       $ 150,000
                            Administrative Officer and General       1997       $ 150,000
                            Counsel                                  1996       $  75,000(5)
Howard E. Verlin .........  Vice President, Satellite and Cable      1998       $ 135,000
                            Television                               1997       $ 135,000
                                                                     1996       $ 100,000


                                   Long Term Compensation Awards
                            --------------------------------------------
                             Restricted    Securities
                                Stock      Underlying       All Other
           Name               Award(2)       Options     Compensation(3)   
           ----    
Marshall W. Pagon ........    $ 77,161       85,000        $  67,274(4)
                              $100,558       85,000        $  63,228(4)
                                    --           --        $  62,253(4)
Robert N. Verdecchio .....    $ 38,580       40,000        $  12,720
                              $ 50,279       40,000        $   9,500
                              $555,940           --        $   6,875
Ted S. Lodge .............    $ 30,864       60,000        $   9,263
                              $ 40,223       40,000        $   1,800
                                    --           --               --
Howard E. Verlin .........    $110,125       40,000        $   5,480
                              $100,558       40,000        $   1,685
                                    --           --        $   1,100
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) Prior to the consummation of the Company's initial public offering of
    common stock in October of 1996, the Company's executive officers never
    received any salary or bonus compensation from the Company. The salary
    amounts presented above for January 1, 1996 through October 8, 1996 were
    paid by an affiliate of the Company. After October 8, 1996, the Company's
    executive officers' salaries were paid by the Company. There are no
    employment agreements between the Company and its executive officers.

(2) Upon the Company's initial public offering in October of 1996 certain
    shares of Class B Common Stock were exchanged for shares of Class A Common
    Stock and distributed to certain members of management, including 38,807
    shares of Class A Common Stock that were distributed to Mr. Verdecchio.

(3) Unless otherwise indicated, the amounts listed represent the Company's
    contributions under its 401(k) Plans.

(4) Of the amounts listed for Mr. Pagon for 1998, 1997 and 1996, $53,728,
    $53,728 and $53,728, respectively, represent the actuarial benefit to Mr.
    Pagon of premiums paid by the Company in connection with the split dollar
    agreement entered into by the Company with the trustees of insurance trust
    established by Mr. Pagon. See "Certain Relationships and Related
    Transactions -- Split Dollar Agreement." The remainder represents the
    Company's contributions under its 401(k) Plans.

(5) Mr. Lodge became an employee of the Company on July 1, 1996.

                                       45
<PAGE>
                             Option Grants in 1998
                          Potential Realizable Value
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            % of Total
                                         Options Granted     Exercise
                              Options    to Employees in      Price      Expiration
            Name              Granted     Fiscal Year(1)    Per Share       Date         5%(2)          10%(2)
            ----              -------    ---------------    ---------      ------       -------        --------  
<S>                          <C>        <C>                <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
Marshall W. Pagon .........   85,000          25.24%       $ 21.375       2-16-08     $1,142,623     $2,895,631
Robert N. Verdecchio ......   40,000          11.88%       $ 21.375       2-16-08     $  537,705     $1,362,650
Ted S. Lodge ..............   60,000          17.81%       $ 21.375       2-16-08     $  806,557     $2,043,975
Howard E. Verlin ..........   40,000          11.88%       $ 21.375       2-16-08     $  537,705     $1,362,650

</TABLE>                              
- ------------
(1) The Company granted options to employees to purchase a total of 336,800
    shares during 1998.

(2) These amounts represent hypothetical gains that could be achieved for the
    respective options if exercised at the end of the option term. These gains
    are based on assumed rates of stock appreciation of 5% and 10% compounded
    annually from the date the respective options were granted to their
    expiration date.

                    Aggregated Option Exercises in 1998 and
                          1998 Year-End Option Values
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Number of Unexercised           Value of Unexercised
                                                             Options at Fiscal             In-the-Money Options
                                Shares                           Year End                 at Fiscal Year End(1)
                             Acquired on      Value    ------------------------------  -----------------------------
           Name                Exercise     Realized    Exercisable    Unexercisable    Exercisable    Unexercisable
           ----                --------     --------    -----------    -------------    -----------    -------------
<S>                         <C>            <C>         <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>
Marshall W. Pagon ........       --           --          17,000          153,000         $239,020      $1,259,305
Robert N. Verdecchio .....       --           --           9,090           70,910         $127,805      $  581,995
Ted S. Lodge .............       --           --           9,090           90,910         $127,805      $  655,695
Howard E. Verlin .........       --           --           9,090           70,910         $127,805      $  581,995

</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) In-the-money options are those where the fair market value of the
    underlying securities exceeds the exercise price of the option. The
    closing price of Pegasus' Class A Common Stock on December 31, 1998 was
    $25.06 per share.


Compensation of Directors

     Under Pegasus' By-Laws, each director is entitled to receive such
compensation, if any, as may from time to time be fixed by the Board of
Directors. Pegasus currently pays its directors who are not employees or
officers of Pegasus an annual retainer of $10,000 plus $750 for each Board
meeting attended in person, $350 for each meeting of a committee of the Board
and $375 for each Board meeting held by telephone. Pegasus also reimburses each
director for all reasonable expenses incurred in traveling to and from the
place of each meeting of the Board or committee of the Board.

     On February 17, 1998, James J. McEntee, III, Mary C. Metzger, and Donald
W. Weber, who were then all of Pegasus' nonemployee directors, each received
options under the Stock Option Plan to purchase 5,000 shares of Class A Common
Stock under the Pegasus Communications 1996 Stock Option Plan. Each option
vests in annual installments of 2,500 shares, was issued at an exercise price
of $21.375 per share (the closing price of the Class A Common Stock at the time
of the grant), and is exercisable until the tenth anniversary from the date of
grant.


Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

     During 1998, decisions concerning executive compensation of executive
officers were generally made by the Board of Directors, which included Marshall
W. Pagon, the President and Chief Executive Officer of Pegasus, and Robert N.
Verdecchio, Pegasus' Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. A
Special Stock Option Committee, however, made certain decisions regarding
option grants under the Stock Option Plan. Both the Stock Option Plan and
Restricted Stock Plan are discussed below.

                                       46
<PAGE>
Incentive Program

 General

     The Incentive Program, which includes the Restricted Stock Plan, the
401(k) Plans and the Stock Option Plan, is designed to promote growth in
stockholder value by providing employees with restricted stock awards in the
form of Class A Common Stock and grants of options to purchase Class A Common
Stock. Awards under the Restricted Stock Plan (other than excess and
discretionary awards) and the 401(k) Plans (other than matching contributions)
are in proportion to annual increases in location cash flow. For this purpose
location cash flow is automatically adjusted for acquisitions such that, for
the purpose of calculating the annual increase in location cash flow, the
location cash flow of the acquired properties is included as if it had been a
part of the Company's financial results for the comparable period of the prior
year.

     The Company believes that the Restricted Stock Plan and 401(k) Plans
result in greater increases in stockholder value than result from a
conventional stock option program, because these plans create a clear cause and
effect relationship between initiatives taken to increase location cash flow
and the amount of incentive compensation that results from these initiatives.

     Although the Restricted Stock Plan and 401(k) Plans like conventional
stock option programs provide compensation to employees as a function of growth
in stockholder value, the tax and accounting treatments of these programs are
different. For tax purposes, incentive compensation awarded under the
Restricted Stock Plan (generally, upon vesting) and the 401(k) Plans is fully
tax deductible as compared to conventional stock option grants which generally
are only partially tax deductible upon exercise. For accounting purposes,
conventional stock option programs generally do not result in a charge to
earnings while compensation under the Restricted Stock Plan (generally) and the
401(k) Plans do result in a charge to earnings. The Company believes that these
differences result in a lack of comparability between the EBITDA of companies
that utilize conventional stock option programs and the EBITDA of the Company.
The table below lists the specific maximum components of the Restricted Stock
Plan (other than excess and discretionary awards) and the 401(k) Plans (other
than matching contributions) in terms of a $1 increase in annual location cash
flow.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Component                                            Amount
                                         ---------                                            ------
<S>                                                                                          <C>
Restricted Stock grants to general managers based on the increase in annual location cash
 flow of individual business units .......................................................    6 Cents

Restricted stock grants to department managers based on the increase in annual location
 cash flow of individual business units ..................................................    6 Cents

Restricted stock grants to corporate managers (other than executive officers) based on the
 Company-wide increase in annual location cash flow ......................................    3 Cents

Restricted Stock grants to employees selected for special recognition ....................    5 Cents
 Restricted Stock grants under the 401(k) Plans for the benefit of all eligible employees
 and allocated pro-rata based on wages ...................................................   10 Cents
                                                                                             ---------
 Total ...................................................................................   30 Cents
                                                                                             =========
</TABLE>
     As of December 31, 1998, we had 723 full-time and 130 part-time employees.
We also had 8 general managers, 37 department managers and 8 corporate managers
as of this date.

                                       47
<PAGE>

     Executive officers and non-employee directors are not eligible to receive
profit sharing awards under the Restricted Stock Plan. Executive officers are
eligible to receive awards under the Restricted Stock Plan consisting of
   
     o special recognition awards.

     o excess awards made to the extent that an employee does not receive a
       matching contribution under the 401(k) Plans because of restrictions of
       the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Puerto Rico
       Internal Revenue Code.
    
     o discretionary restricted stock awards determined by a Board committee, or
       the full Board.

     Executive officers, non-employee directors and, effective December 18,
1998, all employees are eligible to receive options under the Stock Option
Plan.


 Restricted Stock Plan

     The Pegasus Restricted Stock Plan became effective in September 1996 and
will terminate in September 2006. Under the Restricted Stock Plan, 350,000
shares of Class A Common Stock are available for granting restricted stock
awards to eligible employees of the Company. The Restricted Stock Plan provides
for four types of restricted stock awards that are made in the form of Class A
Common Stock as shown in the table above:
   
     o profit sharing awards to general managers, department managers and
       corporate managers (other than executive officers).

     o special recognition awards for consistency (team award), initiative (a
       team or individual award), problem solving (a team or individual award)
       and individual excellence.

     o excess awards that are made to the extent that an employee does not
       receive a matching contribution under the U.S. 401(k) Plan or Puerto Rico
       401(k) Plan because of restrictions of the Internal Revenue Code or the
       Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code.
    
     o discretionary restricted stock awards.

     Restricted Stock Awards other than special recognition awards vest 34%
after two years of service with the Company (including years before the
Restricted Stock Plan was established), 67% after three years of service and
100% after four years of service. Special recognition awards are fully vested
on the date of the grant. Effective December 18, 1998, grantees may elect to
receive certain types of awards under the Restricted Stock Plan in the form of
an option rather than stock subject to a vesting schedule.


 Stock Option Plan

     The Pegasus Communications 1996 Stock Option Plan became effective in
September 1996 and terminates in September 2006. Under the Stock Option Plan,
up to 970,000 shares of Class A Common Stock are available for the granting of
nonqualified stock options and options qualifying as incentive stock options
under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. Effective December 18, 1998,
all Company employees are eligible to receive non-qualified stock options and
incentive stock options (subject to shareholder approval for other than
executive officers) under the Stock Option Plan, but no employee may be granted
options covering more than 550,000 shares of Class A Common Stock under the
Stock Option Plan. Directors of Pegasus who are not employees of the Company
are eligible to receive non-qualified stock options under the Stock Option
Plan. Currently, seven non-employee directors are eligible to receive options
under the Stock Option Plan. The Stock Option Plan provides for discretionary
option grants made by a Board committee or the full Board. In addition,
effective December 18, 1998, the Stock Option Plan provides that an option to
purchase 100 shares of Class A Common Stock is automatically granted to each
full-time employee who is not an executive officer when he or she becomes a
full-time employee (or December 18, 1998 if he or she is then a full-time
employee).

                                       48
<PAGE>
 401(k) Plans

     Effective January 1, 1996, Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc. adopted
the Pegasus Communications Savings Plan for eligible employees of that company
and its domestic subsidiaries. Effective October 1, 1996, the Pegasus' Puerto
Rico subsidiary adopted the Pegasus Communications Puerto Rico Savings Plan for
eligible employees of the Company's Puerto Rico subsidiaries. Substantially all
Company employees who, as of the enrollment date under the 401(k) Plans, have
completed at least one year of service with the Company are eligible to
participate in one of the 401(k) Plans. Participants may make salary deferral
contributions of 2% to 6% of salary to the 401(k) Plans.
   
   o The Company may make three types of contributions to the 401(k) Plans,
     each allocable to a participant's account if the participant completes at
     least 1,000 hours of service in the applicable plan year, and is employed
     on the last day of the applicable plan year.

   o the Company matches 100% of a participant's salary deferral contributions
     to the extent the participant invested his or her salary deferral
     contributions in Class A Common Stock at the time of his or her initial
     contribution to the 401(k) Plans.

   o the Company, in its discretion, may contribute an amount that equals up
     to 10% of the annual increase in Company-wide location cash flow (these
     Company discretionary contributions, if any, are allocated to eligible
     participants' accounts based on each participant's salary for the plan
     year).
    
   o the Company also matches a participant's rollover contribution, if any,
     to the 401(k) Plans, to the extent the participant invests his or her
     rollover contribution in Class A Common Stock at the time of his or her
     initial contribution to the 401(k) Plans.

     Discretionary Company contributions and Company matches of employee salary
deferral contributions and rollover contributions are made in the form of Class
A Common Stock, or in cash used to purchase Class A Common Stock. The Company
has authorized and reserved for issuance up to 205,000 shares of Class A Common
Stock in connection with the 401(k) Plans. Company contributions to the 401(k)
Plans are subject to limitations under applicable laws and regulations.

     All employee contributions to the 401(k) Plans are fully vested at all
times and all Company contributions, if any, vest 34% after two years of
service with the Company (including years before the 401(k) Plans were
established); 67% after three years of service and 100% after four years of
service. A participant also becomes fully vested in Company contributions to
the 401(k) Plans upon attaining age 65 or upon his or her death or disability.


                                       49
<PAGE>
                      PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     The following table sets forth as of the date of this prospectus certain
information regarding the beneficial ownership of the Class A Common Stock and
Class B Common Stock before and after this offering by:
   
     o each stockholder known to the Company to be the beneficial owner, as
       defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act of more than 5% of the Class
       A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, based upon Company records or
       the records of the SEC.

     o each director of the Company.

     o each of the most highly compensated officers whose total annual salary
       and bonus for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998 exceeded $100,000.
    
     o all executive officers and directors of the Company as a group.

     The table also sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership
of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock of each of the selling
stockholders before and after this offering.

     The Class B Common Stock is currently convertible at the discretion of the
holders into an equal amount of shares of Class A Common Stock. Each of the
stockholders named below has sole voting power and sole investment power with
respect to the shares shown as beneficially owned, unless otherwise stated.
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Pegasus Class A
                                                      Common Stock Shares
                                                      Beneficially Owned                Shares
                                                       Prior to Offering               Offered
                                                     --------------------             ---------
                                                       Number                  %
<S>                                        <C>                             <C>        <C>
Marshall W. Pagon(1)(2) .................             6,752,840(3)(4)(5)      42.3          --
Robert N. Verdecchio ....................               282,206(5)(6)(7)       2.5      10,000
Howard E. Verlin ........................                69,153(6)(7)            *          --
Ted S. Lodge ............................                54,759(8)               *          --
James J. McEntee, III ...................                 5,500(9)               *          --
Mary C. Metzger .........................                 5,500(9)               *          --
Donald W. Weber .........................               293,420(10)            2.6     100,000
Harron Communications Corp. .............               852,110                7.5          --
Columbia Capital Corporation(11) ........             6,752,840(3)(4)         42.3     285,884
Columbia DBS, Inc.(11) ..................             6,752,840(3)(4)         42.3      18,316
Mark R. Warner(11) ......................               511,892                4.5     200,000
David P. Mixer(11) ......................               511,891                4.5     250,000
Robert B. Blow(11) ......................               510,606                4.5     250,000
James B. Murray, Jr.(11) ................               511,891                4.5     250,000
Mark J. Kington(11) .....................               511,891                4.5     250,000
Whitney Equity Partners, L.P.(12) .......             6,752,840(3)(4)         42.3          --
Fleet Entities(13) ......................             6,752,840(3)(4)         42.3          --
Riordon B. Smith (14) ...................             6,752,840(3)(4)         42.3          --
Michael C. Brooks (15) ..................             6,752,840(3)(4)         42.3          --
Harry F. Hopper III (16) ................               237,998                2.1          --
William P. Phoenix ......................                    --                 --          --
Richard D. Summe(17) ....................               177,181                1.6      50,000
Directors and Executive Officers as a
 Group (12 persons) (18) ................             7,604,604               47.3


                                                                          Pegasus Class B
                                              Pegasus Class A           Common Stock Shares
                                            Common Stock Shares          Beneficially Owned
                                             Beneficially Owned          Prior to and After
                                               After Offering                 Offering
                                           ----------------------  ------------------------------
                                              Shares        %            Shares             %
Marshall W. Pagon(1)(2) .................   6,448,640       34.0        4,581,900(4)      100.0
Robert N. Verdecchio ....................     272,206        1.9               --            --
Howard E. Verlin ........................      69,153         *                --            --
Ted S. Lodge ............................      54,759         *                --            --
James J. McEntee, III ...................       5,500         *                --            --
Mary C. Metzger .........................       5,500         *                --            --
Donald W. Weber .........................     193,420        1.4               --            --
Harron Communications Corp. .............     852,110        6.0               --            --
Columbia Capital Corporation(11) ........   6,448,640       34.0        4,581,900(4)      100.0
Columbia DBS, Inc.(11) ..................   6,448,640       34.0        4,581,900(4)      100.0
Mark R. Warner(11) ......................     311,892        2.2               --            --
David P. Mixer(11) ......................     261,891        1.8               --            --
Robert B. Blow(11) ......................     260,606        1.8               --            --
James B. Murray, Jr.(11) ................     261,891        1.8               --            --
Mark J. Kington(11) .....................     261,891        1.8               --            --
Whitney Equity Partners, L.P.(12) .......   6,448,640       34.0        4,581,900(4)      100.0
Fleet Entities(13) ......................   6,448,640       34.0        4,581,900(4)      100.0
Riordon B. Smith (14) ...................   6,448,640       34.0        4,581,900(4)      100.0
Michael C. Brooks (15) ..................   6,448,640       34.0        4,581,900(4)      100.0
Harry F. Hopper III (16) ................     237,998        1.7               --            --
William P. Phoenix ......................          --                          --            --
Richard D. Summe(17) ....................     127,181         *                --            --
Directors and Executive Officers as a
 Group (12 persons) (18) ................   7,190,404       37.7        4,581,900         100.0%
</TABLE>
    
- ------------
  * Represents less than 1% of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock.

 (1) The address of this person is c/o Pegasus Communications Management
     Company, 5 Radnor Corporate Center, Suite 454, 100 Matsonford Road,
     Radnor, Pennsylvania 19087.

 (2) Pegasus Capital, L.P. holds 1,217,348 shares of Class B Common Stock. Mr.
     Pagon is the sole shareholder of the general partner of Pegasus Capital,
     L.P. and is deemed to be the beneficial owner of these shares. All of the
     3,364,552 remaining shares of Class B Common Stock are owned by Pegasus

                                       50
<PAGE>

     Communications Holdings, Inc. and two of its subsidiaries. All the capital
     stock of Pegasus Communications Holdings, Inc. are held by Pegasus
     Communications Limited Partnership. Mr. Pagon controls Pegasus
     Communications Limited Partnership by reason of his ownership of all the
     outstanding voting stock of the sole general partner of a limited
     partnership that is, in turn, the sole general partner in Pegasus
     Communications Limited Partnership. Therefore, apart from the voting
     agreement described in note 4 below, Mr. Pagon is the beneficial owner of
     100% of Class B Common Stock with sole voting and investment power over all
     such shares.

 (3) Includes 4,581,900 shares of Class B Common Stock, which are convertible
     into shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis and 17,000
     shares of Class A Common Stock which are issuable upon the exercise of the
     vested portion of outstanding stock options, and 42,500 shares of Class A
     Common Stock which are issuable upon the exercise of the portion of an
     outstanding stock option which vests on February 17, 1999.

 (4) Mr. Pagon, the Company, Pegasus Capital, L.P., the Parent, Pegasus
     Northwest Officer Corp, Pegasus Scranton Offer Corp, the Columbia
     Entities, which are discussed in note 12 below, Whitney and the Fleet
     Entities, which are discussed in note 14 below, have entered into the
     voting agreement, which provides that these parties vote all shares held
     by them in the manner specified in the voting agreement. As a consequence
     of being parties to the voting agreement, each of these parties is deemed
     to have shared voting power over certain shares beneficially owned by them
     in the aggregate for the purposes specified in the voting agreement.
     Therefore, the parties to the voting agreement are each deemed to be the
     beneficial owner with respect to 4,581,900 shares of Class B Common Stock
     and 6,752,840 shares of Class A Common Stock (including 4,581,900 shares
     of Class A Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the all outstanding
     shares of Class B Common Stock). The shares of Pegasus Class A Common
     Stock beneficially owned after the offering by this person have been
     adjusted to reflect the sale of 285,884 shares by Columbia Capital
     Corporation and the sale of 18,316 shares by Columbia DBS, Inc. See
     "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions -- Voting Agreement."

 (5) Includes 96,772 shares of Class A Common Stock held in the Company's
     401(k) plan, over which Messrs. Pagon and Verdecchio share voting power in
     their capacities as co-trustees.

 (6) On March 26, 1997, the SEC declared effective a registration statement
     filed by Pegasus which would permit Messrs. Verdecchio and Verlin to sell
     shares of Class A Common Stock subject to certain vesting and other
     restrictions. As of the date of this prospectus, Mr. Verdecchio, a
     director of the Company, is permitted to sell 150,000 shares and Mr.
     Verlin 29,321 shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the registration
     statement. Messrs. Verdecchio and Verlin have sole voting and investment
     power over their shares, subject to certain vesting restrictions.

 (7) Includes 9,090 shares of Class A Common Stock which are issuable upon the
     exercises of the vested portion of outstanding stock options, and 20,000
     shares of Class A Common Stock which are issuable upon the exercise of our
     outstanding stock option which vests on February 17, 1999.

 (8) Includes 1,500 shares of Class A Common Stock owned by Mr. Lodge's wife,
     of which Mr. Lodge disclaims beneficial ownership, 5,079 shares of Class A
     Common Stock issued to Mr. Lodge and his wife, subject to certain vesting
     restrictions, 9,090 shares of Class A Common Stock which are issuable upon
     the exercise of the vested portion of outstanding stock options and 30,000
     shares of Class A Common Stock which are issuable upon the exercise of the
     portion of an outstanding stock option which vests on February 17, 1999.

 (9) Includes 2,500 shares of Class A Common Stock which are issuable upon the
     exercise of the vested portion of outstanding stock options, and 2,500
     shares of Class A Common Stock which are issuable upon the exercise of the
     portion of our outstanding stock option which vests on February 17, 1999.

(10) Includes 5,885 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise
     of the vested portion of outstanding stock options, and 2,500 shares of
     Class A Common Stock which are issuable upon the exercise of the portion
     of outstanding stock option which vests on February 17, 1999. Mr. Weber is
     a director of the Company.

                                       51
<PAGE>

(11) The Columbia Entities consist of Columbia Capital Corporation and Columbia
     DBS, Inc. Columbia Capital Corporation directly holds 285,884 shares of
     Class A Common Stock and Columbia DBS, Inc. directly holds 18,316 shares
     of Class A Common Stock. Columbia Capital Corporation has directors who
     also serve as directors of Columbia DBS, Inc. Columbia Capital Corporation
     and Columbia DBS, Inc. each disclaim beneficial ownership of all shares of
     Class A Common Stock held by the other entity. Messrs. Warner, Mixer,
     Blow, Murray and Kington are principals and/or substantial owners of
     Columbia Capital Corporation, a former stockholder of Digital Television
     Services, Inc., a subsidiary of Pegasus. Columbia Capital Corporation has
     certain rights under the Voting Agreement described in note 4. The address
     of each of the Columbia Entities is 201 N. Union Street, Suite 300,
     Alexandria, Virginia 22314-2642.

(12) Includes 959,473 shares of Class A Common Stock held directly by Whitney
     over which it has, with the exception of matters covered by the voting
     agreement, sole voting and investment power. The shares of Class A Common
     Stock held directly by Whitney represent 8.5% of the shares of Class A
     Common Stock. The address of Whitney is 177 Broad Street, Stamford,
     Connecticut 06901.

(13) The Fleet Entities consist of Fleet Venture Resources, Inc., Fleet Equity
     Partners VI, L.P., Chisholm Partners III, L.P. and Kennedy Plaza Partners.
     Each Fleet Entity holds the following number of shares of Class A Common
     Stock: Fleet Venture Resources (406,186); Fleet Equity Partners (174,079);
     Chisholm (147,611); and Kennedy Plaza Partners (10,179). The address of
     each of the Fleet Entities is 50 Kennedy Plaza, RI MO F12C, Providence,
     Rhode Island 02903.

(14) The information for Mr. Smith includes the shares of Class A Common Stock
     held by the Fleet Entities. Mr. Smith is a Senior Vice President of each
     of the managing general partners of Fleet Equity, a Senior Vice President
     of Fleet Venture Resources, a Senior Vice President of the corporation
     that is the general partner of the partnership that is the general partner
     of Chisholm and a partner of Kennedy. He is a Senior Vice President of
     Fleet Growth Resources II, Inc. and Silverado IV Corp. (the two general
     partners of Fleet Equity Partners) and Senior Vice President of Fleet
     Venture Resources and Silverado III Corp. (the general partner of the
     partnership Silverado III, L.P., which is the general partner of
     Chisholm). Mr. Smith disclaims beneficial ownership for all shares held
     directly by Fleet Venture Resources and all shares held directly by Fleet
     Equity Partners, Chisholm and Kennedy, except for his pecuniary interest
     therein. The address of this person is 50 Kennedy Plaza, RI MO F12C,
     Providence, Rhode Island 02903.

(15) The information for Mr. Brooks includes 959,473 shares of Class A Common
     Stock held by Whitney. Mr. Brooks has shared voting and investment power
     over such shares of Class A Common Stock with the managing members of the
     general partner of Whitney and disclaims beneficial ownership of such
     shares of Class A Common Stock. The address of this person is 177 Broad
     Street, Stamford, Connecticut 06901.

(16) The information for Mr. Hopper excludes 18,316 shares of Class A Common
     Stock held by Columbia DBS, Inc. Mr. Hopper is a shareholder of Columbia
     Capital Corporation and Columbia DBS, Inc. Mr. Hopper disclaims beneficial
     ownership of the shares of Common Stock held by Columbia DBS, Inc. The
     Company will purchase 50,000 shares of Class A Common Stock from Mr.
     Hopper shortly after the completion of this offering. See "Certain
     Relationships and Related Transactions -- Other Transactions."

(17) Mr. Summe received shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company in 1997,
     as consideration for the acquisition of a company by Pegasus in which Mr.
     Summe had an ownership interest.

(18) See the notes above for information about the holdings of the directors
     and named executive officers.

                                       52
<PAGE>
                CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS


Split Dollar Agreement

     In December 1996, the Company entered into a split dollar agreement with
the trustees of an insurance trust established by Marshall W. Pagon. Under the
split dollar agreement, the Company agreed to pay a portion of the premiums for
certain life insurance policies covering Mr. Pagon owned by the insurance
trust. The agreement provides that the Company will be repaid for all amounts
it expends for such premiums, either from the cash surrender value or the
proceeds of the insurance policies. The actuarial benefit to Mr. Pagon of
premiums paid by the Company amounted to $53,728 in 1996, $53,728 in 1997 and
$53,728 in 1998.


ViewStar DBS Acquisition

     Effective October 31, 1997, the Company acquired DIRECTV distribution
rights for certain rural areas of Georgia and related assets from ViewStar
Entertainment Services, Inc. Prior to the acquisition, Donald W. Weber, a
director of the Company, was President and Chief Executive Officer of ViewStar
and together with his son owned approximately 73% of the outstanding stock of
ViewStar. The purchase price of the ViewStar acquisition consisted of
approximately $6.4 million in cash and 397,035 shares of Class A Common Stock.
The acquisition involved the execution of noncompetition agreements by Mr.
Weber and his son and the execution of a shareholders agreement (which included
the granting of certain registration rights on the shares of Class A Common
Stock issued in connection with the acquisition).


Relationship with W.W. Keen Butcher and Affiliated Entities

     The Company entered into an arrangement in 1998 with W.W. Keen Butcher (the
stepfather of Marshall W. Pagon and Nicholas A. Pagon), certain entities
controlled by him (the "KB Companies") and the owner of a minority interest in
one of the KB Companies, under which the Company agreed to provide and maintain
collateral for up to $4.0 million in principal amount of bank loans to Mr.
Butcher and the minority owner. Mr. Butcher and the minority owner must lend or
contribute the proceeds of those bank loans to one or more of the KB Companies
for the acquisition of television broadcast stations to be operated by the
Company pursuant to local marketing agreements.

     Under this arrangement, on November 10, 1998, the Company sold to one of
the KB Companies the FCC license for the television station then known as WOLF
(now known as WSWB), one of the Company's television stations serving the
Northeastern Pennsylvania designated market area, and leased back certain
related assets, including leases and subleases for studio, office, tower and
transmitter space and equipment, for a cash payment of $500,000 and ongoing
rental payments of approximately $25,000 per year. Mr. Butcher and the minority
owner borrowed the $500,000 under the loan collateral arrangement described
above. Concurrently with the closing under the agreement described above, KB
Company assumed a local marketing agreement, under which the Company provides
programming to WSWB and retains all revenues generated from advertising in
exchange for payments to the KB Company of $4,000 per month plus reimbursement
of certain expenses. The term of the local marketing agreement is three years,
with two three-year automatic renewals. The KB Company also granted the Company
an option to purchase the station license and assets if it becomes legal to do
so for the costs incurred by the KB Company relating to the station, plus
compound interest at 12% per year.

     On July 2, 1998, the Company assigned to one of the KB Companies its
option to acquire the FCC authorization for television station WFXU, which
rebroadcasts WTLH pursuant to a local marketing agreement. The KB Company will
pay to the Company $50,000 for the option upon the FCC's approval of the
authorization's transfer to KB, and will assume the obligations of the
authorization's former owner under the local marketing agreement with the
Company. The $50,000 will be borrowed under the loan collateral arrangement,
and the KB Company will grant to the Company an option to purchase the station
on essentially the same terms described above for WOLF. The local marketing
agreement provides for a reimbursement of expenses by the Company and a term of
five years, with one automatic five-year renewal.

                                       53
<PAGE>

     The Company believes that the WOLF and WFXU transactions were done at fair
value and that any future transactions that may be entered into with KB or
similar entities will also be done at fair value.


DTS Acquisition

     On April 27, 1998, the Company acquired Digital Television Services, Inc.
through the merger of a subsidiary of the Company into DTS. Prior to the DTS
merger, DTS was the second largest independent provider of DIRECTV services
serving 140,000 subscribers in ten states and reaching approximately 140,000
subscribers.

     In connection with the DTS merger, Pegasus issued approximately 5,500,000
shares of its Class A Common Stock to the stockholders of DTS and assumed
approximately $159 million of debt as of December 31, 1997 and granted
registration rights to certain of DTS' stockholders, including Columbia,
Whitney, the Fleet Entities and Harry F. Hopper, III. Mr. Hopper received
shares of Class A Common Stock in the DTS merger and has an ownership interest
in Columbia, which received 429,812 shares. As a result of the DTS merger and
pursuant to the voting agreement described below, Michael C. Brooks, Harry F.
Hopper, III and Riordon B. Smith were elected to the Company's Board of
Directors.


Voting Agreement

     On April 27, 1998, in connection with the DTS merger, the Company,
Marshall W. Pagon and a number of partnerships and corporations controlled by
him, and Fleet Venture Resources, Fleet Equity Partners, Chisholm Partners III,
L.P., Kennedy Plaza Partners, Whitney Equity Partners, Columbia Capital
Corporation and Columbia DBS, Inc. entered into a voting agreement. The voting
agreement covers all shares of Class B Common Stock and other voting securities
of Pegasus held at any time by Mr. Pagon and his controlled entities and shares
of Class A Common Stock received in the DTS merger by Chisholm, Columbia,
Whitney and the other former stockholders of DTS and provides that holders of
such shares vote their respective shares in the manner specified in the voting
agreement. In particular, the voting agreement establishes that the Board of
Directors of the Company will consist initially of nine members: three
independent directors (as this term is defined in the voting agreement), three
directors designated by Mr. Pagon and one director to be designated by each of
Chisholm, Columbia and Whitney. The voting agreement also provides that the
committees of the Board of Directors will consist of an audit committee, a
compensation committee and a nominating committee, with each committee
consisting of one independent director, one director designated by Mr. Pagon
and one director designated by a majority of the directors designated by
Chisholm, Columbia and Whitney. As a result of the voting agreement, the
parties to the agreement have sufficient voting power without the need for the
vote of any other shareholder, to elect the entire Board of Directors. James J.
McEntee, III, Mary C. Metzger and Donald W. Weber are serving as independent
directors of the Company. Marshall W. Pagon, Robert N. Verdecchio and William
P. Phoenix are serving as directors of the Company as designees of Mr. Pagon.
Harry F. Hopper, III is serving as a director of the company as a designee of
Columbia; Michael C. Brooks is serving as a director of the Company as a
designee of Whitney; and Riordon B. Smith is serving as a director of the
Company as a designee of Chisholm.

     The voting agreement terminates with respect to any covered share upon the
sale or transfer of any such share to any person other than a permitted
transferee. In addition, the right of Chisholm, Columbia and Whitney to
designate a director terminates when the Fleet Entities, Columbia and Whitney
cease owning one-half of the shares originally received by each of them in the
DTS Merger or in certain other circumstances.


CIBC Oppenheimer and Affiliates

     William P. Phoenix is a managing director of CIBC Oppenheimer Corp. CIBC
Oppenheimer Corp. and its affiliates have provided various services to Pegasus
and its subsidiaries (including DTS) since the beginning of 1997. Services to
DTS described below include services provided prior to DTS becoming a
subsidiary of Pegasus on April 27, 1998.

                                       54
<PAGE>

     CIBC Oppenheimer Corp. served as one of the underwriters in Pegasus'
January 1997 unit offering of preferred stock and warrants to purchase shares
of Class A Common Stock, one of the initial purchasers in Pegasus' November
1998 Rule 144A offering of senior notes, the sole initial purchaser in Pegasus'
October 1997 Rule 144A offering of senior notes, and one of the initial
purchasers in DTS' July 1997 Rule 144A offering of senior subordinated notes.
In these capacities, CIBC has received customary underwriting discounts and
commissions. CIBC has also acted as agent and/or lender to Pegasus and its
subsidiaries as follows:

   o agent and a lender in connection with a $130.0 million credit facility
     entered into by Pegasus Satellite Holdings, Inc. in July 1997, which was
     terminated in October 1997 and repaid with proceeds of Pegasus' October
     1997 senior notes offering;

   o agent and a lender in connection with a $50.0 million credit facility
     entered into by Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc. in August 1996 and
     terminated in December 1997 upon PM&C entering into its current credit
     facility; and

   o arranger, administrative agent and a lender in connection with DTS' $90.0
     million credit facility, which was entered into in November 1996 and
     currently remains in effect.

For its services, CIBC received customary closing and agent fees.

     In addition to serving in these capacities, CIBC has provided a fair
market value appraisal in connection with the contribution of certain assets
between related parties and fairness opinions to Pegasus and/or its
subsidiaries in connection with certain related party transaction (the
acquisition of ViewStar from Donald W. Weber, a director of Pegasus, an
intercompany loan from Pegasus to one of its subsidiaries and certain other
intercompany transactions) and has served as solicitation agent with respect to
certain amendments to Pegasus' 12 3/4% Series A Cumulative Exchangeable
Preferred Stock due 2007 and as a standby purchaser in connection with DTS'
offer to repurchase its senior subordinated notes as a result of the change of
control arising from Pegasus' acquisition of DTS. Pegasus believes that all
fees paid to CIBC in connection with these transactions were customary. During
1997, Pegasus (or its subsidiaries) paid an aggregate of $5,574,000 and DTS
paid $2,130,000 to CIBC. These amounts represented CIBC's proportionate share
of underwriting discounts and commissions and fees incurred in its capacity as
a lender and/or agent under its credit facilities with Pegasus and its
subsidiaries and with DTS. In 1998, for services rendered, Pegasus or its
subsidiaries, including DTS, paid or will pay to CIBC an aggregate of $3.3
million in fees. Pegasus anticipates that it or its subsidiaries may engage the
services of CIBC in the future, although no such engagement is currently
contemplated.


Other Transactions

     In December 1998, the Company agreed to lend $199,999 to Nicholas A.
Pagon, the Company's Vice President of Broadcast Operations, bearing interest
at the rate of 6% per annum, with the principal amount due on the fifth
anniversary of the date of the promissory note. The loan has not yet been
funded. Mr. Pagon is required to use half of the proceeds of the loan to
purchase shares of Class A Common Stock, and the loan will be collateralized by
those shares. The balance of the loan proceeds may be used at Mr. Pagon's
discretion.

     On January 19, 1998, Pegasus agreed to purchase 50,000 shares of Class A
Common Stock from Harry F. Hopper III, one of its directors, for a cash price
equal to the public offering price in this offering less underwriting discount.
The transaction is expected to be completed shortly after the closing of this
offering.

                                       55
<PAGE>
                      DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

     Information with respect to our indebtedness is contained below and in the
Section "Risk Factors -- Other Risks of Our Business -- Substantial
Indebtedness" on page 12 of this prospectus.

     Our principal indebtedness is owned by corporations at different levels of
our corporate structure:

     o PM&C: Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc., a subsidiary of Pegasus
Communications Corporation, owes the indebtedness described below under "PM&C
Credit Facility" and "PM&C Notes." Most of PM&C's subsidiaries have guaranteed
that indebtedness. PM&C conducts (through subsidiaries) approximately 58% of
our DBS business (measured by subscribers) and all of our broadcast and cable
business.

     o DTS: Digital Television Services, Inc., a subsidiary of Pegasus
Communications Corporation, owes the indebtedness described below under "DTS
Credit Facility" and "DTS Notes." DTS' subsidiaries have guaranteed that
indebtedness. DTS conducts (through a subsidiary) the DBS business that we
acquired in the DTS merger in April 1998 which currently equals 42% of our DBS
business (measured by subscribers) .

     o Pegasus: Pegasus Communications Corporation, whose stock is being
offered in this offering, owes the indebtedness described below under "1998
Notes and 1997 Notes." None of Pegasus' subsidiaries have guaranteed that
indebtedness. Pegasus is also the issuer of the Series A Preferred Stock
described in the next section ("Description of Capital Stock"). If Pegasus
elects to exchange the Series A Preferred Stock for the Exchange Notes
described below in this section, Pegasus would owe the indebtedness under the
Exchange Notes.


     PM&C Credit Facility

     In December 1997, Pegasus' wholly-owned subsidiary, Pegasus, Media &
Communications, Inc., entered into a $180.0 million six-year, secured, reducing
revolving credit facility. PM&C can use borrowings under the credit facility
for acquisitions and general corporate purposes. The following summary of the
material provisions of the credit facility is not complete, and is subject to
all the provisions of the credit facility.

     All subsidiaries of PM&C, with certain exceptions, are guarantors of the
credit facility, which is collateralized, with certain exceptions, by a
security interest in all assets of, and all stock in PM&C's subsidiaries. The
credit facility is also secured by a pledge by Pegasus of its stock in PM&C.

     Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest at LIBOR or the prime
rate (as selected by the Company) plus spreads that vary with Pegasus' ratio of
total debt to a measure of its cash flow. The credit facility requires an
annual commitment fee of 0.5% of the unused portion of the revolving credit
commitment. The credit facility requires PM&C to purchase an interest rate
hedging contract covering an amount equal to at least 50% of the total amount
of borrowings from the revolving credit facility for at least the first three
years of the credit facility.

     The PM&C credit facility requires prepayments and concurrent reductions of
the commitment from asset sales or other transactions outside the ordinary
course of business (subject to provisions permitting the proceeds of certain
sales to be used to make approved acquisitions within stated time periods
without reducing the commitments of the lenders). The credit facility:

     o limits the amounts of indebtedness that PM&C and its subsidiaries may
       incur,

     o requires PM&C to maintain a maximum leverage ratio, a minimum interest
       coverage, and a minimum fixed charge coverage, and

     o limits dividends and other restricted payments.

     Unless there is a default under the credit facility, PM&C can distribute
to Pegasus enough money to pay its interest and dividend obligations under its
publicly held debt securities and, after July 1, 2002, its Series A Preferred
Stock. The credit facility contains other customary covenants, representations,
warranties, indemnities, conditions precedent to closing and borrowing, and
events of default.

                                       56
<PAGE>
     Beginning September 30, 1999, the revolving credit commitments under the
credit facility will reduce in quarterly amounts ranging from $2.7 million per
quarter in 1999 to approximately $16.7 million in 2003.


DTS Credit Facility

     In July 1997, Digital Television Services, Inc., now a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Pegasus, entered into an amended and restated revolving credit
facility to provide for

     o revolving credit in the current amount of $70.0 million, with a $50.0
       million sublimit for letters of credit, and

     o a $20.0 million term loan facility.

     DTS can use borrowings under the DTS credit facility for acquisitions, for
capital expenditures, working capital and general corporate purposes. The
following summary of the material provisions of the credit facility is not
complete, and is subject to all of the provisions of the credit facility.

     All subsidiaries of DTS are guarantors of the credit facility, which is
collateralized by a first priority security interest in all assets of, and a
pledge of all the equity interests in, DTS's direct and indirect subsidiaries.

     Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest at LIBOR or the prime
rate (as selected by DTS) plus spreads that vary with DTS' ratio of total debt
to a measure of its cash flow.

     The term loan must be repaid in 20 consecutive quarterly installments of
$200,000 each commencing September 30, 1998 with the remaining balance due on
July 30, 2003. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility will be available
to DTS until July 31, 2003. The commitments under the DTS credit facility will
reduce quarterly commencing on September 30, 1999 at a rate of 3.5% per quarter
through 1999, 5.75% per quarter in 2000, 7.0% per quarter in 2001, 9.0% per
quarter in 2002 and 3.0% per quarter until June 30, 2003. All of the loans
outstanding will be repayable on July 31, 2003. The making of each loan under
the credit facility is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions,
including not exceeding a "borrowing base" based on the number of paying
subscribers and households within the rural DIRECTV service territories served
by DTS.

     The credit facility requires DTS to:

     o maintain minimum subscriber penetration levels;

     o maintain annualized contribution per paying subscriber levels based on
       net income plus certain sales, administrative and payroll expenses;

     o maintain a maximum ratio of total debt to equity beginning in the first
       quarter of 2000;

     o maintain a maximum ratio of total senior debt to annualized operating
       cash flow and a ratio of total debt to annualized operating cash flow
       beginning in the first quarter of 2000;

     o maintain a maximum ratio of total debt to adjusted annualized operating
       cash beginning in the first quarter of 1999 and continuing until the last
       quarter of 2000; and

     o maintain a maximum percentage of general and administrative expenses to
       revenues.

     In addition, the credit facility provides that DTS will be required to
make mandatory prepayments from the net proceeds of certain sales or other
dispositions by DTS or any of its subsidiaries of material assets and with 50%
of any excess operating cash flow with respect to any fiscal year after the
fiscal year ending December 31, 1998.


1998 Notes

     Pegasus has outstanding $100.0 million in aggregate principal of 9 3/4%
Senior Notes due 2006 (the "1998 Notes"). The 1998 Notes are subject to an
indenture between Pegasus and First Union National Bank, as trustee. The
following summary of the material provisions of the 1998 Notes indenture is not
complete, and is subject to all of the provisions of the indenture and those
terms made a part of the indenture by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended.

                                       57
<PAGE>

     General. The 1998 Notes will mature on December 1, 2006 and bear interest
at 9 3/4% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1
of each year, commencing on June 1, 1999. The 1998 Notes are general unsecured
obligations of Pegasus and rank senior in right of payment to all existing and
future subordinated debt of Pegasus and rank equal in right of payment with all
existing and future senior debt. Pegasus' obligations under the 1998 Notes may
be guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis, jointly and severally, by each
subsidiary of Pegasus that executes a supplemental indenture to the 1998
indenture.

     Optional Redemption. The 1998 Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part,
at the option of the Company on or after December 1, 2002, at the redemption
prices (plus accrued interest) starting at 104.875% of principal during the
12-month period beginning December 1, 2002 and declining annually to 100% of
principal on December 1, 2005 and thereafter.

     Pegasus also has the right, until December 1, 2001, to use the net
proceeds of one or more offerings of its capital stock to redeem up to 35% of
the aggregate principal amount of the notes at a redemption price of 109.750%
of the principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if
any, to the date of redemption. If Pegasus does this, it must leave at least
$65.0 million of the 1998 Notes outstanding, and the redemption must occur
within 90 days of the date of closing of the offering of its capital stock.

     Change of Control. If a change of control occurs, each holder of 1998
Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or a portion
of the holder's 1998 Notes at purchase price equal to 101% of the principal,
plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, thereon to the
date of repurchase. Generally, a "change of control" includes any of the
following:

     o the sale of all or substantially all of Pegasus' assets to any person
       other than Marshall W. Pagon or his related parties, as described in the
       indenture,

     o the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of
       Pegasus,

     o the consummation of any transaction in which a person becomes the
       beneficial owner of more of the voting power of all our voting stock than
       is beneficially owned at such time by Mr. Pagon and his related parties,

     o the consummation of any transaction in which Mr. Pagon and his related
       parties cease to have at least 30% of the combined voting power of all of
       our voting stock, or Mr. Pagon and his affiliates acquire in the
       aggregate beneficial ownership of more than 66 2/3% of our Class A Common
       Stock, or

     o the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of
       Directors of Pegasus are not "continuing directors" -- essentially, the
       current directors and replacements elected or recommended by the current
       directors or by such replacements.

     Certain Covenants. The 1998 Notes indenture contains a number of covenants
restricting the operations of Pegasus, which, among other things, limit the
ability of Pegasus to incur additional indebtedness, pay certain dividends or
make distributions, make certain investments, sell assets, issue subsidiary
stock, restrict distributions from subsidiaries, create certain liens, enter
into certain consolidations or mergers and enter into certain transactions with
affiliates.

     Exchange Offer; Registration Rights. Pursuant to a registration rights
agreement among Pegasus and the initial purchasers of the 1998 Notes, Pegasus
has agreed to file a registration statement with respect to an offer to
exchange the 1998 Notes for a new issue of debt securities of Pegasus
registered under the Securities Act, with terms substantially identical to
those of the 1998 Notes. Under certain circumstances, Pegasus may be required
to provide a shelf registration statement to cover resales of the 1998 Notes by
holders. If Pegasus fails to satisfy these registration obligations, it will be
required to pay liquidated damages to the holders of 1998 Notes under certain
circumstances.

     Events of Default. Events of default under the 1998 Notes indenture
include the following:

     o a default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or
       liquidated damages with respect to, the 1998 Notes;

     o default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on
       the 1998 Notes;

                                       58
<PAGE>
     o failure by Pegasus or any subsidiary to comply with certain provisions of
       the 1998 Notes indenture (subject, in some but not all cases, to notice
       and cure periods);

     o default under certain items of indebtedness for money borrowed by Pegasus
       or certain of its subsidiaries;

     o failure by Pegasus or certain of its subsidiaries to pay final judgments
       aggregating in excess of $5.0 million, which judgments are not paid,
       discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; or

     o certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to Pegasus or
       certain of its subsidiaries.

     If an event of default occurs, with certain exceptions, the trustee under
the 1998 Notes indenture or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of
the then outstanding 1998 Notes may accelerate the maturity of all the 1998
Notes.


1997 Notes

     Pegasus has outstanding $115.0 million in aggregate principal amount of
its 9 5/8% Senior Notes due 2005 (the "1997 Notes"). The 1997 Notes are subject
to an indenture between Pegasus and First Union National Bank, as trustee. The
following summary of the material provisions of the indenture is not complete,
and is subject to all of the provisions of the 1997 Indenture and those terms
made a part of the indenture by the Trust Indenture Act.

     General. The 1997 Notes will mature on October 15, 2005 and bear interest
at 9 5/8% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October
15 of each year. The 1997 Notes are general unsecured obligations of Pegasus
and rank senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated
debt of Pegasus and rank in equal in right of payment with all existing and
future senior debt. Pegasus' obligations under the 1997 Notes may be guaranteed
on a senior unsecured basis, jointly and severally, by each subsidiary of
Pegasus that executes a supplemental indenture.

     Optional Redemption. The 1997 Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part,
at the option of the Company on or after October 15, 2001, at the redemption
prices (plus accrued interest) starting at 104.813% of principal during the
12-month period beginning October 15, 2001 and declining annually to 100% of
principal on October 15, 2003 and thereafter.

     Pegasus also has the right, until October 21, 2000, to use the net
proceeds of one or more offerings of its capital stock to redeem up to 35% of
the aggregate principal amount of the notes at a redemption price of 109.625%
of the principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.
If Pegasus does this, it must leave at least $75.0 million of the notes
outstanding after the redemption, and the redemption must occur within 90 days
of the date of closing of the offering of capital stock of Pegasus.

     Change of Control. If a change of control of Pegasus occurs, each holder
of the 1997 Notes may require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of the
holder's 1997 Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal,
together with accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages thereon, if
any, to the date of repurchase.

     Generally, a "change of control," includes any of the following events:

     o the sale of all or substantially all of Pegasus' assets to any person
       other than Marshall W. Pagon or his related parties, as described in the
       indenture,

     o the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of
       Pegasus.

     o the consummation of any transaction in which a person becomes the
       beneficial owner of more of the voting power of all our voting stock than
       is beneficially owned at such time by Mr. Pagon and his related parties,

     o the consummation of any transaction in which Mr. Pagon and his related
       parties cease to have at least 30% of the combined voting power of all of
       our voting stock, or Mr. Pagon and his affiliates acquire in the
       aggregate beneficial ownership of more than 66 2/3% of our Class A Common
       Stock, or

                                       59
<PAGE>

     o the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of
       Directors of Pegasus are not "continuing directors" -- essentially, the
       current directors and replacements elected or recommended by the current
       directors or by such replacements.

     Certain Covenants. The 1997 Notes indenture contains a number of covenants
restricting the operations of Pegasus, which, among other things, limit the
ability of Pegasus to incur additional indebtedness, pay certain dividends or
make distributions, make certain investments, sell assets, issue subsidiary
stock, restrict distributions from subsidiaries, create certain liens, enter
into certain consolidations or mergers and enter into certain transactions with
affiliates.

     Events of Default. Events of default under the indenture include the
following:

     o a default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the 1997
       Notes;

     o default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on
       the 1997 Notes;

     o failure by the Company to comply with certain provisions of the indenture
       (subject, in some but not all cases, to notice and cure periods);

     o default under certain items of indebtedness for money borrowed by Pegasus
       or certain of its subsidiaries;

     o failure by Pegasus or certain of its subsidiaries to pay final judgments
       aggregating in excess of $5.0 million, which judgments are not paid,
       discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; or

     o certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to Pegasus or
       certain of its subsidiaries.

     If an event of default occurs, with certain exceptions, the trustee under
the 1997 Notes indenture or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of
the then outstanding 1997 Notes may accelerate the maturity of all the 1997
Notes.


PM&C Notes

     PM&C has outstanding $85.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its 
12 1/2% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005. The PM&C Notes are subject
to an indenture among PM&C, certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, as
guarantors, and First Union National Bank, as trustee. The following summary of
the material provisions of the indenture is not complete, and is subject to all
of the provisions of the indenture and those terms made a part of the indenture
by the Trust Indenture Act.

     General. The PM&C Notes will mature on July 1, 2005 and bear interest at
12 1/2% per annum, payable semi-annually on January 1 and July 1 of each year.
The PM&C Notes are general unsecured obligations of PM&C and are subordinated
in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt of PM&C. The PM&C
Notes are unconditionally guaranteed, on an unsecured senior subordinated
basis, jointly and severally, by the guarantor subsidiaries.

     Optional Redemption. The PM&C Notes are subject to redemption at any time,
at the option of PM&C, in whole or in part, on or after July 1, 2000 at
redemption prices (plus accrued interest) starting at 106.25% of principal
during the 12-month period beginning July 1, 2000 and declining annually to
100% of principal on July 1, 2003 and thereafter.

     Change of Control. If a change of control of Pegasus occurs, each holder
of the PM&C Notes may require PM&C to repurchase all or a portion of the
holder's PM&C Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal,
together with accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages thereon, if
any, to the date of repurchase.

     Generally, a "change of control," includes any of the following events:

     o the sale of all or substantially all of PM&C's assets to any person other
       than Marshall W. Pagon or his related parties, as described in the
       indenture;

     o the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of
       PM&C;

                                       60
<PAGE>

     o the consummation of any transaction in which a person becomes the
       beneficial owner of more of the voting stock of Pegasus than is
       beneficially owned at that time by Mr. Pagon and his related parties; or

     o the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of
       Directors of PM&C or Pegasus are not "continuing directors" --
       essentially, the current directors and replacements elected or
       recommended by the current directors or by such replacements.

     Subordination. The PM&C Notes are general unsecured obligations of PM&C
and are subordinate to all existing and future senior debt of PM&C. The PM&C
Notes rank senior in right of payment to all junior subordinated indebtedness
of PM&C. The subsidiary guarantees are general unsecured obligations of the
guarantors of the PM&C Notes and are subordinated to the senior debt and to the
guarantees of senior debt of the guarantors. The subsidiary guarantees rank
senior in right of payment to all junior subordinated indebtedness of the
guarantors.

     Certain Covenants. The PM&C Notes indenture contains a number of covenants
restricting the operations of PM&C, which, among other things, limit the
ability of PM&C to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make
distributions, make certain investments, sell assets, issue subsidiary stock,
restrict distributions from subsidiaries, create certain liens, enter into
certain consolidations or mergers and enter into certain transactions with
affiliates.

     Events of Default. Events of default under the PM&C Notes indenture
include the following:

     o a default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or
       liquidated damages with respect to, the PM&C Notes;

     o default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on
       the PM&C Notes;

     o failure by PM&C to comply with certain provisions of the indenture
       (subject, in some but not all cases, to notice and cure periods);

     o default under certain items of indebtedness for money borrowed by PM&C or
       certain of its subsidiaries;

     o failure by PM&C or certain of its subsidiaries to pay final judgments
       aggregating in excess of $2.0 million, which judgments are not paid,
       discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

     o except as permitted by the indenture, any subsidiary guarantee shall be
       held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall
       cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any subsidiary
       guarantor, or any person acting on behalf of any guarantor, shall deny or
       disaffirm its obligations under its subsidiary guarantee; or

     o certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to PM&C or
       certain of its subsidiaries.

     If an event of default occurs, with certain exceptions, the trustee under
the indenture or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
outstanding PM&C Notes may accelerate the maturity of all the PM&C Notes as
provided in the indenture.


DTS Notes

     Digital Television Services, Inc. has outstanding $155.0 million in
aggregate principal amount of its 12 1/2% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2007 (the "DTS Notes"). The DTS Notes are subject to an indenture among
DTS, certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, as guarantors, and The
Bank of New York, as trustee. The following summary of the material provisions
of the DTS indenture is not complete, and is subject to all of the provisions
of the DTS indenture and those terms made a part of the DTS indenture by the
Trust Indenture Act.

     General. The DTS Notes will mature on August 1, 2007 and bear interest at
12 1/2% per annum, payable semi-annually on February 1 and August 1 of each
year. The DTS Notes are general obligations of DTS.

                                       61
<PAGE>

Except for a first priority security interest granted in an interest escrow
account to provide for payment of the installments of interest on the DTS Notes
due through August 1, 1999, the DTS Notes are unsecured. The DTS Notes are
unconditionally guaranteed, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, jointly
and severally, by the DTS guarantor subsidiaries.

     Optional Redemption. The DTS Notes are subject to redemption at any time,
at the option of DTS, in whole or in part, on or after August 1, 2002 at
redemption prices (plus accrued interest) starting at 106.25% of principal
during the 12-month period beginning August 1, 2002 and declining annually to
100% of principal on August 1, 2005 and thereafter.

     In addition, prior to August 1, 2000, DTS may redeem up to 35% of the
aggregate principal amount of the notes with the net proceeds of certain public
or private offerings of its common equity to the extent such proceeds are
contributed (within 120 days of any such offering) to DTS as common equity, at
a price equal to 112.5% of the principal amount plus accrued interest. If DTS
does this, it must leave at least 65% of the DTS Notes outstanding.

     Change of Control. If a change of control occurs, each holder of the DTS
Notes may require DTS to repurchase all or a portion of the holder's DTS Notes
at a purchase price equal to 101% of principal, together with accrued and
unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, to the date of repurchase.
Generally, a "change of control," means any of the following, with certain
exceptions:

     o any person becomes the beneficial owner of more than 45% of the total
       voting power of DTS' outstanding equity interests;

     o a change in the composition of DTS' board of directors over any two-year
       period such that the individuals who constitute the board of directors at
       the beginning of the period (together with any new directors whose
       election was approved by a majority of the directors who were either
       directors at the beginning of the period or whose election was previously
       so approved) cease to constitute a majority of the board of directors; or

     o the liquidation or dissolution of DTS.

     Subordination. The DTS Notes are general unsecured obligations of DTS and
are subordinate to all existing and future senior debt of DTS. The DTS Notes
rank senior in right of payment to all junior subordinated debt of DTS. The
guarantees of the guarantors of the DTS Notes are general unsecured obligations
of the guarantors and are subordinated to the senior debt and to guarantees of
senior debt of the guarantors. The guarantees of the DTS Notes by the
guarantors rank senior in right of payment to all junior subordinated debt of
the guarantors.

     Certain Covenants. The DTS indenture contains a number of covenants
restricting the operations of DTS, which, among other things, limit the ability
of DTS to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make distributions,
make certain investments, sell assets, issue subsidiary stock, restrict
distributions from subsidiaries, create certain liens, enter into certain
consolidations or mergers and enter into certain transactions with affiliates.

     Events of Default. Events of default under the DTS indenture include the
following:

     o a default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or
       liquidated damages with respect to, the DTS Notes;

     o default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on
       the DTS Notes;

     o failure by DTS to comply with certain provisions of the DTS Notes
       indenture (subject, in some but not all cases, to notice and cure
       periods);

     o default under certain items of indebtedness for money borrowed by DTS or
       any of its significant restricted subsidiaries in the amount of $5.0
       million or more;

     o failure by DTS or any restricted subsidiary that would be a significant
       subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $2.0 million,
       which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60
       days;

                                       62
<PAGE>

     o except as permitted by the DTS Notes indenture, any subsidiary guarantee
       shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid
       or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any
       subsidiary guarantor, or any person acting on behalf of any guarantor,
       shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its subsidiary guarantee;
       or
      
     o certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to DTS or certain
       of its subsidiaries.

     If an event of default occurs, with certain exceptions, the trustee under
the DTS Notes indenture or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of
the then outstanding DTS Notes may accelerate the maturity of all the DTS
Notes.


Exchange Notes

     Pegasus may, at its option, under certain circumstances exchange, in
whole, but not in part, the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock
for Exchange Notes. The Exchange Notes will, if and when issued, be issued
pursuant to an indenture between Pegasus and First Union National Bank, as
trustee. The terms of the Exchange Notes include those stated in the Exchange
Note indenture and those made part of the Exchange Note indenture by reference
to the Trust Indenture Act. The following summary of certain provisions of the
Exchange Note Indenture is not complete, and is subject to all of the
provisions of the Exchange Note indenture.

     Principal, Maturity and Interest. The Exchange Notes will mature on
January 1, 2007. Interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue at the rate of 
12 3/4% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on January 1 and
July 1 of each year. Interest will be payable in cash, except that on each
interest payment date occurring prior to January 1, 2002, interest may be paid,
at Pegasus' option, by the issuance of additional Exchange Notes having an
aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of such interest.

     Subordination. The payment of principal or, premium, if any, and interest
on the Exchange Notes will be subordinated in right of payment, as described in
the Exchange Note indenture, to the prior payment in full of all senior debt,
whether outstanding on the date of the Exchange Note indenture or thereafter
incurred.

     Optional Redemption. The Exchange Notes will not be redeemable at Pegasus'
option prior to January 1, 2002. The Exchange Notes may be redeemed, in whole
or in part, at the option of Pegasus on or after January 1, 2002, at the
redemption prices, in each case, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, starting at 106.375% of principal during the 12-month period beginning
January 1, 2002 and declining annually to 100% of principal on January 1, 2005
and thereafter.

     In addition, prior to January 1, 2000, Pegasus may, on any one or more
occasions, use the net proceeds of one or more offerings of its Class A Common
Stock to redeem up to 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes
(whether issued in exchange for Series A Preferred Stock or in lieu of cash
interest payments) at the redemption price of 112.750% of principal plus
accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. If Pegasus does this, it
must leave at least $75.0 million of the notes outstanding, and the redemption
must occur within 90 days of the date of closing of the offering.

     Change of Control. If a change of control of Pegasus occurs, each holder
of Exchange Notes will have the right to require Pegasus to repurchase all or
any part of the holder's Exchange Notes at an offer price in cash equal to 101%
of the aggregate principal plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to
the date of purchase. See the description of our Series A Preferred Stock under
"Description of Capital Stock" for what constitutes a change of control under
the Exchange Notes.

     Certain Covenants. The Exchange Note indenture contains a number of
covenants restricting the operations of Pegasus and its subsidiaries, which,
among other things, limit the ability of Pegasus and/or its subsidiaries to
incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make distributions, make
certain investments, sell assets, issue subsidiary stock, create certain liens,
enter into certain consolidations or mergers and enter into certain
transactions with affiliates.

                                       63
<PAGE>
                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     Our authorized capital stock consists of:

     o 30,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share

     o 15,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share

     o 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share

     Of the 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock that we are authorized to
issue, approximately 126,978 shares have been designated as Series A Preferred
Stock. As of January 20, 1999, we had outstanding 11,315,809 shares of Class A
Common Stock and 4,581,900 shares of Class B Common Stock.

     The following summary description relating to our capital stock sets forth
the material terms of our capital stock. This summary is not intended to be
complete. It is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, our
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Certificate of
Designation.


Description of Common Stock

     Voting, Dividend and Other Rights. The voting powers, preferences and
relative rights of the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock are
identical in all respects, except for the following differences:

     o holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share and
       holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to ten votes per share

     o stock dividends on Class A Common Stock may be paid only in shares of
       Class A Common Stock and stock dividends on Class B Common Stock may be
       paid only in shares of Class B Common Stock

     o shares of Class B Common Stock can be converted into Class A Common Stock
       and are subject to certain restrictions on ownership and transfer.

     Holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of each class of common
stock, voting as separate classes, must approve any amendment to the Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that has any of the following
effects:

     o any decrease in the voting rights per share of Class A Common Stock or
       any increase in the voting rights of Class B Common Stock;

     o any increase in the number of shares of Class A Common Stock into which
       shares of Class B Common Stock are convertible;

     o any relaxation on the restrictions on transfer of the Class B Common
       Stock; or

     o any change in the powers, preferences or special rights of either class
       of common stock adversely affecting the holders of the Class A Common
       Stock.

     Holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of each class of common
stock, voting as separate classes, must approve the authorization or issuance
of additional shares of Class B Common Stock, except when the Company takes
parallel action with respect to Class A Common Stock in connection with stock
dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, and similar changes. Except as
described above or as required by law, holders of Class A Common Stock and
Class B Common Stock vote together on all matters presented to the stockholders
for their vote or approval, including the election of directors.

     The outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock equal approximately 71.2%
of the total common stock outstanding, and the holders of Class B Common Stock
have control of approximately 80.2% of the combined voting power of the common
stock. The holders of Class B Common Stock have the power to elect our entire
Board of Directors. In

                                       64
<PAGE>

particular, Marshall W. Pagon, by virtue of his beneficial ownership of all of
the Class B Common Stock, may determine the outcome of any matter submitted to
the stockholders for approval (except matters on which the holders of Class A
Common Stock are entitled to vote separately as a class), including the outcome
of all corporate transactions.

     Each share of common stock is entitled to receive dividends as declared by
the Board of Directors out of funds legally available. The Class A Common Stock
and Class B Common Stock share equally on a share-for-share basis in cash
dividends.

     In the event of a merger or consolidation to which we are a party, each
share of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will be entitled to
receive the same consideration, except that, if we are not the surviving
corporation, holders of Class B Common Stock may receive stock with greater
voting power in lieu of stock with lesser voting power received by holders of
Class A Common Stock.

     Our stockholders have no preemptive or other rights to subscribe for
additional shares. Subject to any rights of holders of any preferred stock, all
holders of common stock, regardless of class, are entitled to share equally on
a share-for-share basis in any assets available for distribution to
stockholders if we liquidate, dissolve or wind up. No shares of common stock
are subject to redemption or a sinking fund. All issued common stock is validly
issued, fully paid and nonassessable. In the event of any change in the number
of outstanding shares of either class of common stock from a stock split,
combination, consolidation or reclassification, we are required to take
parallel action with respect to the other class so that the number of shares of
each class bears the same relationship to each other as they did before the
event.

     Conversion Rights and Restrictions on Transfer of Class B Common
Stock. The Class A Common Stock has no conversion rights. Each share of Class B
Common Stock is convertible at the option of the holder at any time and from
time to time into one share of Class A Common Stock. Any holder of shares of
Class B Common Stock desiring to transfer shares of Class B Common Stock must
present those shares to Pegasus for conversion into an equal number of shares
of Class A Common Stock. After conversion, the converted shares may be freely
transferred, subject to applicable securities laws. Notwithstanding the
preceding, a holder of Class B Common Stock may transfer shares of Class B
Common Stock without conversion if the transfer is to one of the following:

     o Marshall W. Pagon or any of his "immediate family members." For purposes
       of this paragraph, "immediate family member" is defined as Mr. Pagon's
       spouse and parents, the lineal descendents of either of his parents, and
       the spouses of their lineal descendents (adoptive and step relationships
       are included for purposes of defining parentage and descent);

     o the estate of Marshall W. Pagon or any of his immediate family members
       until the property of such estate is distributed in accordance with such
       deceased's will or applicable law; or

     o any trust (including a voting trust), corporation, partnership or other
       entity, more than 50% of the voting equity interests of which are owned
       directly or indirectly by (or, in the case of a trust not having voting
       equity interests, which is more than 50% for the benefit of), and which
       is controlled by, Marshall W. Pagon or any of his immediate family
       members.

     If ownership or voting rights of shares of Class B Common Stock are
transferred other than in accordance with the preceding paragraph, or a
transferee loses the status that allowed him or her to hold shares of Class B
Common Stock without conversion, such shares of Class B Common Stock will
automatically convert into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock.
Because of these restrictions, no trading market is expected to develop in the
Class B Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock will not be listed or traded
on any exchange or in any market.

     Effects of Disproportionate Voting Rights. The disproportionate voting
rights of the classes of common stock could have an adverse effect on the
market price of the Class A Common Stock. For example, we could not be acquired
in a hostile takeover without Marshall W. Pagon's approval as long as he has
voting control. Merger proposals, tender offers, or proxy contests may be
discouraged even if such actions were favored by holders of Class A Common
Stock. Accordingly, holders of Class A Common Stock may be unable to sell their
shares at a premium over prevailing market prices, since takeover bids
frequently involve purchases of stock directly from shareholders at a premium
price.

                                       65
<PAGE>

Description of Series A Preferred Stock

     General. Pursuant to the Certificate of Designation, we have issued
approximately 126,978 shares of Series A Preferred Stock with a liquidation
preference of $1,000 per share. This includes shares issued to pay in-kind
dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock. On January 1, 2007, we must redeem,
subject to the legal availability of funds, all outstanding shares of Series A
Preferred Stock at a price in cash equal to the liquidation preference, plus
accrued and unpaid dividends, if any, to the date of redemption.

     Dividends. The holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are
entitled to receive, as dividends are declared by the Board of Directors out of
funds legally available, cumulative preferential dividends from the issue date
of the Series A Preferred Stock accruing at the rate per share of 12 3/4% per
annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on January 1 and July 1 of each year.
Accumulated unpaid dividends bear interest at a per annum rate 200 basis points
in excess of the annual dividend rate on the Series A Preferred Stock.
Dividends are payable in cash, except that on or prior to January 1, 2002,
dividends may be paid, at our option, by the issuance of additional shares of
Series A Preferred Stock (including fractional shares) having an aggregate
liquidation preference equal to the amount of such dividends.

     Optional Redemption. We do not have the option to redeem Series A
Preferred Stock until after January 1, 2002. We may redeem the Series A
Preferred Stock after that date, starting at 106.375% of the liquidation
preference during the 12-month period beginning January 1, 2002 and declining
annually to 100% of the liquidation preference on January 1, 2005 and
thereafter.

     In addition, we may, on any one or more occasions, redeem up to 25% of the
shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding (whether initially issued
or issued in lieu of cash dividends) at a redemption price of 112.750% of the
liquidation preference plus, without duplication, accumulated and unpaid
dividends to the date of redemption. Such a redemption is subject to the
following conditions:

     o the redemption must occur prior to January 1, 2000;

     o we must pay for the redemption out of the net proceeds of an offering of
       Class A Common Stock, and must redeem within 90 days of the date of
       closing of such offering; and

     o after the redemption, at least $75.0 million in aggregate liquidation
       preference of Series A Preferred Stock must remain outstanding.

     Change of Control. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder
of shares of Series A Preferred Stock will have the right to require the us to
repurchase all or any part of such holder's Series A Preferred Stock at an
offer price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate liquidation preference of
the preferred stock the holder wishes to sell, plus accrued and unpaid
dividends, if any, to the date of purchase. Generally, a "change of control"
means the occurrence of any of the following:

     o the sale of all or substantially all of our assets to any person other
       than Marshall W. Pagon or his related parties as described in the
       Certificate of Designation,

     o the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of
       Pegasus,

     o the consummation of any transaction in which a person becomes a
       beneficial owner of more of our Class A Common Stock than is beneficially
       owned at such time by Marshall W. Pagon and his related parties,

     o the consummation of any transaction in which Mr. Pagon and his related
       parties cease to have at least 30% of the combined voting power of all
       our voting stock or Mr. Pagon and his affiliates acquire beneficial
       ownership of more than 66 2/3% of our Class A Common Stock, or

     o the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of
       Directors are not "continuing directors" -- essentially, directors
       elected or recommended by the current board of directors or their
       designated replacements.

     Certain Covenants. The Certificate of Designation contains a number of
covenants restricting our operations and those of our subsidiaries. For
example, the covenants limit Pegasus' ability to issue capital

                                       66
<PAGE>

stock ranking on parity with or senior to the Series A Preferred Stock, and the
ability of Pegasus and its subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, pay
dividends or make distributions, make certain investments, issue subsidiary
stock, enter into certain consolidations or mergers and enter into certain
transactions with affiliates.


Transfer Agent and Registrar

     The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the common stock is First Union
National Bank.


Limitation on Directors' Liability

     The Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes corporations to limit or
eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of the fiduciary duty of care. The
duty of care requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors
exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information
reasonably available to them. In the absence of the limitations authorized by
the Delaware statute, directors could be accountable to corporations and their
stockholders for monetary damages for conduct that does not satisfy their duty
of care. Although the statute does not change directors' duty of care, it
enables corporations to limit available relief to equitable remedies such as
injunction or rescission. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
limits the liability of our directors to us or our stockholders to the fullest
extent permitted by the Delaware statute. Specifically, our directors will not
be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as
directors, except in the following circumstances:
   
     o breach of the duty of loyalty to Pegasus or its stockholders.

     o acts or omissions not in good faith.

     o intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law.

     o unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or
       redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General
       Corporation Law.

     o any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal
       benefit.
    
The inclusion of this provision in our Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation may reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against
directors and may discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing
a lawsuit against a director for breach of the duty of care, even though such
an action, if successful, might otherwise have benefited us and our
stockholders.

                         FUTURE SALES OF COMMON STOCK

     After this offering, the Company will have 14,315,809 shares of Class A
Common Stock issued and outstanding (14,765,809 shares if the underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full). The Company will also have
outstanding 4,581,900 shares of Class B Common Stock issued and outstanding.
All of the Class B Common Stock is convertible into shares of Class A Common
Stock on a share for share basis.

     Of the 14,315,809 shares of Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding
after this offering (assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised):
   
     o 7,733,226 shares will be held by the public.

     o 4,641,400 shares (including vested stock options) will be held or
       controlled by Marshall W. Pagon.
    
     o 336,464 other shares held by two current and one former officer may be
       sold at any time under an effective registration statement under the
       Securities Act.

     o 141,410 other shares (including vested stock options) held by directors
       and executive officers can currently be sold subject to the volume and
       other limitations under SEC Rule 144.
   
     o 3,662,497 other shares have demand registration rights, which means the
       holders can require us to register them for sale into the public market.

     o 193,600 other shares can be acquired on exercise of outstanding warrants.
       Those shares have been registered under the Securities Act.
    
     o 1,337,000 other shares can be sold into the market without registration
       under SEC Rule 144.

                                       67
<PAGE>
     Approximately 8,657,440 shares of Class A Common Stock and all of the
4,581,900 shares of Class B Common Stock are "restricted securities" under the
Securities Act. Restricted securities and any shares purchased by affiliates of
the Company in this offering may be sold only if they are registered under the
Securities Act or under an applicable exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act, including SEC Rules 144.

     In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, if a period of at least
one year has elapsed between the later of the date on which "restricted shares"
(as that phrase is defined in Rule 144) were acquired from the Company and the
date on which they were acquired from an "affiliate" (as defined in Rule 144)
of the Company, then the holder of the restricted shares (including an
affiliate) is entitled to sell a number of shares within any three-month period
that does not exceed the greater of (i) one percent of the then outstanding
shares of the Class A Common Stock, or (ii) the average weekly reported volume
of trading of the Class A Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding
the sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain requirements
pertaining to the manner of the sale, notices of the sale and the availability
of current public information concerning the Company. Affiliates of the Company
may sell shares not constituting restricted shares in accordance with these
volume limitations and other requirements but without regard to the one-year
period. Under Rule 144(k), if a period of at least two years has elapsed
between the later of the date on which the restricted shares were acquired from
the Company and the date on which they were acquired from an affiliate, a
holder of the restricted shares who is not an affiliate at the time of the sale
and has not been an affiliate for at least three months prior to the sale would
be entitled to sell the shares immediately without regard to the volume
limitations and other conditions described above. This description of Rule 144
is not intended to be complete.

     Sales of significant amounts of Class A Common Stock, or the perception
that these sales could occur, could have an adverse impact on the market price
of the Company's Class A Common Stock. The Company, all of its directors and
officers and certain stockholders have agreed that during the period beginning
on the date of this prospectus and continuing to and including the date 120
days after the date of this prospectus, they will not offer, sell, contract to
sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially
owned by them without the consent of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation, on behalf of the underwriters of this offering. Persons holding an
additional 1,697,528 shares have agreed not to sell their shares for 90 days
after the date of this prospectus. The agreements entered into by these persons
also covers any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the
shares of the Class A Common Stock or that are convertible or exchangeable into
Class A Common Stock or substantially similar securities (with certain
exceptions pertaining to employee benefit plans). Shares offered in connection
with this offering are not covered by these agreements.


Registration Rights

 DTS Registration Rights

     The former stockholders of Digital Television Services, Inc. received
registration rights for 3,463,462 of the shares of our Class A Common Stock
issued to them when we acquired DTS in April 1998. A brief description of these
registration rights follows.

     o Underwritten Demand Registration: The DTS stockholders can require us to
       register their shares for an underwritten offering until April 27, 2003.
       They can do this no more than twice. Any demand must include at least
       346,346 shares. We can delay a demand registration in case of material
       developments.

     o S-3 Shelf Registration: The DTS stockholders can require us to register
       their shares on a "shelf registration" any number of times until April
       27, 2003. A shelf registration could cover shares to be sold into the
       market or in negotiated transactions. Any demand must include at least
       100,000 shares. We do not have to keep any shelf registration effective
       for more than 90 days, and we can require that 90 days elapse between
       shelf registrations. We can delay a shelf registration in case of
       material developments.

                                       68
<PAGE>

     o Piggyback Registration: The DTS stockholders have the right to include
       shares in any registration we make for ourselves or for other
       stockholders. (There are exceptions to this, such as registrations for
       acquisitions and employee benefit plans.) We can reduce the shares they
       want to include if we or our underwriters decide the offering would be
       too large.

We would have to pay expenses of any registration, except that the selling DTS
stockholders would have to pay underwriting discounts, brokerage commissions
and the like.

 ViewStar Registration Rights

     The former stockholders of ViewStar Entertainment Services, Inc. received
registration rights for the 397,035 shares of our Class A Common Stock issued
to them when we acquired Viewstar in October 1997. One of the former ViewStar
stockholders is Donald W. Weber, a director of Pegasus. (See "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions"). Because of a later sale by Mr. Weber
and the sale by Mr. Weber of shares in this offering, these registration rights
will cover 199,035 shares after this offering. A brief description of these
registration rights follows.

     o Underwritten Demand Registration: The ViewStar stockholders can require
       us to register their shares for an underwritten offering until April 27,
       2003. They can do this no more than once. We can delay a demand
       registration in case of material developments.

     o S-3 Shelf Registration: Mr. Weber can require us to register his shares
       on a "shelf registration" if he ceases to be an affiliate of Pegasus. He
       may do this no more than once. A shelf registration could cover shares to
       be sold into the market or in negotiated transactions. We do not have to
       keep the shelf registration effective for more than 180 days. We can
       delay a shelf registration in case of material developments.

     o Piggyback Registration: The ViewStar stockholders have the right to
       include shares in any registration we make for ourselves or for other
       stockholders. (There are exceptions to this, such as registrations for
       acquisitions and employee benefit plans.) We can reduce the shares they
       want to include if we or our underwriters decide the offering would be
       too large.

We would have to pay expenses of any registration, except that the selling DTS
stockholders would have to pay underwriting discounts, brokerage commissions
and the like.

     The ViewStar stockholders' registration rights terminate when their shares
can be sold under Rule 144 and we have authorized the removal of restrictive
legends from their shares.

 Management Share Registration

     We have registered shares held by Robert N. Verdecchio and Howard E.
Verlin, two of our officers, and one of our former officers for sales by them
into the market. A total of 336,464 shares can now be sold under this
registration.

                                       69
<PAGE>
                                 UNDERWRITERS

     Subject to the terms and conditions contained in an underwriting agreement,
dated ________, 1999 (the "Underwriting Agreement"), the underwriters named
below, who are represented by Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation, Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated, C.E. Unterberg, Towbin and ING Baring Furman Selz LLC (the
"Representatives"), have severally agreed to purchase from the Company and the
selling stockholders the number of shares set forth opposite their names below:

                                                                Number of
                                                                  Shares
                                                                ---------
Underwriters:
 Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation ......
 Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. .................................
 Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated........
 C.E. Unterberg, Towbin ...................................
 ING Baring Furman Selz LLC................................
                                                                ----------
  Total ...................................................

     The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the several
underwriters to purchase and accept delivery of the shares included in this
offering are subject to approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and
to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase and
accept delivery of all the shares (other than those covered by the
over-allotment option described below) if they purchase any of the shares. The
Company's Class A Common Stock is listed on the Nasdaq National Market.

     The underwriters propose to initially offer some of the shares directly to
the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus and some of the shares to certain dealers at the public offering
price less a concession not in excess of $   per share. The underwriters may
allow, and such dealers may re-allow, a concession not in excess of $   per
share on sales to certain other dealers. After the initial offering of the
shares to the public, the Representatives may change the public offering price
and such concessions. The underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to any
accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

     The following table shows the underwriting fees to be paid to the
underwriters by the Company and the selling stockholders in connection with
this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full
exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of Class A
Common Stock.


                                            No Exercise     Full Exercise
                                           -------------   --------------
Company:
 Per share ........................         $                $
 Total ............................         $                $
Selling Stockholders:
 Per share ........................         $                $
 Total ............................         $                $

     The selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option,
exercisable for 30 days from the date of the Underwriting Agreement, to
purchase up to 450,000 additional shares at the public offering price less the
underwriting fees. The underwriters may exercise such option solely to cover
over-allotments, if any, made in connection with this offering. To the extent
that the underwriters exercise such option, each underwriter will become
obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase a number of additional
shares approximately proportionate to such underwriter's initial purchase
commitment. The Company estimates its expenses relating to the offering to be
$   .

     The Company, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have agreed to
indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     Each of the Company, its executive officers and directors and certain
stockholders of the Company (including the selling stockholders) has agreed
that, for a period of either 90 days or 120 days from the date of this

                                       70
<PAGE>
prospectus, they will not, without the prior written consent of Donaldson,
Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation:

     o offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to
       purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option,
       right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of,
       directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities
       convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or,

     o enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion
       of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any common
       stock (regardless of whether any of the transactions described in this
       paragraph is to be settled by the delivery of common stock, or such other
       securities, in cash or otherwise). In addition, during such period, the
       Company has agreed not to file any registration statement with respect
       to, and each of its executive officers and directors and certain
       stockholders of the Company (including the selling stockholders) has
       agreed not to make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to,
       the registration of any shares of common stock or any securities
       convertible into or exercisable for common stock without the prior
       written consent of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation.

     Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by the Company,
the selling stockholders or the underwriters that would permit a public
offering of the shares of Class A Common Stock included in this offering in any
jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The shares included in
this offering may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this
prospectus or any other offering material or advertisement in connection with
the offer and sale of any such shares be distributed or published in any
jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with
the applicable rules and regulations of such jurisdiction. Persons who receive
this prospectus should inform themselves about and observe any restrictions
relating to the offering of the Class A Common Stock and the distribution of
this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of
an offer to buy any shares of Class A Common Stock included in this offering in
any jurisdiction where that would not be permitted or legal.

     Merrill Lynch & Co. provided the Company with a fairness opinion in
connection with the acquisition by the Company of Digital Television Services,
Inc. in April 1998 for which it was paid $1.35 million in fees.

 Stabilization

     In connection with this offering, certain underwriters may engage in
transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the
Class A Common Stock. Specifically, the underwriters may overallot this
offering, creating a syndicate short position. In addition, the underwriters
may bid for and purchase shares of Class A Common Stock in the open market to
cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the Class A Common
Stock. In addition, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions
from syndicate members if Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation
repurchases previously distributed Class A Common Stock in syndicate covering
transactions, in stabilizing transactions or otherwise or if Donaldson, Lufkin
& Jenrette Securities Corporation receives a report that indicates that the
clients of such syndicate members have "flipped" the Class A Common Stock.
These activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the Class A
Common Stock above independent market levels. The underwriters are not required
to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.


                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     The validity of the Class A Common Stock offered hereby will be passed
upon by Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, counsel for the Company. Michael B. Jordan,
a partner of Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, is an Assistant Secretary of the
Company. Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon
for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins, New York, New York. Latham & Watkins
occasionally renders legal services to the Company.


                                    EXPERTS

     Pegasus' consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and
the related consolidated statements of operations, statements of changes in
total equity and statements of cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1997 included in this prospectus, have been included
herein in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent
accountants given upon the authority of that firm as experts in accounting and
auditing.

                                       71
<PAGE>

     The consolidated financial statements of Digital Television Services, Inc.
and subsidiaries for the period from inception (January 30, 1996) through
December 31, 1996 and for the year ended December 31, 1997, which are included
in this prospectus, have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent
public accountants, as indicated in their reports with respect thereto and are
included in this prospectus in reliance upon the authority of the firm as
experts in accounting and auditing in giving these reports.

                      WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     Pegasus files annual, quarterly and special reports, as well as proxy
statements and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any of the
documents Pegasus files with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 or at its Regional Offices located
at 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048 and Citicorp
Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511. You
may obtain further information about the operation of the Public Reference Room
by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0300. Pegasus' SEC filings are also available
to the public over the Internet at the SEC's web site at http://www.sec.gov,
which contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding
registrants like Pegasus that file electronically with the SEC.

     This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form S-3 filed by
Pegasus with the SEC under the Securities Act. As permitted by SEC rules, this
prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration
statement and the accompanying exhibits filed with the SEC. You may refer to
the registration statement and its exhibits for more information.

     The SEC allows Pegasus to "incorporate by reference" into this prospectus
the information it files with the SEC. This means that we can disclose
important information to you by referring you to those documents. The
information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this
prospectus. If Pegasus subsequently files updating or superseding information
in a document that is incorporated by reference into this prospectus, the
subsequent information will also become part of this prospectus and will
supersede the earlier information.

     Pegasus is incorporating by reference the following documents that it has
filed with the SEC:

     o Pegasus' Form 10-K/A filed with the SEC on April 20, 1998 for the fiscal
       year ended December 31, 1997;

     o Pegasus' Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September
       30, 1998;

     o Pegasus' Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
       1998;

     o Pegasus' Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
       1998;

     o Pegasus' Forms 8-K dated December 10, 1997 and filed with the SEC on
       January 12, 1998; dated January 16, 1998 and filed with the SEC on March
       3, 1998; and dated April 27, 1998 and filed with the SEC on May 11, 1998;

     o Digital Television Services, Inc.'s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March
       23, 1998 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.

     Pegasus is also incorporating by reference into this prospectus all of its
future filings with the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act until this offering is completed.

     You may obtain a copy of any of Pegasus' filings which are incorporated by
reference, at no cost, by writing to our telephoning us at the following
address:

                      Pegasus Communications Corporation
                 c/o Pegasus Communications Management Company
                     Suite 454, 5 Radnor Corporate Center
                              100 Matsonford Road
                          Radnor, Pennsylvania 19087
                     Attention: Director of Communications
                           Telephone: (888) 438-7488
 
                                       72
<PAGE>

     You should rely only on the information provided in this prospectus or
incorporated by reference. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with
different information. You should not assume that the information in this
prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the first page of
the prospectus. Pegasus is not making this offer of securities in any state or
country in which the offer or sale is not permitted.







                                       73
<PAGE>
                      PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                          <C>
                                                                                             Page
                                                                                             ----
Pegasus Communications Corporation
Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP .....................................................    F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996, 1997 and
 September 30, 1998 (unaudited) ..........................................................    F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and
 1997 and the nine months ended September 30, 1997 (unaudited) and 1998 (unaudited) ......    F-4

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity for the years ended December 31, 1995,
 1996 and 1997 and the nine months ended September 30, 1998 (unaudited) ..................    F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997
 and the nine months ended September 30, 1997 (unaudited) and 1998 (unaudited) ...........    F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ...............................................    F-7

Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information .............................................   F-30

Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations Data ......................................   F-31

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations Data ............................   F-34

Digital Television Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries (an acquired entity)
Report of Arthur Andersen LLP ............................................................   F-41

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1997 ................   F-42

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period from inception (January 30) through
 December 31, 1996 and for the year ended December 31, 1997 ..............................   F-43

Consolidated Statements of Members'/Stockholders' Equity for the period from inception
 (January 30) through December 31, 1996 and for the year ended December 31, 1997 .........   F-44

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the period from inception (January 30) through
 December 31, 1996 and for the year ended December 31, 1997 ..............................   F-45

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ...............................................   F-46

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 1998 (unaudited) .........................   F-64

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 1997
 (unaudited) and September 30, 1998 (unaudited) ..........................................   F-65

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 1997
 (unaudited) and September 30, 1998 (unaudited) ..........................................   F-66

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ...............................................   F-67
</TABLE>
                                      F-1
<PAGE>

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Pegasus Communications Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Pegasus
Communications Corporation as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, changes in total equity, and cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Pegasus
Communications Corporation as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the results of
its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.



PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP


2400 Eleven Penn Center
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 26, 1998



                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                      Pegasus Communications Corporation
                          Consolidated Balance Sheets
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      December 31,
                                                           ----------------------------------     September 30,
                                                                 1996              1997               1998
                                                                                                   (unaudited)
<S>                                                        <C>               <C>                <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents .............................    $   8,582,369     $  44,049,097      $  39,073,970
 Restricted cash .......................................               --         1,220,056         19,737,235
 Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
   accounts of $243,000, $319,000 and $551,000,
   respectively ........................................        9,155,545        13,819,571         19,165,874
 Program rights ........................................        1,289,437         2,059,346          3,767,113
 Inventory .............................................          697,957           974,920          3,968,253
 Deferred taxes ........................................        1,290,397         2,602,453          2,602,453
 Prepaid expenses and other ............................          851,592           788,669          1,493,975
                                                            -------------     -------------      -------------
    Total current assets ...............................       21,867,297        65,514,112         89,808,873
Property and equipment, net ............................       24,115,138        27,686,646         29,551,695
Intangible assets, net .................................      126,236,128       284,774,027        709,319,035
Program rights .........................................        1,294,985         2,262,299          3,468,484
Deferred taxes .........................................               --                --         13,296,554
Deposits and other .....................................          166,498           624,629            719,565
                                                            -------------     -------------      -------------
    Total assets .......................................    $ 173,680,046     $ 380,861,713      $ 846,164,206
                                                            =============     =============      =============
LIABILITIES AND TOTAL EQUITY
Current liabilities:
 Current portion of long-term debt .....................    $     363,833     $   6,357,320      $  22,218,859
 Accounts payable ......................................        4,414,504         4,151,226          4,684,795
 Accrued interest ......................................        5,592,083         8,177,261         11,990,442
 Accrued satellite programming and fees ................        1,191,007         6,089,389         15,824,268
 Accrued expenses ......................................        3,274,463         6,973,297          8,436,061
 Current portion of program rights payable .............          601,205         1,418,581          1,278,641
                                                            -------------     -------------      -------------
    Total current liabilities ..........................       15,437,095        33,167,074         64,433,066
Long-term debt, net ....................................      115,211,610       201,997,811        482,414,676
Program rights payable .................................        1,365,284         1,416,446          4,786,628
Deferred taxes .........................................        1,339,859         2,652,454         69,701,954
                                                            -------------     -------------      -------------
    Total liabilities ..................................      133,353,848       239,233,785        621,336,324
                                                            -------------     -------------      -------------
Commitments and contingent liabilities .................               --                --                 --
Minority interest ......................................               --         3,000,000          3,000,000
                                                            -------------     -------------      -------------
Series A preferred stock ...............................               --       111,264,424        122,223,017
                                                            -------------     -------------      -------------
Common stockholders' equity:
 Class A common stock ..................................           46,632            57,399            113,158
 Class B common stock ..................................           45,819            45,819             45,819
 Additional paid-in capital ............................       57,736,011        64,034,687        174,753,387
 Deficit ...............................................      (17,502,264)      (36,774,401)       (75,307,499)
                                                            -------------     -------------      -------------
    Total common stockholders' equity ..................       40,326,198        27,363,504         99,604,865
                                                            -------------     -------------      -------------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .........    $ 173,680,046     $ 380,861,713      $ 846,164,206
                                                            =============     =============      =============
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                      Pegasus Communications Corporation
                     Consolidated Statements of Operaions
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Years Ended December 31,
                                             ---------------------------------------------------
                                                   1995             1996              1997
<S>                                          <C>              <C>               <C>
Revenues:
 Basic and satellite service ..............    $10,002,579      $ 16,645,428      $ 49,305,330
 Premium services .........................      1,652,419         2,197,188         4,665,823
 Broadcasting revenue, net of agency
  commissions .............................     14,862,734        21,813,409        23,927,876
 Barter programming revenue ...............      5,110,662         6,337,220         7,520,000
 Other ....................................        519,682           935,387         1,399,397
                                               -----------      ------------      ------------
  Total revenues ..........................     32,148,076        47,928,632        86,818,426
Operating expenses:
 Programming ..............................      5,475,623         9,889,895        24,340,556
 Barter programming expense ...............      5,110,662         6,337,220         7,520,000
 Technical and operations .................      2,740,670         3,271,564         3,741,708
 Marketing and selling ....................      3,928,073         5,481,315        14,352,775
 General and administrative ...............      3,885,473         5,923,247        12,129,765
 Incentive compensation ...................        527,663           985,365         1,273,872
 Corporate expenses .......................      1,364,323         1,429,252         2,256,233
 Depreciation and amortization ............      8,751,489        12,060,498        27,791,903
                                               -----------      ------------      ------------
  Income (loss) from operations ...........        364,100         2,550,276        (6,588,386)
Interest expense ..........................     (8,793,823)      (12,454,891)      (16,094,037)
Interest expense -- related party .........        (22,759)               --                --
Interest income ...........................        370,300           232,361         1,538,569
Other expenses, net .......................        (44,488)         (171,289)         (723,439)
Gain on sale of cable system ..............             --                --         4,451,320
                                               -----------      ------------      ------------
 Loss before income taxes and
  extraordinary items .....................     (8,126,670)       (9,843,543)      (17,415,973)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes ......         30,000          (120,000)          200,000
                                               -----------      ------------      ------------
 Loss before extraordinary items ..........     (8,156,670)       (9,723,543)      (17,615,973)
Extraordinary gain (loss) from
 extinguishment of debt, net ..............     10,210,580          (250,603)       (1,656,164)
                                               -----------      ------------      ------------
 Net income (loss) ........................      2,053,910        (9,974,146)      (19,272,137)
 Preferred stock dividends ................             --                --        12,215,000
                                               -----------      ------------      ------------
 Net income (loss) applicable to common
  shares ..................................    $ 2,053,910     ($  9,974,146)    ($ 31,487,137)
                                               ===========      ============      ============
 Basic and diluted earnings per
  common share:
  Loss before extraordinary items .........   ($      1.59)    ($       1.56)    ($       3.02)
  Extraordinary gain (loss) ...............           1.99             (0.04)            (0.17)
                                               -----------      ------------      ------------
  Net income (loss) .......................    $      0.40     ($       1.60)    ($       3.19)
                                               ===========      ============      ============
  Weighted average shares outstanding .....      5,139,929         6,239,646         9,858,244
                                               ===========      ============      ============
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Nine Months Ended September 30,
                                             ----------------------------------
                                                   1997              1998
                                                        (unaudited)
<S>                                          <C>               <C>
Revenues:
 Basic and satellite service ..............    $ 32,008,696      $ 88,980,908
 Premium services .........................       3,116,253        13,053,641
 Broadcasting revenue, net of agency
  commissions .............................      16,950,204        18,290,873
 Barter programming revenue ...............       4,507,600         4,861,900
 Other ....................................         954,076         5,842,905
                                               ------------      ------------
  Total revenues ..........................      57,536,829       131,030,227
Operating expenses:
 Programming ..............................      15,916,313        49,179,278
 Barter programming expense ...............       4,507,600         4,861,900
 Technical and operations .................       2,814,922         2,927,287
 Marketing and selling ....................       7,429,814        33,688,708
 General and administrative ...............       8,341,570        23,463,195
 Incentive compensation ...................         744,242         1,471,876
 Corporate expenses .......................       1,408,954         2,418,067
 Depreciation and amortization ............      18,160,442        46,789,028
                                               ------------      ------------
  Income (loss) from operations ...........      (1,787,028)      (33,769,112)
Interest expense ..........................     (10,288,211)      (29,849,768)
Interest expense -- related party .........              --                --
Interest income ...........................         828,388         1,333,683
Other expenses, net .......................        (454,612)         (975,185)
Gain on sale of cable system ..............       4,451,320        24,902,284
                                               ------------      ------------
 Loss before income taxes and
  extraordinary items .....................      (7,250,143)      (38,358,098)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes ......          50,000           175,000
                                               ------------      ------------
 Loss before extraordinary items ..........      (7,300,143)      (38,533,098)
Extraordinary gain (loss) from
 extinguishment of debt, net ..............              --                --
                                               ------------      ------------
 Net income (loss) ........................      (7,300,143)      (38,533,098)
 Preferred stock dividends ................       8,677,500        10,958,593
                                               ------------      ------------
 Net income (loss) applicable to common
  shares ..................................   ($ 15,977,643)    ($ 49,491,691)
                                               ============      ============
 Basic and diluted earnings per
  common share:
  Loss before extraordinary items .........   ($       1.64)    ($       3.66)
  Extraordinary gain (loss) ...............              --                --
                                               ------------      ------------
  Net income (loss) .......................   ($       1.64)    ($       3.66)
                                               ============      ============
  Weighted average shares outstanding .....       9,755,882        13,533,756
                                               ============      ============
 
</TABLE>
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                      Pegasus Communications Corporation
              Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Common Stock
                                                     Series A     --------------------------
                                                    Preferred         Number         Par
                                                      Stock         of Shares       Value
                                                 ---------------  -------------  -----------
<S>                                              <C>              <C>            <C>
Balances at January 1, 1995 ...................                           494     $    494
Net income (loss) .............................
Distributions to Partners .....................
Distributions to Parent .......................
Exchange of common stock ......................                       161,006        1,121
Issuance of Class B common stock ..............                         8,500           85
                                                    ----------      ---------     --------
Balances at December 31, 1995 .................                       170,000        1,700
Net loss ......................................
Contributions by Parent .......................
Distributions to Parent .......................
Issuance of Class A common stock due to:
 Initial Public Offering ......................                     3,000,000       30,000
 WPXT Acquisition .............................                        82,143          821
 MI/TX DBS Acquisition ........................                       852,110        8,521
 Awards .......................................                         3,614           36
Issuance of Class B common stock due to:
 WPXT Acquisition .............................                        71,429          714
Conversions of partnerships ...................
Exchange of PM&C Class B ......................                       183,275        1,833
Exchange of PM&C Class A ......................                     4,882,541       48,826
                                                    ----------      ---------     --------
Balances at December 31, 1996 .................                     9,245,112       92,451
Net loss ......................................
Issuance of Class A common stock due to:
 Acquisitions of DBS properties ...............                       923,860        9,239
 Liveoak Transaction ..........................                        34,000          340
 Incentive compensation and awards ............                       118,770        1,188
Issuance of Class A preferred stock due to:
 Unit Offering ................................   $100,000,000
 Paid and accrued dividends ...................     12,215,000
Issuance of warrants due to:
 Acquisition of DBS properties ................
 Unit Offering ................................       (950,576)
                                                    ----------      ---------     --------
Balances at December 31, 1997 .................    111,264,424     10,321,742      103,218
Net loss ......................................
Issuance of Class A common stock due to:
 Acquisitions of DBS properties ...............                     5,508,600       55,086
 Incentive compensation and awards ............                        67,367          673
Issuance of Class A preferred stock due to:
 Paid and accrued dividends ...................     10,958,593
Issuance of warrants due to:
 Acquisition of DBS properties ................
                                                  ------------     ----------     --------
 Balances at September 30, 1998 (unaudited)       $122,223,017     15,897,709     $158,977
                                                  ============     ==========     ========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             Total
                                                    Additional         Retained          Partners'          Common
                                                      Paid-In          Earnings           Capital        Stockholders'
                                                      Capital          (Deficit)         (Deficit)          Equity
                                                 ----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------------
<S>                                              <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
Balances at January 1, 1995 ...................   $  16,382,054     ($  3,905,909)     ($ 5,535,017)    $    6,941,622
Net income (loss) .............................                         5,731,192        (3,677,282)         2,053,910
Distributions to Partners .....................                                            (246,515)          (246,515)
Distributions to Parent .......................     (12,500,000)                                           (12,500,000)
Exchange of common stock ......................          (1,121)
Issuance of Class B common stock ..............       3,999,915                                              4,000,000
                                                  -------------     -------------      ------------     --------------
Balances at December 31, 1995 .................       7,880,848         1,825,283        (9,458,814)           249,017
Net loss ......................................                        (5,934,261)       (4,039,885)        (9,974,146)
Contributions by Parent .......................         579,152                             105,413            684,565
Distributions to Parent .......................      (2,946,379)                                            (2,946,379)
Issuance of Class A common stock due to:
 Initial Public Offering ......................      38,153,000                                             38,183,000
 WPXT Acquisition .............................       1,149,179                                              1,150,000
 MI/TX DBS Acquisition ........................      11,921,025                                             11,929,546
 Awards .......................................          50,559                                                 50,595
Issuance of Class B common stock due to:
 WPXT Acquisition .............................         999,286                                              1,000,000
Conversions of partnerships ...................                       (13,393,286)       13,393,286
Exchange of PM&C Class B ......................          (1,833)
Exchange of PM&C Class A ......................         (48,826)
                                                  -------------     -------------      ------------     --------------
Balances at December 31, 1996 .................      57,736,011       (17,502,264)               --         40,326,198
Net loss ......................................                       (19,272,137)                         (19,272,137)
Issuance of Class A common stock due to:
 Acquisitions of DBS properties ...............      14,827,014                                             14,836,253
 Liveoak Transaction ..........................         360,910                                                361,250
 Incentive compensation and awards ............       1,307,453                                              1,308,641
Issuance of Class A preferred stock due to:
 Unit Offering ................................
 Paid and accrued dividends ...................     (12,215,000)                                           (12,215,000)
Issuance of warrants due to:
 Acquisition of DBS properties ................       1,067,723                                              1,067,723
 Unit Offering ................................         950,576                                                950,576
                                                  -------------     -------------      ------------     --------------
Balances at December 31, 1997 .................      64,034,687       (36,774,401)               --         27,363,504
Net loss ......................................                       (38,533,098)                         (38,533,098)
Issuance of Class A common stock due to:
 Acquisitions of DBS properties ...............     119,640,387                                            119,695,473
 Incentive compensation and awards ............       1,413,670                                              1,414,343
Issuance of Class A preferred stock due to:
 Paid and accrued dividends ...................     (10,958,593)                                           (10,958,593)
Issuance of warrants due to:
 Acquisition of DBS properties ................         623,236                                                623,236
                                                  -------------     -------------      ------------     --------------
 Balances at September 30, 1998 (unaudited)       $ 174,753,387     ($ 75,307,499)               --     $   99,604,865
                                                  =============      ============       ===========     ==============
</TABLE>
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                      Pegasus Communications Corporation
                     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Years Ended December 31,
                                                -----------------------------------------------------
                                                      1995              1996               1997
<S>                                             <C>               <C>               <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
 Net income (loss) ...........................   $    2,053,910    ($  9,974,146)    ($  19,272,137)
 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
  to net cash provided by operating
  activities:
 Extraordinary (gain) loss on extinguishment
  of debt, net ...............................      (10,210,580)         250,603          1,656,164
 Depreciation and amortization ...............        8,751,489       12,060,498         27,791,903
 Program rights amortization .................        1,263,190        1,514,122          1,715,556
 Accretion on discount of bonds ..............          195,454          392,324            394,219
 Stock incentive compensation ................               --           50,595                 --
 Gain on sale of cable system ................               --               --         (4,451,320)
 Bad debt expense ............................          146,147          335,856          1,141,913
 Change in assets and liabilities:
  Accounts receivable ........................         (815,241)      (4,607,356)        (5,608,113)
  Inventory ..................................         (389,318)         402,942           (115,800)
  Prepaid expenses and other .................          490,636         (521,697)           305,066
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses ......         (796,453)       4,552,633          7,308,021
  Advances payable -- related party ..........          326,279         (468,327)                --
  Accrued interest ...........................        5,173,745          418,338          2,585,178
  Capitalized subscriber acquisition costs ...         (411,696)      (1,272,283)        (4,514,874)
  Deposits and other .........................            5,843          (74,173)          (458,131)
                                                 --------------     ------------      -------------
Net cash provided (used) by operating
 activities ..................................        5,783,405        3,059,929          8,477,645
                                                 --------------     ------------      -------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
 Acquisitions, net of cash acquired ..........               --      (72,567,216)      (133,886,247)
 Cash acquired from acquisitions .............               --               --            379,044
 Capital expenditures ........................       (2,640,475)      (6,294,352)        (9,929,181)
 Purchase of intangible assets ...............       (1,922,960)        (486,444)        (3,033,471)
 Payments of programming rights ..............       (1,233,777)      (1,830,903)        (2,584,241)
 Proceeds from sale of cable system ..........               --               --          6,945,270
 Other .......................................         (250,000)              --                 --
                                                 --------------     ------------      -------------
Net cash used for investing activities .......       (6,047,212)     (81,178,915)      (142,108,826)
                                                 --------------     ------------      -------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
 Proceeds from long-term debt ................       81,455,919               --        115,000,000
 Repayments of long-term debt ................      (48,095,692)        (103,639)          (320,612)
 Borrowings on bank credit facilities ........        2,591,335       41,400,000         94,726,250
 Repayments of bank credit facilities ........       (2,591,335)     (11,800,000)      (124,326,250)
 Proceeds from borrowings from related
  parties ....................................           20,000               --                 --
 Restricted cash .............................       (9,881,198)       9,881,198         (1,220,056)
 Debt issuance costs .........................       (3,974,454)        (304,237)       (10,236,823)
 Capital lease repayments ....................         (166,050)        (267,900)          (336,680)
 Contributions by Parent .....................               --          684,565                 --
 Distributions to Parent .....................      (12,500,000)      (2,946,379)                --
 Proceeds from issuance of common stock ......        4,000,000       42,000,000                 --
 Underwriting and IPO costs ..................               --       (3,817,000)                --
 Proceeds from issuance of Series A
  preferred stock ............................               --               --        100,000,000
 Underwriting and preferred offering costs ...               --               --         (4,187,920)
                                                 --------------     ------------      -------------
Net cash provided by financing activities ....       10,858,525       74,726,608        169,097,909
                                                 --------------     ------------      -------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
 equivalents .................................       10,594,718       (3,392,378)        35,466,728
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of
 period ......................................        1,380,029       11,974,747          8,582,369
                                                 --------------     ------------      -------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period .....   $   11,974,747     $  8,582,369      $  44,049,097
                                                 ==============     ============      =============
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Nine Months Ended September 30,
                                                ------------------------------------
                                                       1997               1998
                                                            (unaudited)
<S>                                             <C>                <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
 Net income (loss) ...........................   ($    7,300,143)    ($ 38,533,098)
 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
  to net cash provided by operating
  activities:
 Extraordinary (gain) loss on extinguishment
  of debt, net ...............................                --                --
 Depreciation and amortization ...............        18,160,442        46,789,028
 Program rights amortization .................         1,214,289         1,914,072
 Accretion on discount of bonds ..............           295,486           931,808
 Stock incentive compensation ................                --                --
 Gain on sale of cable system ................        (4,451,320)      (24,902,284)
 Bad debt expense ............................           812,308         1,773,094
 Change in assets and liabilities:
  Accounts receivable ........................        (2,139,807)       (3,657,763)
  Inventory ..................................            57,455        (1,647,165)
  Prepaid expenses and other .................          (158,952)         (530,481)
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses ......           461,099         3,598,937
  Advances payable -- related party ..........                --                --
  Accrued interest ...........................        (2,135,269)       (1,103,101)
  Capitalized subscriber acquisition costs ...        (4,514,874)               --
  Deposits and other .........................           (32,906)          (94,936)
                                                  --------------      ------------
Net cash provided (used) by operating
 activities ..................................           267,808       (15,461,889)
                                                  --------------      ------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
 Acquisitions, net of cash acquired ..........       (99,305,168)      (89,815,402)
 Cash acquired from acquisitions .............           164,221         3,284,382
 Capital expenditures ........................        (8,375,393)       (6,178,866)
 Purchase of intangible assets ...............        (2,068,864)      (10,042,558)
 Payments of programming rights ..............        (1,792,580)       (1,597,782)
 Proceeds from sale of cable system ..........         6,945,270        30,132,826
 Other .......................................                --                --
                                                  --------------      ------------
Net cash used for investing activities .......      (104,432,514)      (74,217,400)
                                                  --------------      ------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
 Proceeds from long-term debt ................                --                --
 Repayments of long-term debt ................          (241,764)       (5,558,004)
 Borrowings on bank credit facilities ........        69,726,250        81,500,000
 Repayments of bank credit facilities ........       (30,126,250)         (200,000)
 Proceeds from borrowings from related
  parties ....................................                --                --
 Restricted cash .............................        (1,181,306)        9,283,210
 Debt issuance costs .........................        (3,961,383)               --
 Capital lease repayments ....................          (234,331)         (321,044)
 Contributions by Parent .....................                --                --
 Distributions to Parent .....................                --                --
 Proceeds from issuance of common stock ......                --                --
 Underwriting and IPO costs ..................                --                --
 Proceeds from issuance of Series A
  preferred stock ............................       100,000,000                --
 Underwriting and preferred offering costs ...        (4,187,920)               --
                                                  --------------      ------------
Net cash provided by financing activities ....       129,793,296        84,704,162
                                                  --------------      ------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
 equivalents .................................        25,628,590        (4,975,127)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of
 period ......................................         8,582,369        44,049,097
                                                  --------------      ------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period .....    $   34,210,959      $ 39,073,970
                                                  ==============      ============
</TABLE>
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                      PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. The Company:

     Pegasus Communications Corporation ("Pegasus" or together with its
subsidiaries stated below, the "Company"), is a diversified media and
communications company, incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in
May 1996, and is a direct subsidiary of Pegasus Communications Holdings, Inc.
("PCH" or the "Parent"). Pegasus' subsidiaries are Pegasus Media &
Communications, Inc. ("PM&C"), Pegasus Development Corporation ("PDC"), Pegasus
Towers, Inc. ("Towers") and Pegasus Communications Management Company ("PCMC").
 
     PM&C is a diversified media and communications company whose subsidiaries
provide direct broadcast satellite television ("DBS") services to customers in
certain rural areas which encompass portions of twenty-seven states, own and
operate cable television ("Cable") systems that provide service to individual
and commercial subscribers in New England and Puerto Rico, own and operate
broadcast television ("TV") stations affiliated with the Fox Broadcasting
Company ("Fox") and operate, pursuant to local marketing agreements, stations
affiliated with United Paramount Network ("UPN") and The WB Television Network
("WB").

     PDC provides capital for various Satellite initiatives such as subscriber
acquisitions costs. Towers owns and operates transmitting towers located in
Pennsylvania and Tennessee. PCMC provides certain management and accounting
services for the Company.

     In October 1996, Pegasus completed an initial public offering (the
"Initial Public Offering") in which it sold 3,000,000 shares of its Class A
Common Stock to the public at a price of $14 per share, resulting in net
proceeds to the Company of $38.1 million.

     In January 1997, Pegasus completed a unit offering (the "Unit Offering")
in which it sold 100,000 shares of 12.75% Series A Cumulative Exchangeable
Preferred Stock (the "Series A Preferred Stock") and warrants to purchase
193,600 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $15 per share,
to the public at a price of $1,000 per unit, resulting in net proceeds to the
Company of $95.8 million. The Company applied the net proceeds from the Unit
Offering as follows: (i) $30.1 million to the repayment of all outstanding
indebtedness under the PM&C Credit Facility (as defined) and expenses related
thereto, and (ii) $56.5 million for the payment of the cash portion of the
purchase price for the acquisition of DBS assets from nine independent DIRECTV
providers. The remaining net proceeds were used for working capital, general
corporate purposes and to finance other acquisitions.

     In October 1997, the Company completed a senior notes offering (the
"Senior Notes Offering") in which it sold $115.0 million of 9.625% Series A
Senior Notes (the "Senior Notes"), resulting in net proceeds to the Company of
approximately $111.0 million. The Company applied the net proceeds from the
Senior Notes Offering as follows: (i) $94.2 million to the repayment of all
outstanding indebtedness under the PSH Credit Facility (as defined), and (ii)
$16.8 million for the payment of the cash portion of the purchase price for the
acquisition of DBS assets from various independent DIRECTV providers.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

Basis of Presentation:

     The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
Pegasus and all of its subsidiaries or affiliates. All intercompany
transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements:

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and
liabilities and the disclosure of contingencies. Actual results could differ
from those estimates. Significant estimates relate to barter transactions and
the useful lives and recoverability of intangible assets.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                      PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)
 
 
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:  -- (Continued)
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents:

     Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments purchased with
an initial maturity of three months or less. The Company has cash balances in
excess of the federally insured limits at various banks.

Restricted Cash:

     The Company has restricted cash held in escrow of approximately $1.2
million at December 31, 1997 to collateralize loans made by banks to employees
enabling them to pay income taxes as a result of grants of Class A Common Stock
by the Company.

Inventories:

     Inventories consist of equipment held for resale to customers and
installation supplies. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market on
a first-in, first-out basis.

Long-Lived Assets:

     The Company's assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or
circumstances provide evidence that suggest that the carrying amounts may not
be recoverable. The Company assesses the recoverability of its assets by
determining whether the depreciation or amortization of the respective asset
balance can be recovered through projected undiscounted future cash flows.

Property and Equipment:

     Property and equipment are stated at cost. The cost and related
accumulated depreciation of assets sold, retired or otherwise disposed of are
removed from the respective accounts, and any resulting gains or losses are
included in the statement of operations. For cable television systems, initial
subscriber installation costs, including material, labor and overhead costs of
the hookup are capitalized as part of the distribution facilities. The costs of
disconnection and reconnection are charged to expense. Satellite equipment that
is leased to customers is stated at cost.

     Depreciation is computed for financial reporting purposes using the
straight-line method based upon the following lives:


           Reception and distribution facilities .........   7 to 11 years
           Transmitter equipment .........................   5 to 10 years
           Equipment, furniture and fixtures .............   5 to 10 years
           Building and improvements .....................  12 to 39 years
           Vehicles ......................................   3 to  5 years
 

Intangible Assets:

     Intangible assets are stated at cost and amortized by the straight-line
method. Costs of successful franchise applications are capitalized and
amortized over the lives of the related franchise agreements, while
unsuccessful franchise applications and abandoned franchises are charged to
expense. Financing costs incurred in obtaining long-term financing are
amortized over the term of the applicable loan.

     The Company's policy is to capitalize subscriber acquisition costs
directly related to new subscribers such as commissions and equipment
subsidies, who sign a programming contract. These costs are amortized over the
life of the contract. The Company expenses its subscriber acquisition costs
when no contract is obtained. The Company currently does not require new DBS
customers to sign programming contracts and as a result subscriber acquisition
costs are currently being charged to operations in the period incurred.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                      PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)
 
 
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:  -- (Continued)
 
     Amortization of intangible assets is computed using the straight-line
method based upon the following lives:

           Broadcast licenses .....................       40 years
           Network affiliation agreements .........       40 years
           Goodwill ...............................       40 years
           DBS rights .............................       10 years
           Other intangibles ......................  2 to 14 years
           Subscriber acquisition costs ...........         1 year

Financial Instruments:

     The Company uses interest rate cap contracts for the purpose of hedging
interest rate exposures, which involve the exchange of fixed and floating rate
interest payments without the exchange of the underlying principal amounts. The
amounts to be paid or received are accrued as interest rates change and
recognized over the life of the contracts as an adjustment to interest expense.
Gains and losses are realized from the termination of interest rate hedges are
recognized over the remaining life of the hedge contract. As a policy, the
Company does not engage in speculative or leveraged transactions, nor does the
Company hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes. The Company
had no such instruments at December 31, 1997.


Revenue:

     The Company operates in growing segments of the media and communications
industries: multichannel television (DBS and Cable) and broadcast television
(TV). The Company recognizes revenue in its multichannel operations when video
and audio services are provided. The Company recognizes revenue in its
broadcast operations when advertising spots are broadcast.


Barter Programming:

     The Company obtains a portion of its TV programming, including pre-sold
advertisements, through its network affiliation agreements with Fox, UPN and
WB, and also through independent producers. The Company does not make any
direct payments for this programming. For running network programming, the
Company received payments from Fox, which totaled approximately $215,000 and
$73,000 in 1995 and 1996, respectively. The Company received no such payments
in 1997. For running independent producers' programming, the Company received
no direct payments. Instead, the Company retains a portion of the available
advertisement spots to sell on its own account. Barter programming revenue and
the related expense are recognized when the pre-sold advertisements are
broadcast. These amounts are presented gross as barter programming revenue and
expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.


Advertising Costs:

     Advertising costs are charged to operations in the period incurred and
totaled approximately $613,000, $1.1 million and $3.6 million for the years
ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.


Program Rights:

     The Company enters into agreements to show motion pictures and syndicated
programs on television. The Company records the right and associated
liabilities for those films and programs when they are currently available for
showing. These rights are recorded at the lower of unamortized cost or
estimated net realizable value and are amortized on the straight-line method
over the license period which approximates amortization based on the estimated
number of showings during the contract period. Amortization of $1.3 million,
$1.5

                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                      PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)
 
 
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:  -- (Continued)
 
million and $1.7 million is included in programming expense for the years ended
December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The obligations arising from
the acquisition of film rights are recorded at the gross amount. Payments for
the contracts are made pursuant to the contractual terms over periods which are
generally shorter than the license periods.

     The Company has entered into agreements totaling $6.6 million as of
December 31, 1997 for film rights and programs that are not yet available for
showing at December 31, 1997, and accordingly, are not recorded by the Company.
At December 31, 1997, the Company has commitments for future program rights of
approximately $1.7 million, $1.0 million, $417,000, $123,000 and $15,000 in
1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively.


Income Taxes:

     The Company accounts for income taxes under SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for
Income Taxes" ("SFAS 109"). SFAS 109 is an asset and liability approach,
whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded to the extent of the
tax effect of differences between the financial statement carrying values and
tax bases of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is recorded for
deferred taxes where it appears more likely than not that the Company will not
be able to recover the deferred tax asset. MCT Cablevision, L.P. is treated as
a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes, but taxed as a
corporation for Puerto Rico income tax purposes.


Stock Based Compensation:

     The Company applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 --
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB 25") in accounting for its
stock plans. The Company has adopted the disclosure -- only provisions of
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 -- "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation ("SFAS 123").


Earnings Per Share:

     The Company has adopted SFAS No. 128 "Earnings per share" issued in
February 1997. This statement requires the disclosure of basic and diluted
earnings per share and revises the method required to calculate these amounts.
The adoption of this standard did not significantly impact previously reported
earnings per share amounts.


Concentration of Credit Risk:

     Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to
concentrations of credit risk consist principally of trade receivables, cash
and cash equivalents.

     Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are
limited due to the large number of customers comprising the Company's customer
base, and their dispersion across different businesses and geographic regions.
As of December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 the Company had no significant
concentrations of credit risk.


New Accounting Pronouncements:

     In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No.
130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income" ("SFAS 130") and SFAS No. 131
"Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" ("SFAS
131"). SFAS 130 requires that all items that are required to be recognized
under accounting standards as components of comprehensive income be reported in
a financial statement table that is displayed with the same prominence as other
financial statements. SFAS 131 requires that all public business

                                      F-10
<PAGE>

                      PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)
 
 
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:  -- (Continued)
 
enterprises report information about operating segments, as well as specific
revised guidelines for determining an entity's operating segments and the type
and level of financial information to be disclosed. These new standards, which
are effective for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1998, will not have a
significant impact on the Company.

3. Interim Financial Information:

     The financial statements as of September 30, 1998 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 1998 and 1997 are unaudited. In the opinion of management,
all adjustments, including normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair
presentation of the results of operations have been included. Results for the
nine months ended September 30, 1998 may not be indicative of the results
expected for the year ending December 31, 1998.

     The Company has provided unaudited footnote information for the interim
periods to the extent such information is substantially different from the
audited periods.

4. Property and Equipment:
   Property and equipment consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    December 31,       December 31,       September 30,
                                                        1996               1997               1998
                                                  ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
                                                                                           (unaudited)
<S>                                               <C>                <C>                <C>
Land ..........................................    $     862,298      $     947,712      $     949,712
Reception and distribution facilities .........       29,140,040         27,012,297         19,445,435
Transmitter equipment .........................       11,643,812         15,306,589         17,198,707
Building and improvements .....................        1,553,548          2,293,755          3,163,111
Equipment, furniture and fixtures .............        1,509,588          3,091,363          7,541,578
Vehicles ......................................          766,192            983,256            900,953
Other equipment ...............................        2,295,446          2,612,332          3,193,704
                                                   -------------      -------------      -------------
                                                      47,770,924         52,247,304         52,393,200
Accumulated depreciation ......................      (23,655,786)       (24,560,658)       (22,841,505)
                                                   -------------      -------------      -------------
Net property and equipment ....................    $  24,115,138      $  27,686,646      $  29,551,695
                                                   =============      =============      =============
</TABLE>

     Depreciation expense amounted to $4.1 million, $5.2 million, $5.7 million,
$4.2 million and $4.5 million for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996, 1997
and for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 (unaudited) and 1998
(unaudited), respectively.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                      PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)
 
 
5. Intangibles:

     Intangible assets consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          December 31,       December 31,       September 30,
                                                              1996               1997               1998
                                                        ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
                                                                                                 (unaudited)
<S>                                                     <C>                <C>                <C>
Goodwill ............................................    $  28,490,035      $  28,490,035      $  28,490,035
Franchise costs .....................................       35,972,374         35,332,755         31,933,240
Broadcast licenses & affiliation agreements .........       18,930,324         19,094,212         19,094,212
Deferred financing costs ............................        4,020,665         16,654,186         30,671,322
Subscriber acquistion costs .........................        1,272,282          5,787,156          5,787,156
DBS rights ..........................................       45,829,174        203,379,952        671,728,479
Consultancy & non-compete agreements ................        2,700,000          6,010,838          7,022,688
Organization & other deferred costs .................        6,368,426          8,571,281         13,129,722
                                                         -------------      -------------      -------------
                                                           143,583,280        323,320,415        807,856,854
Accumulated amortization ............................      (17,347,152)       (38,546,388)       (98,537,819)
                                                         -------------      -------------      -------------
Net intangible assets ...............................    $ 126,236,128      $ 284,774,027      $ 709,319,035
                                                         =============      =============      =============
</TABLE>

     Amortization expense amounted to $4.6 million, $6.9 million, $22.1
million, $13.9 million and $42.3 million for the years ended December 31, 1995,
1996, 1997 and for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 (unaudited) and
1998 (unaudited), respectively.

     The Company's intangible assets increased primarily due to the $166
million increase in DBS rights and other intangibles relating to the 25
acquisitions completed by the Company during 1997 (see footnote 13 --
Acquisitions and Disposition), as well as the net $12.6 million increase in
deferred financing costs related to the three completed financings (see
footnote 7 -- Redeemable Preferred Stock and footnote 8 -- Long-Term Debt).

     The Company's intangible assets increased during the nine months ended
September 30, 1998 (unaudited) primarily due to the $484 million increase in
DBS rights and other intangibles relating to the 21 acquisitions completed by
the Company during this period, net of a $6 million intangible asset reduction
related to the sale of its remaining New England cable systems (see footnote 21
- -- Subsequent Events).

6. Common Stock:

     At December 31, 1996 common stock consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                        <C>
Pegasus Class A common stock, $0.01 par value; 30.0 million shares authorized; 4,663,229
 issued and outstanding ................................................................    $ 46,632
Pegasus Class B common stock, $0.01 par value; 15.0 million shares authorized; 4,581,900
 issued and outstanding ................................................................      45,819
                                                                                            --------
    Total common stock .................................................................    $ 92,451
                                                                                            ========
</TABLE>

     At December 31, 1997 common stock consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                        <C>
Pegasus Class A common stock, $0.01 par value; 30.0 million shares authorized; 5,739,842
 issued and outstanding ................................................................    $  57,399
Pegasus Class B common stock, $0.01 par value; 15.0 million shares authorized; 4,581,900
 issued and outstanding ................................................................       45,819
                                                                                            ---------
    Total common stock .................................................................    $ 103,218
                                                                                            =========
</TABLE>
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                      PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)

 
6. Common Stock:  -- (Continued)
 
     At September 30, 1998 (unaudited ), common stock consists of the
following:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                         <C>
Pegasus Class A common stock, $0.01 par value; 30.0 million shares authorized; 11,315,809
 issued and outstanding .................................................................    $ 113,158
Pegasus Class B common stock, $0.01 par value; 15.0 million shares authorized; 4,581,900
 issued and outstanding .................................................................       45,819
                                                                                             ---------
    Total common stock ..................................................................    $ 158,977
                                                                                             =========
</TABLE>
     The Company's ability to pay dividends on its Common Stock is subject to
certain restrictions (see footnote 7 -- Redeemable Preferred Stock and footnote
8 -- Long-Term Debt).

7. Redeemable Preferred Stock:

     As a result of the Unit Offering and dividends subsequently declared on
the Series A Preferred Stock, the Company has outstanding approximately 112,215
shares of Series A Preferred Stock with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per
share (the "Liquidation Preference"). Cumulative dividends, at a rate of 12.75%
are payable semi-annually on January 1 and July 1. Dividends may be paid,
occurring on or prior to January 1, 2002, at the option of the Company, either
in cash or by the issuance of additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
Subject to certain conditions, the Series A Preferred Stock is exchangeable in
whole, but not in part, at the option of the Company, for Pegasus' 12.75%
Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2007 (the "Exchange Notes"). The
Exchange Notes would contain substantially the same redemption provisions,
restrictions and other terms as the Series A Preferred Stock. Pegasus is
required to redeem all of the Series A Preferred Stock outstanding on January
1, 2007 at a redemption price equal to the Liquidation Preference thereof, plus
accrued dividends.

     The carrying amount of the Series A Preferred Stock is periodically
increased by amounts representing dividends not currently declared or paid but
which will be payable under the mandatory redemption features. The increase in
carrying amount is effected by charges against retained earnings, or in the
absence of retained earnings, by charges against paid-in capital.

     Under the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock, Pegasus' ability to pay
dividends on its Common Stock is subject to certain restrictions.

     At December 31, 1997 and September 30, 1998 (unaudited) 5.0 million shares
of Series A Preferred Stock are authorized and 105,490 and 119,369 shares are
issued and outstanding, respectively.

     Basic earnings per share amounts are based on net income after deducting
preferred stock dividend requirements divided by the weighted average number of
Class A and Class B Common shares outstanding during the year.

     For the year ended December 31, 1997 and the nine months ended September
30, 1997 (unaudited) and 1998 (unaudited), net loss per common share was
determined by dividing net loss, as adjusted by the aggregate amount of
dividends on the Company's Series A Preferred Stock, approximately $12.2
million, $8.7 million and $11.0 million, respectively, by applicable shares
outstanding.

                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                      PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)
 
 
8. Long-Term Debt:

     Long-term debt consists of the following :
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               December 31,     December 31,     September 30,
                                                                   1996             1997             1998
                                                              --------------   --------------   --------------
                                                                                                  (unaudited)
<S>                                                           <C>              <C>              <C>
Series B Notes payable by PM&C, due 2005,
 interest at 12.5%, payable semi-annually in
 arrears on January 1 and July 1, net of
 unamortized discount of $3,412,222, $3,018,003
 and $2,721,088 as of December 31, 1996, 1997
 and September 30, 1998, respectively .....................   $ 81,587,778     $ 81,981,997     $ 82,278,912
Series B Notes payable by DTS, due 2007, interest
 at 12.5%, payable semi-annually in arrears on
 February 1 and August 1, net of unamortized
 discount of $1,854,358 as of September 30, 1998                        --               --      153,145,642
Series B Senior Notes payable by Pegasus, due
 2005, interest at 9.625%, payable semi-annually
 in arrears on April 15 and October 15,
 commencing on April 15, 1998 .............................             --      115,000,000      115,000,000
Senior seven-year $50.0 million revolving credit
 facility, payable by PM&C, interest at PM&C's
 option at either the bank's base rate plus an
 applicable margin or LIBOR plus an applicable
 margin ...................................................     29,600,000               --               --
Senior six-year $180.0 million revolving credit
 facility, payable by PM&C, interest at PM&C's
 option at either the bank's base rate plus an
 applicable margin or LIBOR plus an applicable
 margin ...................................................             --               --       81,500,000
Senior six-year $70.0 million revolving credit
 facility, payable by DTS, interest at DTS' option
 at either the bank's base rate or the Eurodollar
 Rate .....................................................             --               --        9,500,000
Senior six-year $20.0 million term loan facility,
 payable by DTS, interest at DTS' option at either
 the bank's base rate or the Eurodollar Rate ..............             --               --       19,800,000
Mortgage payable, due 2000, interest at 8.75% .............        498,468          477,664          460,827
Note payable, due 1998, interest at 10% ...................      3,050,000        3,050,000               --
Sellers' notes, various maturities and interest rates .....        277,130        7,171,621       42,327,380
Capital leases and other ..................................        562,067          673,849          620,774
                                                              ------------     ------------     ------------
                                                               115,575,443      208,355,131      504,633,535
Less current maturities ...................................        363,833        6,357,320       22,218,859
                                                              ------------     ------------     ------------
Long-term debt ............................................   $115,211,610     $201,997,811     $482,414,676
                                                              ============     ============     ============
</TABLE>
     In July 1995, PM&C sold 85,000 units consisting of $85.0 million in
aggregate of 12.5% Series A Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005 (the "PM&C
Series A Notes" and, together with the PM&C Series B Notes, the "PM&C Notes")
and 8,500 shares of Class B Common Stock of PM&C (the "PM&C Note Offering").
The PM&C Class B Shares were subsequently exchanged for an aggregate of 191,775
shares of Pegasus' Class A Common Stock.

                                      F-14
<PAGE>

                      PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)
 
 
8. Long-Term Debt:  -- (Continued)
 
     In November 1995, PM&C exchanged its PM&C Series B Notes for the PM&C
Series A Notes. The PM&C Series B Notes have substantially the same terms and
provisions as the PM&C Series A Notes. The PM&C Series B Notes are guaranteed
on a full, unconditional, senior subordinated basis, jointly and severally by a
majority of the wholly owned direct and indirect subsidiaries of PM&C. PM&C's
indebtedness contain certain financial and operating covenants, including
restrictions on PM&C to incur additional indebtedness, create liens and to pay
dividends.

     In August 1996, in conjunction with the acquisition of the WTLH
Tallahassee, Florida FCC license and Fox affiliation agreement, the Company
incurred indebtedness of $3.1 million.

     In August 1996, PM&C entered into a $50.0 million seven-year senior
revolving credit facility (the "PM&C Credit Facility"), which was
collateralized by substantially all of the assets of PM&C and its subsidiaries.
Deferred financing fees relating to the $10.0 million revolving credit facility
were written off, resulting in an extraordinary loss of $251,000 on the
refinancing transaction. Outstanding balances under the PM&C Credit Facility
were repaid from the proceeds of the Unit Offering. Concurrently with the
closing of the New Credit Facility, the PM&C Credit Facility was repaid in full
and commitments thereunder were terminated. Deferred financing fees relating to
the $50.0 million revolving credit facility were written off, resulting in an
extraordinary loss of $460,000 on the refinancing transaction.

     In October 1997, Pegasus completed the Senior Notes Offering in which it
sold $115.0 million of its 9.625% Series A Senior Notes due 2005 (the "9.625%
Series A Senior Notes"), resulting in net proceeds to the Company of
approximately $111.0 million. A portion of the proceeds from the Senior notes
Offering were used to retire an existing $130.0 million credit facility (the
"PSH Credit Facility"). The PSH Credit Facility was financed with the New
Credit Facility. Deferred financing fees relating to the PSH Credit Facility
were written off, resulting in an extraordinary loss of approximately $1.2
million on the refinancing transaction.

     In December 1997, PM&C entered into a $180.0 million six-year senior
revolving credit facility (the "New Credit Facility"), which is collateralized
by substantially all of the assets of PM&C and its subsidiaries. Interest on
the New Credit Facility is, at the Company's option, at either the bank's base
rate plus an applicable margin or LIBOR plus an applicable margin. The New
Credit Facility is subject to certain financial covenants as defined in the
loan agreement, including a debt to adjusted cash flow covenant. The New Credit
Facility will be used to finance future acquisitions and for working capital,
capital expenditures and general corporate purposes. There were no borrowings
outstanding at December 31, 1997.

     The Company's indebtedness contain certain financial and operating
covenants, including restrictions on the Company to incur additional
indebtedness, create liens and to pay dividends.

     At December 31, 1997, maturities of long-term debt and capital leases are
as follows:


  1998 ...........................................    $  6,357,320
  1999 ...........................................       1,905,265
  2000 ...........................................       1,930,290
  2001 ...........................................       1,125,561
  2002 ...........................................          54,698
  Thereafter .....................................     196,981,997
                                                      ------------
                                                      $208,355,131
                                                      ============

                                      F-15
<PAGE>

                      PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)
 
 
9. Net Income Per Common Share:

Calculation of Basic and Diluted net income per common share:

     The following table sets forth the computation of the number of shares
used in the computation of basic and diluted net income per common share (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            Nine Months Ended September 30,
                                           1995            1996               1997               1997               1998
                                      -------------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------------  -----------------
                                                                                                      (unaudited)
<S>                                   <C>            <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>
Net income (loss) applicable to
 common shares .....................   $2,053,910      ($ 9,974,146)     ($ 31,487,137)     ($ 15,977,643)     ($ 49,491,691)
                                       ==========       ===========       ============       ============       ============
Weighted average common shares
 outstanding .......................    5,139,929         6,239,646          9,858,244          9,755,882         13,533,756
Total shares used for calculation
 of basic net income per
 common share ......................    5,139,929         6,239,646          9,858,244          9,755,882         13,533,756
                                       ----------       -----------       ------------       ------------       ------------
Stock options ......................           --                --                 --                 --                 --
                                       ----------       -----------       ------------       ------------       ------------
Total shares used for calculation
 of diluted net income per
 common share ......................    5,139,929         6,239,646          9,858,244          9,755,882         13,533,756
                                       ==========       ===========       ============       ============       ============
</TABLE>

     For the year ended December 31, 1997 and the nine months ended September
30, 1997 (unaudited) and 1998 (unaudited), net loss per common share was
determined by dividing net loss, as adjusted by the aggregate amount of
dividends on the Company's Series A Preferred Stock, approximately $12.2
million, $8.7 million and $11.0 million, respectively, by applicable shares
outstanding.

     Securities that have not been issued and are antidilutive amounted to
2,539 shares in 1996 and 582,493 shares in 1997.

10. Leases:

     The Company leases certain studios, towers, utility pole attachments, and
occupancy of underground conduits and headend sites under operating leases. The
Company also leases office space, vehicles and various types of equipment
through separate operating lease agreements. The operating leases expire at
various dates through 2005. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 1995,
1996 and 1997 was $503,000, $712,000 and $1.1 million, respectively. The
Company leases equipment under long-term leases and has the option to purchase
the equipment for a nominal cost at the termination of the leases. The related
obligations are included in long-term debt. Property and equipment at December
31 include the following amounts for leases that have been capitalized:

                                                        1996           1997
                                                   -------------  -------------
     Equipment, furniture and fixtures ..........   $  215,112     $  700,807
     Vehicles ...................................      446,372        516,642
                                                    ----------     ----------
                                                       661,484      1,217,449
     Accumulated depreciation ...................     (250,288)      (512,307)
                                                    ----------     ----------
        Total ...................................   $  411,196     $  705,142
                                                    ==========     ==========

                                      F-16
<PAGE>

                      PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)
 
 
10. Leases:  -- (Continued)
 
     Future minimum lease payments on noncancellable operating and capital
leases at December 31, 1997 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Operating       Capital
                                                                 Leases         Leases
                                                             -------------   -----------
<S>                                                          <C>             <C>
       1998 ..............................................    $  649,802      $259,574
       1999 ..............................................       427,794       184,631
       2000 ..............................................       331,283       164,726
       2001 ..............................................       248,206       140,681
       2002 ..............................................       143,958        53,612
       Thereafter ........................................        59,154            --
                                                              ----------      --------
       Total minimum payments ............................    $1,860,197       803,224
                                                              ==========
       Less: amount representing interest ................                     153,375
                                                                              --------
       Present value of net minimum lease payments
        including current maturities of $199,273 .........                    $649,849
                                                                              ========
</TABLE>

11. Income Taxes:

     The following is a summary of the components of income taxes from
operations:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1995           1996            1997
                                                   ----------   --------------   -----------
<S>                                                <C>          <C>              <C>
Federal -- deferred ............................    $23,000       ($ 169,000)
State and local -- current .....................      7,000           49,000      $200,000
                                                    -------        ---------      --------
 Provision (benefit) for income taxes ..........    $30,000       ($ 120,000)     $200,000
                                                    =======        =========      ========
</TABLE>
     The deferred income tax assets and liabilities recorded in the
consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 1996 and 1997 are as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1996               1997
                                                                        ----------------   ---------------
<S>                                                                     <C>                <C>
Assets:
 Receivables ........................................................     $     47,887       $     73,547
 Excess of tax basis over book basis from tax gain recognized upon
   incorporation of subsidiaries ....................................        1,890,025          1,890,025
 Loss carryforwards .................................................       14,197,578         18,046,889
 Other ..............................................................          870,305            870,305
                                                                          ------------       ------------
   Total deferred tax assets ........................................       17,005,795         20,880,766
Liabilities:
 Excess of book basis over tax basis of property, plant and equipment       (1,754,621)        (1,938,899)
 Excess of book basis over tax basis of amortizable intangible assets       (4,616,997)        (5,695,313)
                                                                          ------------       ------------
   Total deferred tax liabilities ...................................       (6,371,618)        (7,634,212)
                                                                          ------------       ------------
 Net deferred tax assets ............................................       10,634,177         13,246,554
   Valuation allowance ..............................................      (10,683,639)       (13,296,554)
                                                                          ------------       ------------
 Net deferred tax liabilities .......................................    ($     49,462)     ($     50,000)
                                                                          ============       ============
</TABLE>
     The Company has recorded a valuation allowance to reflect the estimated
amount of deferred tax assets which may not be realized due to the expiration
of the Company's net operating loss carryforwards and portions of other
deferred tax assets related to prior acquisitions. The valuation allowance
increased primarily as the result of net operating loss carryforwards generated
during 1997, which may not be utilized.

                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                      PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)
 
 
11. Income Taxes:  -- (Continued)
 
     At December 31, 1997, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $53.1 million which are available to offset future taxable income
and expire through 2017.

     A reconciliation of the Federal statutory rate to the effective tax rate
is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1995            1996           1997
                                                           -------------   -------------   -----------
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>             <C>
       U.S. statutory federal income tax rate ..........       34.00%          34.00%         34.00%
       Foreign net operating loss ......................       27.09            1.73             --
       Valuation allowance .............................      (60.72)         (36.92)        (34.38)
       Other ...........................................          --              --           1.43
                                                             -------         -------        -------
       Effective tax rate ..............................       (0.37%)         (1.19%)         1.05%
                                                             =======         =======        =======
</TABLE>
12. Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

     Significant noncash investing and financing activities are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  
                                             Years ended December 31,            Nine months ended September 30,             
                                    -------------------------------------------  -------------------------------
                                         1995           1996           1997           1997            1998
                                    -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------   --------------
                                                                                  (unaudited)     (unaudited)
<S>                                 <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Barter revenue and related expense   $5,110,662     $ 6,337,220    $ 7,520,000    $4,507,600     $  4,861,900
Acquisition of program rights and
  Assumption of related program
   payables ......................    1,335,275       1,140,072      3,452,779     1,965,880        4,828,024
Acquisition of plant under capital
 Leases ..........................      121,373         312,578        529,072       385,642           36,500
Redemption of minority interests
 and related receivable ..........      246,515              --             --            --               --
Capital contribution and related
 acquisition of intangibles ......           --      14,079,546     15,197,503     6,661,250      119,695,473
Execution of license agreement
 option ..........................           --       3,050,000             --            --               --
Stock incentive compensation and
 related expense/ accrued expense.           --              --      1,273,872       744,242        1,471,876
Minority interest and related
 acquisition of intangibles ......           --              --      3,000,000     3,000,000               --
Notes payable and related
 acquisition of intangibles ......           --              --      7,113,689     1,938,434      219,889,144
Series A Preferred Stock dividend
 and reduction of paid-in capital.           --              --     12,215,000     8,677,500       10,958,593
Deferred taxes, net and related
 acquisition of intangibles ......           --              --             --            --       53,577,946
</TABLE>
     For the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996, 1997 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 1997 (unaudited) and 1998 (unaudited), the Company paid
cash for interest in the amount of $3.6 million, $12.0 million, $13.5 million,
$12.4 million and $26.0 million, respectively. The Company paid no federal
income taxes for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996, 1997 and for the nine
months ended September 30, 1997 (unaudited) and 1998 (unaudited).

13. Acquisitions and Disposition:


     In January 1996, PCH, the parent of the Company, acquired all of the
outstanding stock of Portland Broadcasting, Inc. ("PBI"), which owns the
tangible assets of WPXT, Portland, Maine. PCH immediately transferred ownership
of PBI to the Company. The aggregate purchase price of PBI was approximately
$11.7

                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                      PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)
 
 
13. Acquisitions and Disposition:  -- (Continued)
 
million of which $1.5 million was allocated to fixed and tangible assets and
$10.2 million to intangible assets. In June 1996, PCH acquired the FCC license
of WPXT for aggregate consideration of $3.0 million. PCH immediately
transferred the ownership of the license to the Company.

     Effective March 1, 1996, the Company acquired the principal tangible
assets of WTLH, Inc., Tallahassee, Florida and certain of its affiliates for
approximately $5.0 million, except for the FCC license and Fox affiliation
agreement. Additionally, the Company entered into a put/call agreement
regarding the FCC license and Fox affiliation agreement with the licensee of
WTLH. In August 1996, the Company exercised its rights and recorded $3.1
million in intangible assets and long term debt. The aggregate purchase price
of WTLH, Inc. and the related FCC licenses and Fox affiliation agreement is
approximately $8.1 million of which $2.2 million was allocated to fixed and
tangible assets and $5.9 million to various intangible assets. In addition, PCH
granted the sellers of WTLH a warrant to purchase $1.0 million of stock of one
of its subsidiaries at $14.00 per share. The warrant expired in February 1997.

     Effective August 29, 1996, the Company acquired all of the assets of Dom's
for approximately $25.0 million in cash and $1.0 million in assumed
liabilities. Dom's operates cable systems serving ten communities contiguous to
the Company's Mayaguez, Puerto Rico cable system. The aggregate purchase price
of the principal assets of Dom's amounted to $26.0 million of which $4.7
million was allocated to fixed and tangible assets and $21.3 million to various
intangible assets.

     On October 8, 1996, the Company acquired, from an independent DIRECTV
provider, the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural areas of
Texas and Michigan and the related assets in exchange for total consideration
of approximately $29.8 million, which consisted of $17.9 million in cash and
$11.9 million of the Company's Class A Common Stock.

     On November 8, 1996, the Company acquired, from an independent DIRECTV
provider, the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural areas of
Ohio and the related assets, including receivables, in exchange for
approximately $12.0 million in cash.

     Effective January 31, 1997, the Company sold substantially all the assets
of its New Hampshire cable system to State Cable TV Corporation for
approximately $6.9 million in cash, net of certain selling costs. The Company
recognized a gain on the transaction of approximately $4.5 million.

     On January 31, 1997, the Company acquired, from an independent DIRECTV
provider, the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural areas of
Indiana and the related assets and liabilities in exchange for total
consideration of approximately $14.4 million, which consisted of $8.8 million
in cash and 466,667 shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock (amounting to
$5.6 million at the time of issuance.)

     On February 14, 1997, the Company acquired, from an independent DIRECTV
provider, the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural areas of
Mississippi and the related assets in exchange for approximately $14.8 million
in cash.

     As of March 10, 1997, the Company acquired, from two independent DIRECTV
providers, the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural areas of
Arkansas, Virginia and West Virginia and the related assets in exchange for
total consideration of approximately $14.6 million, which consisted of $10.4
million in cash, $200,000 in assumed liabilities, $3.0 million in preferred
stock of a subsidiary of Pegasus and warrants to purchase a total of 283,969
shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock (amounting to $951,000 at the time
of issuance). The $3.0 million in preferred stock of a subsidiary of Pegasus
has been accounted for as a minority interest.

     As of April 9, 1997, the Company acquired, from an independent DIRECTV
provider, the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural areas of
Georgia and the related assets in exchange for total

                                      F-19
<PAGE>

                      PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)
 
 
13. Acquisitions and Disposition:  -- (Continued)
 
consideration of approximately $4.5 million, which consisted of $3.3 million in
cash, $143,000 in assumed liabilities, 42,187 shares of the Company's Class A
Common Stock (amounting to $500,000 at the time of issuance), and a $600,000
obligation, payable over four years, for consultancy and non-compete
agreements.

     As of May 9, 1997, the Company acquired, from four independent DIRECTV
providers, the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural areas of
Colorado, Florida, Maryland, Minnesota, Nevada, New Hampshire, Oklahoma, Texas,
Virginia, Washington, Wisconsin and Wyoming and the related assets in exchange
for total consideration of approximately $20.3 million, which consisted of
$18.6 million in cash, $502,000 in assumed liabilities, a $350,000 note due
January 1998, 17,971 shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock (amounting to
$200,000 at the time of issuance), and $600,000 in cash for consultancy and
non-compete agreements.

     As of July 9, 1997, the Company acquired, from two independent DIRECTV
providers, the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural areas of
Ohio and Texas and the related assets in exchange for total consideration of
approximately $17.9 million, which consisted of $17.4 million in cash and
$503,000 in assumed liabilities.

     As of August 8, 1997, the Company acquired, from four independent DIRECTV
providers, the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural areas of
Indiana, Minnesota and South Dakota and the related assets in exchange for
total consideration of approximately $17.7 million, which consisted of $15.5
million in cash, $464,000 in assumed liabilities and a $988,000 note due
January 1998; and $750,000 in cash for endorsement and non-compete agreements.

     As of September 8, 1997, the Company acquired, from four independent
DIRECTV providers, the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural
areas of Illinois, Minnesota and Utah and the related assets in exchange for
total consideration of approximately $9.3 million, which consisted of $9.1
million in cash and $165,000 in assumed liabilities.

     As of October 8, 1997, the Company acquired, from two independent DIRECTV
providers, the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural areas of
Alabama and Texas and the related assets in exchange for total consideration of
approximately $28.0 million, which consisted of $24.2 million in cash, $219,000
in assumed liabilities, a $2.2 million note, payable over four years, and
$589,000 in cash and a $772,000 obligation, payable over four years, for
consultancy and non-compete agreements.

     Effective October 31, 1997 the Company acquired, from an independent
DIRECTV provider, the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural
areas of Georgia and the related assets and liabilities in exchange for total
consideration of approximately $14.9 million, which consisted of $6.4 million
in cash and 397,035 shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock (amounting to
$8.5 million at the time of issuance).

     As of November 7, 1997 the Company acquired, from three independent
DIRECTV providers, the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural
areas of Nebraska, Minnesota, Utah and Wyoming and the related assets in
exchange for total consideration of approximately $5.4 million, which consisted
of $3.1 million in cash, $147,000 in assumed liabilities, a $1.7 million note,
payable over two years, and a $446,000 note due November 2000.

     The value assigned to the Class A Common Stock was computed by multiplying
the number of shares issued by the closing price per share on the day prior to
the date of consumption of the acquisition.

     The following unaudited summary, prepared on a pro forma basis, combines
the results of operations as if the above DBS territories and cable system and
TV stations had been acquired or sold as of the beginning of the periods
presented, after including the impact of certain adjustments, such as the
Company's payments to related parties, amortization of intangibles, interest
expense, preferred stock dividends and related income tax

                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                      PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)
 
13. Acquisitions and Disposition:  -- (Continued)
 
effects. The pro forma information does not purport to be indicative of what
would have occurred had the acquisitions/disposition been made on those dates
or of results which may occur in the future. This pro forma information does
not include any acquisitions that occurred subsequent to December 31, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Years Ended December 31,
                                                             -----------------------------
         (in thousands, except earnings per share)                    (unaudited)
                                                                  1996            1997
                                                             -------------   -------------
<S>                                                          <C>             <C>
       Net revenues ......................................      $ 83,916        $104,357
                                                                --------        --------
       Operating loss ....................................     ($ 11,564)      ($ 16,250)
                                                                --------        --------
       Net loss ..........................................     ($ 34,820)      ($ 39,002)
       Less: Preferred stock dividends ...................       (13,156)        (13,156)
                                                                --------        --------
       Net loss available to common stockholders .........     ($ 47,976)      ($ 52,158)
                                                                ========        ========
       Net loss per common share .........................     ($   6.70)      ($   5.09)
                                                                ========        ========
</TABLE>
14. Financial Instruments:

     The carrying values and fair values of the Company's financial instruments
consisted of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           December 31,               December 31,              September 30,
                                               1996                       1997                       1998
                                     ------------------------   ------------------------   ------------------------
                                                                                                 (unaudited)
(in thousands)                        Carrying        Fair       Carrying        Fair       Carrying        Fair
                                        Value        Value         Value        Value         Value        Value
                                     ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
Long-term debt, including current
 portion .........................    $115,575     $125,788      $208,355     $240,086      $504,634     $536,546
Series A Preferred Stock .........          --           --       111,264      114,750       122,223      137,956
</TABLE>

     Long-term debt: The fair value of long-term debt is estimated based on the
quoted market price for the same or similar instruments.

     Series A Preferred Stock: The fair value of Series A Preferred Stock is
estimated based on the quoted market price for the same or similar instruments.
 
     All other financial instruments are stated at cost which approximates fair
market value.

15. Warrants:

     In January 1997, in connection with the Unit Offering, the Company issued
warrants to purchase 193,600 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise
price of $15 per share. These warrants are exercisable through January 1, 2007.
At December 31, 1997, none of these warrants have been exercised. The fair
value of these warrants was estimated using the Black-Scholes pricing model and
was approximately $1.1 million. The value assigned to these warrants reduced
the carrying amount of the Series A Preferred Stock and was effected by an
increase in additional paid-in-capital.

     In March 1997, in connection with the acquisition of DBS properties, the
Company issued warrants to purchase 283,969 shares of Class A Common Stock at
an exercise price of $11.81 per share. These warrants are exercisable through
March 10, 2006. At December 31, 1997, none of these warrants have been
exercised. The fair value of these warrants was estimated using the
Black-Scholes pricing model and was approximately $951,000. The value assigned
to these warrants increased the carrying amount of the DBS rights acquired and
was effected by an increase in additional paid-in-capital.

16. Employee Benefit Plans:

     The Company has two active stock plans available to grant stock options
(the "Stock Option Plan") and restricted stock awards (the "Restricted Stock
Plan") to eligible employees, executive officers and non-employee directors of
the Company.

                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                      PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)
 
 
16. Employee Benefit Plans:  -- (Continued)
 
Stock Option Plan

     The Stock Option Plan provides for the granting of nonqualified and
qualified options to purchase a maximum of 450,000 shares (subject to
adjustment to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations and
similar changes in the capitalization of Pegasus) of Class A Common Stock of
the Company. Executive officers, who are not eligible to receive profit sharing
awards under the Restricted Stock Plan, are eligible to receive stock options
under the Stock Option Plan, but no executive officer may be granted options to
purchase more than 275,000 shares of Class A Common Stock under the Stock
Option Plan. Directors of Pegasus who are not employees of the Company are
eligible to receive nonqualified options. The Stock Option Plan terminates in
September 2006. As of December 31, 1997, options to purchase an aggregate of
223,385 shares of Class A Common Stock were outstanding, including 220,000
options outstanding under the Stock Option Plan. All options granted under the
Stock Option Plan have been granted at fair market value at the time of grant.

     The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 123, "Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123"), in October 1995. Under SFAS 123,
companies can either continue to account for stock compensation plans pursuant
to existing accounting standards or elect to expense the value derived from
using an option pricing model. The Company is continuing to apply existing
accounting standards. However, SFAS 123 requires disclosures of pro forma net
income and earnings per share as if the Company had adopted the expensing
provisions of SFAS 123.

     The fair value of options was estimated using the Black-Scholes option
pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions for 1996 and
1997:

                                                       1996         1997
                                                     ----------   ----------
         Risk-free interest rate .................    5.56%         6.35%
         Dividend Yield ..........................    0.00%         0.00%
         Volatility Factor .......................    0.00         0.403
         Weighted average expected life ..........    5 years      5 years
 
     Pro forma net losses for 1996 and 1997 would have been $9,976,114 and
$19,480,852, respectively; pro forma net losses per common share for 1996 and
1997 would have been $1.60 and $3.22, respectively. The weighted average fair
value of options granted were $3.40 and $4.99 for 1996 and 1997, respectively.

     The following table summarizes stock option activity over the past two
years under the Company's plan:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Weighted
                                                             Number of        Average
                                                               Shares      Exercise Price
                                                            -----------   ---------------
<S>                                                         <C>           <C>
       Outstanding at January 1, 1996 ...................          --              --
       Granted ..........................................       3,385        $  14.00
       Exercised ........................................          --              --
       Canceled or expired ..............................          --              --
                                                              -------        --------
       Outstanding at December 31, 1996 .................       3,385           14.00
       Granted ..........................................     220,000           11.00
       Exercised ........................................          --              --
       Canceled or expired ..............................          --              --
                                                              -------        --------
       Outstanding at December 31, 1997 .................     223,385        $  11.05
                                                              =======        ========
 
       Options exercisable at December 31, 1996 .........       3,385           14.00
       Options exercisable at December 31, 1997 .........       3,385           14.00
</TABLE>
                                      F-22
<PAGE>

                      PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)
 
 
16. Employee Benefit Plans:  -- (Continued)
 
Restricted Stock Plan

     The Restricted Stock Plan provides for the granting of restricted stock
awards representing a maximum of 270,000 shares (subject to adjustment to
reflect stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations and similar changes in
the capitalization of Pegasus) of Class A Common Stock of the Company to
eligible employees who have completed at least one year of service. Restricted
stock received under the Restricted Stock Plan vests over four years. The Plan
terminates in September 2006. As of December 31, 1997, 94,159 shares of Class A
Common Stock had been granted under the Restricted Stock Plan. The expense for
this plan amounted to $501,139 and $800,768 in 1996 and 1997, respectively.


401(k) Plans

     Effective January 1, 1996, PM&C adopted the Pegasus Communications Savings
Plan (the "US 401(k) Plan") for eligible employees of PM&C and its domestic
subsidiaries. In 1996, the Company's Puerto Rico subsidiary adopted the Pegasus
Communications Puerto Rico Savings Plan (the "Puerto Rico 401(k) Plan" and,
together with the US 401(k) Plan, the "401(k) Plans") for eligible employees of
the Company's Puerto Rico subsidiaries. Substantially all Company employees
who, as of the enrollment date under the 401(k) Plans, have completed at least
one year of service with the Company are eligible to participate in one of the
401(k) Plans. Participants may make salary deferral contributions of 2% to 6%
of their salary to the 401(k) Plans. The expense for this plan amounted to
$484,226 and $473,104 in 1996 and 1997, respectively.

     The Company may make three types of contributions to the 401(k) Plans,
each allocable to a participant's account if the participant completes at least
1,000 hours of service in the applicable plan year, and is employed on the last
day of the applicable plan year: (i) the Company matches 100% of a
participant's salary deferral contributions to the extent the participant
invested his or her salary deferral contributions in Class A Common Stock at
the time of his or her initial contribution to the 401(k) Plans, (ii) the
Company, in its discretion, may contribute an amount that equals up to 10% of
the annual increase in Company-wide Location Cash Flow (these Company
discretionary contributions, if any, are allocated to eligible participants'
accounts based on each participant's salary for the plan year), and (iii) the
Company also matches a participant's rollover contribution, if any, to the
401(k) Plans, to the extent the participant invested his or her rollover
contribution in Class A Common Stock at the time of his or her initial
contribution to the 401(k) Plans. Discretionary Company contributions and
Company matches of employee salary deferral contributions and rollover
contributions are made in the form of Class A Common Stock, or in cash used to
purchase Class A Common Stock. The Company has authorized and reserved for
issuance up to 205,000 shares of Class A Common Stock in connection with the
401(k) Plans. Company contributions to the 401(k) Plans are subject to
limitations under applicable laws and regulations.

     All employee contributions to the 401(k) Plans are fully vested at all
times and all Company contributions, if any, vest 34% after two years of
service with the Company (including years before the 401(k) Plans were
established), 67% after three years of service and 100% after four years of
service. A participant also becomes fully vested in Company contributions to
the 401(k) Plans upon attaining age 65 or upon his or her death or disability.


17. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities:

Legal Matters:

     From time to time the Company is involved with claims that arise in the
normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate liability
with respect to these claims will not have a material adverse effect on the
consolidated operations, liquidity, cash flows or financial position of the
Company.

                                      F-23
<PAGE>

                      PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)
 
 
18. Other Events:

     In August 1997, Pegasus commenced programming of TV station WPME, which is
affiliated with UPN. WPME is in the Portland, Maine Designated Market Area
("DMA") and is being programmed under a local marketing agreement ("LMA").
WPME's offices, studio and transmission facilities are co-located with WPXT, a
TV station in the Portland market the Company has owned and operated since
January 1996.

     In October 1997, Pegasus commenced programming of TV station WGFL, which
is affiliated with WB. WGFL is in the Gainesville, Florida DMA and is being
programmed under a LMA.

19. Related Party Transaction:

     Effective October 31, 1997, the Company acquired DIRECTV distribution
rights for certain rural areas of Georgia and related assets (the "ViewStar DBS
Acquisition") from ViewStar Entertainment Services, Inc. ("ViewStar"). Prior to
the acquisition, Donald W. Weber, a director of Pegasus, was the President and
Chief Executive Officer of ViewStar and together with his son owned
approximately 73% of the outstanding stock of ViewStar. The ViewStar DBS
Acquisition was effected through a merger of ViewStar into a subsidiary of
Pegasus. The purchase price of the ViewStar DBS Acquisition consisted of
approximately $6.4 million in cash and 397,035 shares of Class A Common Stock.
The acquisition involved the execution of noncompetition agreements by Mr.
Weber and his son and the execution of a shareholders agreement (which included
the granting of certain registration rights on the shares of Class A Common
Stock issued in connection with the acquisition).

     The Company advanced approximately $212,000 to KB Communications, Inc.,
which was subsequently repaid. KB Communications is a corporation in which W.W.
Keen Butcher, the stepfather of Marshall W. Pagon, the Company's President and
Chief Executive Officer, holds a majority interest.


                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                      PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)
 
 
20. Industry Segments:

     The Company operates in growing segments of the media and communications
industries: multichannel television (DBS and Cable) and broadcast television
(TV). TV consists of five Fox-affiliated television stations, one of which also
simulcasts its signal in Hazelton and Williamsport, Pennsylvania, one
UPN-affiliated television station and two WB-affiliated television stations,
one of which one is pending launch. Cable and DBS consist of providing cable
television services and direct broadcast satellite services, respectively, in
twenty-seven states and Puerto Rico, as of December 31, 1997. Information
regarding the Company's business segments in 1995, 1996, and 1997 is as follows
(in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   Mgmt.
                                                                                   Co. &
                                             DBS           TV          Cable       Other      Consolidated
                                         -----------   ----------   ----------   ---------   -------------
<S>                                      <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
1995
 Revenues ............................    $   1,469     $20,073      $ 10,606     $    --      $ 32,148
 Operating income (loss) .............         (752)      2,219        (1,103)         --           364
 Identifiable assets .................        5,577      36,906        34,395      18,892        95,770
 Incentive compensation ..............            9         415           104          --           528
 Corporate expenses ..................          114         800           450          --         1,364
 Depreciation & amortization .........          719       2,668         5,364          --         8,751
 Capital expenditures ................          216       1,403           953          69         2,641

1996
 Revenues ............................    $   5,829     $28,604      $ 13,496     $    --      $ 47,929
 Operating income (loss) .............       (1,239)      3,599           190          --         2,550
 Identifiable assets .................       53,090      61,817        54,346       4,427       173,680
 Incentive compensation ..............           95         742           148          --           985
 Corporate expenses ..................          158         774           497          --         1,429
 Depreciation & amortization .........        1,786       5,029         5,245          --        12,060
 Capital expenditures ................          855       2,289         3,070          80         6,294

1997
 Revenues ............................    $  38,254     $31,876      $ 16,688     $    --      $ 86,818
 Operating income (loss) .............      (11,990)      3,780         1,622          --        (6,588)
 Identifiable assets .................      209,507      63,016        51,714      56,625       380,862
 Incentive compensation ..............          525         568           181          --         1,274
 Corporate expenses ..................          744         895           617          --         2,256
 Depreciation & amortization .........       17,042       5,107         5,643          --        27,792
 Capital expenditures ................          506       6,425         2,914          84         9,929
</TABLE>
21. Subsequent Events:

A. Acquisitions and Disposition

     As of January 7, 1998, the Company acquired, from an independent
DIRECTV(R) ("DIRECTV") provider, the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in
certain rural areas of Minnesota and the related assets in exchange for total
consideration of approximately $1.9 million, which consisted of $1.8 million in
cash and $32,000 in assumed liabilities.

     As of March 9, 1998, the Company acquired, from two independent DIRECTV
providers, the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural areas of
Nebraska and Texas and the related assets in exchange for total consideration
of approximately $15.6 million, which consisted of $5.9 million in cash,
$105,000 in assumed liabilities, a $9.4 million note, payable over four years,
and an aggregate of $225,000 for consultancy and non-compete agreements
(consisting of $75,000 in cash and a $150,000 obligation, payable over two
years).

                                      F-25
<PAGE>

                      PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)
 
 
21. Subsequent Events:  -- (Continued)
 
     As of April 9, 1998, the Company acquired, from two independent DIRECTV
providers, the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural areas of
New Mexico and Texas and the related assets in exchange for total consideration
of approximately $14.3 million, which consisted of $13.1 million in cash,
$298,000 in assumed liabilities and 37,304 shares of the Company's Class A
Common Stock (amounting to $900,000 at the time of issuance).

     On April 27, 1998, the Company acquired, from Digital Television Services,
Inc. ("DTS") which holds the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain
rural areas of California, Colorado, Georgia, Indiana, Kansas, Kentucky, New
Hampshire, New Mexico, New York, South Carolina and Vermont, the related assets
and liabilities in exchange for total consideration of approximately $345.2
million, which consisted of approximately 5.5 million shares of the Company's
Class A Common Stock (amounting to $119.4 million at a price of $21.71 per
share), approximately $158.9 million of assumed net liabilities and
approximately $66.9 million of a deferred tax liability.

     As of May 11, 1998, the Company acquired, from three independent DIRECTV
providers, the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural areas of
Idaho and Oregon and the related assets in exchange for total consideration of
approximately $9.3 million, which consisted of $9.2 million in cash and
$140,000 in assumed liabilities.

     As of June 10, 1998, the Company acquired, from four independent DIRECTV
providers, the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural areas of
Idaho, South Dakota and Texas and the related assets in exchange for total
consideration of approximately $12.5 million, which consisted of $12.2 million
in cash, $154,000 in assumed liabilities, and a $120,000 obligation, payable
over three years, for a non-compete agreement.

     Effective July 1, 1998, the Company sold substantially all the assets of
its remaining New England cable systems to Avalon Cable of New England, LLC for
approximately $30.1 million in cash. The Company recognized a nonrecurring gain
of approximately $24.9 million in the third quarter of 1998 relating to this
transaction.

     As of July 10, 1998, the Company acquired, from three independent DIRECTV
providers, the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural areas of
Alabama, Nebraska and South Dakota and the related assets in exchange for total
consideration of approximately $18.6 million, which consisted of $18.1 million
in cash, $81,000 in assumed liabilities, and an aggregate of $425,000 for
consultancy and non-compete agreements (consisting of $62,000 in cash, a
$63,000 obligation, payable over one year, and a $300,000 obligation, payable
over three years).

     As of August 10, 1998, the Company acquired, from an independent DIRECTV
provider the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural areas of
Oregon and the related assets in exchange for total consideration of
approximately $3.0 million, which consisted of $2.8 million in cash, $34,000 in
assumed liabilities, and a $200,000 obligation, payable over two years, for
consultancy and non-compete agreements.

     As of September 10, 1998, the Company acquired, from four independent
DIRECTV providers, the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural
areas of Alabama, Illinois, Minnesota and Texas and the related assets in
exchange for total consideration of approximately $37.1 million, which
consisted of $26.5 million in cash, $464,000 in assumed liabilities, and $10.2
million notes, payable over seven years.

     As of October 9, 1998, the Company acquired from an independent DIRECTV
provider, the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural areas of
South Dakota and the related assets in exchange for total consideration of
approximately $1.1 million, which consisted of $1.1 million in cash and $14,000
in assumed liabilities.

                                      F-26
<PAGE>

                      PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)
 
 
21. Subsequent Events:  -- (Continued)
 
     As of November 9, 1998, the Company acquired from three independent
DIRECTV providers, the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural
areas of Oklahoma, South Dakota and Texas and the related assets in exchange
for total consideration of approximately $12.5 million, which consisted of
$12.5 million in cash and $94,000 in assumed liabilities.

     As of December 9, 1998, the Company acquired from two independent DIRECTV
providers, the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural areas of
New Mexico and West Virginia and the related assets in exchange for total
consideration of approximately $5.9 million, which consisted of $5.9 million in
cash and $84,000 in assumed liabilities.

     As of January 9, 1999, the Company acquired from four independent DIRECTV
providers, the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural areas of
Colorado, Illinois, Minnesota and Texas and the related assets in exchange for
total consideration of approximately $8.2 million, which consisted of $7.0
million in cash and a $1.2 million note, payable over one year.

B. Long-Term Debt

     In July 1997, DTS entered into an amended and restated $70.0 million
six-year senior revolving credit facility and a $20.0 million six-year senior
term facility (collectively, the "DTS Credit Facility"), which is
collateralized by substantially all of the assets of DTS and its subsidiaries.
Interest on the DTS Credit Facility is, at DTS' option, at either the bank's
base rate or the Eurodollar Rate. The DTS Credit Facility is subject to certain
financial covenants as defined in the loan agreement, including a debt to
adjusted cash flow covenant. The DTS Credit Facility may be used to refinance
certain existing indebtedness, finance future acquisitions and for working
capital, capital expenditures and general corporate purposes.

     In July 1997, DTS completed a senior subordinated notes offering (the "DTS
Notes Offering") in which it sold $155.0 million of its 12.5% Series A Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the "DTS Series A Notes"), resulting in net
proceeds to DTS of approximately $146.0 million. DTS used the net proceeds to
fund an interest escrow account, which is included in restricted cash on the
Company's consolidated balance sheets, for the first four semi-annual interest
payments on the notes and to repay outstanding indebtedness under the DTS
Credit Facility.

     In January 1998, DTS exchanged its DTS Series A Notes for its 12.5% Series
B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the "DTS Series B Notes", and together
with the DTS Series A Notes, the "DTS Notes"). The DTS Series B Notes have
substantially the same terms and provisions as the DTS Series A Notes. The DTS
Series B Notes are guaranteed on a full, unconditional, senior subordinated
basis, jointly and severally by all direct and indirect subsidiaries of DTS,
except DTS Capital, which is a co-issuer of the DTS Notes and currently has
nominal assets and does not conduct any operations.

     In February 1998, pursuant to a registered exchange offer, Pegasus
exchanged all $115.0 million of its 9.625% Series A Notes for $115.0 million of
its 9.625% Series B Senior Notes due 2005 (the "9.625% Series B Senior Notes",
and together with the 9.625% Series A Senior Notes, the "Senior Notes"). The
9.625% Series B Senior Notes have substantially the same terms and provisions
as the 9.625% Series A Senior Notes. No gain or loss was recorded in connection
with the exchange of the notes.

     In November 1998 (unaudited), Pegasus completed an offering of senior
notes (the "9.75% Senior Notes Offering") in which it sold $100.0 million of
its 9.75% Series A Senior Notes due 2006 (the "9.75% Series A Senior Notes"),
resulting in net proceeds to the Company of approximately $97.0 million. A
portion of the proceeds from the 9.75% Senior Notes Offering were used to repay
indebtedness under the PM&C Credit Facility.

C. Other Events

     On June 17, 1998 the Board of Directors declared a dividend on the Series
A Preferred Stock in the aggregate of approximately 7,154 shares of Series A
Preferred Stock, payable on July 1, 1998 to shareholders of record on June 15,
1998.

                                      F-27
<PAGE>

                      PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)
 
 
21. Subsequent Events:  -- (Continued)
 
     On July 23, 1998, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase a
cable system serving Aguadilla, Puerto Rico and neighboring communities for a
purchase price of approximately $42.0 million in cash. The Aguadilla cable
system serves approximately 21,500 subscribers and passes approximately 81,000
of the 90,000 homes in the franchise area. The Aquadilla cable system is
contiguous to the Company's existing Puerto Rico cable system and, upon
completion of the purchase, the Company intends to consolidate the Aquadilla
cable system with its existing cable system. The closing of this acquisition is
subject to regulatory and other approvals, as well as customary conditions, and
the Company expects this transaction to close in the first quarter of 1999.

     In July 1998, Pegasus commenced programming TV station WFXU, which
simulcasts the signal of WTLH, a TV station owned by the Company which is
affiliated with Fox. WFXU is in the Tallahassee, Florida DMA and is being
programmed under a LMA.

     In November 1998 Pegasus commenced programming TV station WSWB, which is
affiliated with WB. WSWB is in the Northwestern Pennsylvania DMA and is
programmed under a LMA.

     On December 11, 1998 the Board of Directors declared a dividend on the
Series A Preferred Stock in the aggregate of approximately 7,610 shares of
Series A Preferred Stock, payable on January 1, 1999 to shareholders of record
on December 15, 1998.

22. Quarterly Information (Unaudited):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Quarter Ended
                                                           ---------------------------------------------
                                                             March 31,       June 30,      September 30,
                                                                1998           1998            1998
(in thousands)                                             -------------   ------------   --------------
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>            <C>
1998
 Net revenues ..........................................     $  28,784      $  46,739       $  55,507
 Operating income (loss) ...............................        (6,302)        (8,877)        (18,590)
 Income (loss) before extraordinary items ..............       (15,936)       (22,804)        (10,751)
 Net income (loss) applicable to common shares .........     $ (15,936)     $ (22,804)      $ (10,751)
 
Basic and diluted earnings per share:
 Operating income (loss) ...............................     $   (0.61)     $   (0.62)      $   (1.17)
 Income (loss) before extraordinary items ..............         (1.54)         (1.59)          (0.68)
 Net income (loss) .....................................     $   (1.54)     $   (1.59)      $   (0.68)
 
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Quarter Ended
                                                      ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       March 31,      June 30,      September 30,     December 31,
                                                          1997          1997             1997             1997
(in thousands)                                        -----------   ------------   ---------------   -------------
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>            <C>               <C>
1997
 Net revenues .....................................     $15,897       $ 19,778        $ 21,927         $  29,216
 Operating income (loss) ..........................        (366)          (113)         (1,308)           (4,801)
 Income (loss) before extraordinary items .........        (692)        (6,270)         (9,015)          (13,854)
 Net income (loss) applicable to common
   shares .........................................     $  (692)      $ (6,270)       $ (9,015)        $ (15,510)
 
Basic and diluted earnings per share:
 Operating income (loss) ..........................     $ (0.04)      $  (0.01)       $  (0.13)        $   (0.47)
 Income (loss) before extraordinary items .........       (0.07)         (0.64)          (0.91)            (1.36)
 Net income (loss) ................................     $ (0.07)      $  (0.64)       $  (0.91)        $   (1.53)
</TABLE>

                                      F-28
<PAGE>

                      PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)
 
 
22. Quarterly Information (Unaudited):  -- (Continued)
 
     For the fourth quarter of 1997, the Company had an extraordinary loss of
approximately loss $1.7 million or $0.16 per share in connection with the
refinancing of certain facilities (see footnote 8 -- Long-Term Debt).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Quarter Ended
                                                      ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       March 31,      June 30,      September 30,     December 31,
                                                          1996          1996             1996             1996
(in thousands)                                        -----------   ------------   ---------------   -------------
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>            <C>               <C>
1996
 Net revenues .....................................    $  8,427       $ 10,756        $ 10,938          $17,809
 Operating income (loss) ..........................        (451)           960            (604)           2,644
 Income (loss) before extraordinary items .........      (3,106)        (1,732)         (3,980)            (905)
 Net income (loss) applicable to common
   shares .........................................    $ (3,106)      $ (1,732)       $ (4,231)         $  (905)
 
Basic and diluted earnings per share:
 Operating income (loss) ..........................    $  (0.09)      $   0.18        $  (0.12)         $  0.30
 Income (loss) before extraordinary items .........       (0.59)         (0.33)          (0.76)           (0.10)
 Net income (loss) ................................    $  (0.59)      $  (0.33)       $  (0.81)         $ (0.10)
 
</TABLE>

     For the third quarter of 1996, the Company had an extraordinary loss of
approximately $251,000 or $0.05 per share in connection with the refinancing of
a credit facility (see footnote 8 -- Long-Term Debt.)

                                      F-29
<PAGE>

                  PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
   
     Pro forma consolidated statement of operations data and other data for the
year ended December 31, 1997 and the nine and twelve months ended September 30,
1998 include (i) our pending acquisition of a cable system serving Aguadilla,
Puerto Rico, (ii) the completed and pending DBS acquisitions described in this
prospectus under "The Company -- Recent Pegasus Developments" above, (iii) the
sale of our New England cable systems, (iv) the offering of the Company's 1998
Senior Notes, and (v) this offering, all as if these events had occurred at the
beginning of each period.

     The pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 1998 includes
payments in connection with (i) our pending acquisition of a cable system
serving Aguadilla, Puerto Rico, (ii) the completed and pending DBS acquisitions
described in this prospectus under "The Company -- Recent Pegasus Developments"
above, (iii) the Sale of our New England cable systems, (iv) the offering of the
Company's 1998 Senior Notes, and (v) this offering, as if these events had
occurred on September 30, 1998.
    

     The acquisitions are accounted for using the purchase method of
accounting. The total costs of such acquisitions are allocated to the tangible
and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their
respective fair values. The allocation of the purchase price included in the
pro forma financial statements is preliminary. We do not expect that the final
allocation of the purchase price will materially differ from the preliminary
allocation.

     The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and upon
certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. The pro forma consolidated
financial information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto. The pro forma consolidated financial
information is not necessarily indicative of our future results of operations.
There can be no assurance whether or when the pending DBS acquisitions or the
acquisition of the Puerto Rico cable system will be consummated.


                                      F-30
<PAGE>

                      Pegasus Communications Corporation
              Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations Data
                          Year Ended December 31, 1997
                            (Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        DBS Acquisitions
                                                  ----------------------------    New England
Statement of                           Actual      Completed(a)    Pending(b)    Cable Sale(c)
 Operations Data:                   ------------  --------------  ------------  ---------------
<S>                                 <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>
Net Revenues:
 DBS .............................    $  38,254      $ 96,591        $5,099
 TV and Cable ....................       48,564                                    ($ 6,324)
                                      ---------      --------        ------         -------
  Total net revenues .............       86,818        96,591         5,099          (6,324)
                                      ---------      --------        ------         -------
Pre-marketing location
 operating expenses:
 DBS .............................       26,042        70,387         2,952
 TV and Cable ....................       30,070                                      (3,161)
Subscriber acquisition costs .....        5,973        22,817           529
Incentive compensation ...........        1,274                                         (95)
Corporate expenses ...............        2,256         1,064                          (242)
Depreciation and amortization.....       27,792        18,435            41          (1,748)
                                      ---------      --------        ------         -------
  Income (loss) from
   operations ....................       (6,589)      (16,112)        1,577          (1,078)
Interest expense .................      (16,094)      (15,522)          (16)          1,884
Other income (expense), net ......          816           119                           (65)
Gain on sale of cable system .....        4,451
                                      ---------      --------        ------         -------
Income (loss) before income
 taxes and extraordinary
 items ...........................      (17,416)      (31,515)        1,561             741
Provision (benefit) for income
 taxes ...........................          200            17                           (16)
                                      ---------      --------        ------         -------
Income (loss) before
 extraordinary items .............      (17,616)      (31,532)        1,561             757
Extraordinary loss from
 extinguishment of debt ..........       (1,656)
Dividends on Series A
 Preferred Stock .................      (12,215)
                                      ---------      --------        ------         -------
Income (loss) applicable to
 common shares ...................   ($  31,487)    ($ 31,532)       $1,561         $   757
                                      =========      ========        ======         =======
Income (loss) per common
 share:
Net loss .........................   ($    3.19)
                                      =========
Weighted average shares
 outstanding .....................    9,858,244
                                      =========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Pending
                                          Cable                                                The
Statement of                         Acquisition(d)      Adjustments        Subtotal         Offering        Pro Forma
 Operations Data:                   ----------------  -----------------  --------------  ---------------  --------------
<S>                                 <C>               <C>                <C>             <C>              <C>
Net Revenues:
 DBS .............................                                         $  139,944                       $  139,944
 TV and Cable ....................     $   8,930                               51,170                           51,170
                                       ---------         ----------        ----------       --------        ----------
  Total net revenues .............         8,930                              191,114                          191,114
                                       ---------         ----------        ----------       --------        ----------
Pre-marketing location
 operating expenses:
 DBS .............................                                             99,381                           99,381
 TV and Cable ....................         4,078                               30,987                           30,987
Subscriber acquisition costs .....                                             29,319                           29,319
Incentive compensation ...........                       $      541(e)          1,720                            1,720
Corporate expenses ...............           628             (1,450)(f)         2,256                            2,256
Depreciation and amortization.....         1,146             46,056(g)         91,722                           91,722
                                       ---------         ----------        ----------       --------        ----------
  Income (loss) from
   operations ....................         3,078            (45,147)          (64,271)                         (64,271)
Interest expense .................        (1,747)           (29,546)(h)       (61,041)      $  5,888(n)        (55,153)
Other income (expense), net ......                             (315)(i)           555                              555
Gain on sale of cable system .....                           (4,451)(j)
                                       ---------         ----------        ----------       --------        ----------
Income (loss) before income
 taxes and extraordinary
 items ...........................         1,331            (79,459)         (124,757)         5,888          (118,869)
Provision (benefit) for income
 taxes ...........................         1,044             (1,045)(k)           200                              200
                                       ---------         ----------        ----------       --------        ----------
Income (loss) before
 extraordinary items .............           287            (78,414)         (124,957)         5,888          (119,069)
Extraordinary loss from
 extinguishment of debt ..........                            1,656(l)
Dividends on Series A
 Preferred Stock .................                             (941)(m)       (13,156)                         (13,156)
                                       ---------         ----------        ----------       --------        ----------
Income (loss) applicable to
 common shares ...................     $     287        ($   77,699)      ($  138,113)      $  5,888       ($  132,225)
                                       =========         ==========        ==========       ========        ==========
Income (loss) per common
 share:
Net loss .........................                                         ($    8.76)                      ($    7.05)
                                                                           ==========                       ==========
Weighted average shares
 outstanding .....................                                         15,760,037                       18,760,037
                                                                           ==========                       ==========
</TABLE>
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
                      Pegasus Communications Corporation
              Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations Data
                     Nine Months Ended September 30, 1998
                            (Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         DBS Acquisitions
                                                   ----------------------------    New England
                                       Actual       Completed(a)    Pending(b)    Cable Sale(c)
                                   --------------  --------------  ------------  ---------------
<S>                                <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>
Statement of Operations
 Data:
Net Revenues:
 DBS ............................    $    95,662      $ 42,257        $5,232
 TV and Cable ...................         35,368                                    ($ 3,277)
                                     -----------      --------        ------         -------
  Total net revenues ............        131,030        42,257         5,232          (3,277)
                                     -----------      --------        ------         -------
Pre-marketing location
 operating expenses:
 DBS ............................         66,324        29,238         3,075
 TV and Cable ...................         22,778                                      (1,614)
Subscriber acquisition costs.....         25,018        10,979           593
Incentive compensation ..........          1,472                                         (75)
Corporate expenses ..............          2,418           176                           (98)
Depreciation and
 amortization ...................         46,789         7,988            31            (835)
                                     -----------      --------        ------         -------
  Income (loss) from
   operations ...................        (33,769)       (6,124)        1,533            (655)
Interest expense ................        (29,850)       (8,435)          (13)            938
Other income (expense),
 net ............................            359           386                            27
Gain on sale of cable
 system .........................         24,902
                                     -----------      --------        ------         -------
Income (loss) before income
 taxes ..........................        (38,358)      (14,173)        1,520             310
Provision (benefit) for
 income taxes ...................            175            88                            (5)
                                     -----------      --------        ------         -------
Net income (loss) ...............        (38,533)      (14,261)        1,520             315
Dividends on Series A
 Preferred Stock ................        (10,959)
                                     -----------      --------        ------         -------
Income (loss) applicable to
 common shares ..................   ($    49,492)    ($ 14,261)       $1,520         $   315
                                     ===========      ========        ======         =======
Income (loss) per common
 share:
Net loss ........................   ($      3.66)
                                     ===========
Weighted average shares
 outstanding ....................     13,533,756
                                     ===========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Pending
                                         Cable                                                The
                                    Acquisition(d)      Adjustments        Subtotal         Offering        Pro Forma
                                   ----------------  -----------------  --------------  ---------------  --------------
<S>                                <C>               <C>                <C>             <C>              <C>
Statement of Operations
 Data:
Net Revenues:
 DBS ............................                                         $  143,151                       $  143,151
 TV and Cable ...................     $   6,940                               39,031                           39,031
                                      ---------         ----------        ----------       --------        ----------
  Total net revenues ............         6,940                              182,182                          182,182
                                      ---------         ----------        ----------       --------        ----------
Pre-marketing location
 operating expenses:
 DBS ............................                                             98,637                           98,637
 TV and Cable ...................         3,259                               24,423                           24,423
Subscriber acquisition costs.....                                             36,590                           36,590
Incentive compensation ..........                       $       75(e)          1,472                            1,472
Corporate expenses ..............           609               (687)(f)         2,418                            2,418
Depreciation and
 amortization ...................           733             16,456(g)         71,162                           71,162
                                      ---------         ----------        ----------       --------        ----------
  Income (loss) from
   operations ...................         2,339            (15,844)          (52,520)                         (52,520)
Interest expense ................        (1,245)            (6,915)(h)       (45,520)      $  4,416(n)        (41,104)
Other income (expense),
 net ............................          (305)               212(i)            679                              679
Gain on sale of cable
 system .........................                          (24,902)(j)
                                      ---------         ----------        ----------       --------        ----------
Income (loss) before income
 taxes ..........................           789            (47,449)          (97,361)         4,416           (92,945)
Provision (benefit) for
 income taxes ...................           619               (702)(k)           175                              175
                                      ---------         ----------        ----------       --------        ----------
Net income (loss) ...............           170            (46,747)          (97,536)         4,416           (93,120)
Dividends on Series A
 Preferred Stock ................                                            (10,959)                         (10,959)
                                      ---------         ----------        ----------       --------        ----------
Income (loss) applicable to
 common shares ..................     $     170        ($   46,747)      ($  108,495)      $  4,416       ($  104,079)
                                      =========         ==========        ==========       ========        ==========
Income (loss) per common
 share:
Net loss ........................                                         ($    6.83)                      ($    5.51)
                                                                          ----------                       ----------
Weighted average shares
 outstanding ....................                                         15,874,544                       18,874,544
                                                                          ==========                       ==========
</TABLE>
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                      Pegasus Communications Corporation
              Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations Data
                     Twelve Months Ended September 30, 1998
                            (Dollars in Thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          DBS Acquisition
                                                    ----------------------------    New England
                                        Actual       Completed(a)    Pending(b)    Cable Sale(c)
                                    --------------  --------------  ------------  ---------------
<S>                                 <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>
Statement of Operations
 Data:
Net Revenues:
 DBS .............................    $   110,554      $ 65,102        $6,525
 TV and Cable ....................         49,757                                    ($4,880)
                                      -----------      --------        ------         ------
  Total net revenues .............        160,311        65,102         6,525         (4,880)
                                      -----------      --------        ------         ------
Pre-marketing location
 operating expenses:
 DBS .............................         76,371        45,504         4,065
 TV and Cable ....................         31,655                                     (2,326)
Subscriber acquisition costs .....         29,169        19,384           993
Incentive compensation ...........          2,002                                       (123)
Corporate expenses ...............          3,265           285                         (156)
Depreciation and amortization.....         56,420        12,907            41         (1,246)
                                      -----------      --------        ------         ------
  Income (loss) from
   operations ....................        (38,571)      (12,978)        1,426         (1,029)
Interest expense .................        (35,656)      (14,217)          (17)         1,501
Other income (expense), net ......            801           407                          (76)
Gain on sale of cable system .....         24,902
                                      -----------      --------        ------         ------
Income (loss) before income
 taxes and extraordinary
 items ...........................        (48,524)      (26,788)        1,409            396
Provision (benefit) for income
 taxes ...........................            325            27                           (9)
                                      -----------      --------        ------         ------
Income (loss) before
 extraordinary items .............        (48,849)      (26,815)        1,409            405
Extraordinary loss from
 extinguishment of debt ..........         (1,656)
Dividends on Series A
 Preferred Stock .................        (14,496)
                                      -----------      --------        ------         ------
Income (loss) applicable to
 common shares ...................   ($    65,001)    ($ 26,815)       $1,409         $  405
                                      ===========      ========        ======         ======
Income (loss) per common
 share:
Net loss .........................    $      5.12)
                                      ===========
Weighted average shares
 outstanding .....................     12,683,487
                                      ===========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Pending
                                          Cable                                                The
                                     Acquisition(d)      Adjustments        Subtotal         Offering        Pro Forma
                                    ----------------  -----------------  --------------  ---------------  --------------
<S>                                 <C>               <C>                <C>             <C>              <C>
Statement of Operations
 Data:
Net Revenues:
 DBS .............................                                         $  182,181                       $  182,181
 TV and Cable ....................     $   9,240                               54,117                           54,117
                                       ---------         ----------        ----------       --------        ----------
  Total net revenues .............         9,240                              236,298                          236,298
                                       ---------         ----------        ----------       --------        ----------
Pre-marketing location
 operating expenses:
 DBS .............................                                            125,940                          125,940
 TV and Cable ....................         4,327                               33,656                           33,656
Subscriber acquisition costs .....                                             49,546                           49,546
Incentive compensation ...........                       $      210(e)          2,089                            2,089
Corporate expenses ...............           750               (879)(f)         3,265                            3,265
Depreciation and amortization.....         1,021             25,887(g)         95,030                           95,030
                                       ---------         ----------        ----------       --------        ----------
  Income (loss) from
   operations ....................         3,142            (25,218)          (73,228)                         (73,228)
Interest expense .................        (1,680)            (9,210)(h)       (59,279)      $  4,416(n)        (54,863)
Other income (expense), net ......          (305)               198(i)          1,025                            1,025
Gain on sale of cable system .....                          (24,902)(j)
                                       ---------         ----------        ----------       --------        ----------
Income (loss) before income
 taxes and extraordinary
 items ...........................         1,157            (59,132)         (131,482)         4,416          (127,066)
Provision (benefit) for income
 taxes ...........................           908               (926)(k)           325                              325
                                       ---------         ----------        ----------       --------        ----------
Income (loss) before
 extraordinary items .............           249            (58,206)         (131,807)         4,416          (127,391)
Extraordinary loss from
 extinguishment of debt ..........                            1,656(l)
Dividends on Series A
 Preferred Stock .................                                            (14,496)                         (14,496)
                                       ---------         ----------        ----------       --------        ----------
Income (loss) applicable to
 common shares ...................     $     249        ($   56,550)      ($  146,303)      $  4,416       ($  141,887)
                                       =========         ==========        ==========       ========        ==========
Income (loss) per common
 share:
Net loss .........................                                         ($    9.22)                      ($    7.52)
                                                                           ==========                       ==========
Weighted average shares
 outstanding .....................                                         15,862,984                       18,862,984
                                                                           ==========                       ==========
</TABLE>
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
Notes to Pro forma Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

(a) Represents the combined financial results of the Completed DBS Acquisitions
    from the beginning of the period presented to the date of acquisition by
    the Company or the end of the period, as follows (dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      For the year ended                  For the nine months ended
                                      December 31, 1997                       September 30, 1998
                            --------------------------------------  --------------------------------------
                                                         Income                                  Income
                                                         (loss)                                  (loss)
                                           Income      applicable                  Income      applicable
                                           (loss)          to                      (loss)          to
                Effective       Net         from         common         Net         from         common
                   Date      Revenues    operations      shares      Revenues    operations      Shares
<S>            <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>
NRTC # 1065      1/31/97         322           (64)          (80)
NRTC # 1061      2/14/97         499           (91)          (93)
NRTC # 1032      3/10/97         144            29            29
NRTC # 1039      3/10/97         586           (38)          (39)
NRTC # 1073      4/10/97         209            32            33
NRTC # 35         5/9/97          98            (8)           (8)
NRTC # 333        5/9/97         539           (34)          (67)
NRTC # 1003       5/9/97          51           (31)          (19)
NRTC # 1028       5/9/97         911           (50)          (52)
NRTC # 172        7/9/97       1,881          (114)          (61)
NRTC # 1004       7/9/97         486            64            59
NRTC # 43         8/8/97         764           (75)          (79)
NRTC # 408        8/8/97         261           (44)          (66)
NRTC # 481        8/8/97         899          (134)         (145)
NRTC # 1040       8/8/97         378          (106)         (118)
NRTC # 86         9/8/97         335            (5)           (8)
NRTC # 396        9/8/97         190           (20)          (20)
NRTC # 470        9/8/97         346            30            31
NRTC # 471        9/8/97         498          (162)         (170)
NRTC # 152       10/8/97       3,453          (761)       (1,049)
NRTC # 331       10/8/97       1,496          (220)         (273)
NRTC # 36        11/7/97         103             7             7
NRTC # 391       11/7/97         440           (89)          (97)
NRTC # 1024      11/7/97         251            24            20
NRTC # 1045      11/7/97       2,498           (58)         (110)
NRTC # 434        1/7/98         416           (19)          (24)
NRTC # 211        3/9/98       3,453           676           623         638          121            112
NRTC # 334        3/9/98         623             0           (10)        161           11              8
NRTC # 20        4/27/98       5,218           387           285
NRTC # 73        4/27/98         693            96            96
NRTC # 109       4/27/98         315          (105)         (127)
NRTC # 120       4/27/98         144           (26)          (26)
NRTC # 156       4/27/98          60           (27)          (28)
NRTC # 174        4/9/98       2,464           (70)          (80)        759           91             91
NRTC # 422       4/27/98       1,250            29            29
NRTC # 1005      4/27/98       1,170          (262)         (273)
NRTC # 1011       4/9/98         308            18            15         108           18             16
NRTC # 1017      4/27/98       2,015           234           150         177           24             24
NRTC # 1071      4/27/98         102             6             6
DTS              4/27/98      41,753       (15,580)      (30,148)     24,276       (7,962)       (15,940)
NRTC # 267       5/11/98         738            20            21         355           79             49
NRTC # 368       5/11/98         290            64            64         150           67             67
NRTC # 379       5/11/98         468            (2)           15         221           42             54
NRTC # 121       6/10/98         346            64            55         207           55             51
NRTC # 128       6/10/98       1,442           130           125         833          110             98
NRTC # 364       6/10/98         220           (13)           (9)        115           (6)            (4)
NRTC # 365       6/10/98         378           (15)          (16)        202           65             65
NRTC # 37        7/10/98         859            28            28         520           94             94
NRTC # 250       7/10/98       1,435           193           100       1,092          167            111
NRTC # 460       7/10/98       1,757          (204)         (204)      1,008         (200)          (200)
NRTC # 289       8/10/98         431             2             5         371           46             31
NRTC # 83        9/10/98         844           388           388         808          326            326
NRTC # 378       9/10/98         774            60            49         863            5              1
NRTC # 433       9/10/98         888          (162)         (162)        696           66             66
NRTC # 475       9/10/98       3,829           516           631       4,037          490            597
NRTC # 363       10/9/98         152            (2)           (1)        241           97             97
NRTC # 13        11/9/98         766          (197)         (197)        764          (79)           (79)
NRTC # 131       11/9/98         195            72            72         203           82             82
NRTC # 454       11/9/98         886          (250)         (341)      1,078          (47)          (142)
NRTC # 1027      12/9/98         401             3           (18)        471           24             24
NRTC # 1075      12/9/98         607           197           197         644          108             94
NRTC # 87         1/9/99         317            16            16         357           19             19
NRTC # 348        1/9/99         196            73            73         201           82             82
NRTC # 377        1/9/99         462          (638)         (642)        398         (232)          (268)
NRTC # 1015       1/9/99         288           106           106         303          113            113
                              ------       -------       -------      ------       ------        -------
  Total                       96,591       (16,112)      (31,532)     42,257       (6,124)       (14,261)
                              ======       =======       =======      ======       ======        =======
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    For the twelve months ended
                        September 30, 1998
               -------------------------------------
                                            Income
                                            (loss)
                              Income      applicable
                              (loss)          to
                   Net         from         common
                Revenues    operations      shares
<S>            <C>         <C>           <C>
NRTC # 1065
NRTC # 1061
NRTC # 1032
NRTC # 1039
NRTC # 1073
NRTC # 35
NRTC # 333
NRTC # 1003
NRTC # 1028
NRTC # 172
NRTC # 1004
NRTC # 43
NRTC # 408
NRTC # 481
NRTC # 1040
NRTC # 86
NRTC # 396
NRTC # 470
NRTC # 471
NRTC # 152
NRTC # 331
NRTC # 36            13             3            3
NRTC # 391           60           (12)         (12)
NRTC # 1024          27             4            3
NRTC # 1045         309            (3)         (22)
NRTC # 434          107           (19)         (18)
NRTC # 211        1,664           364          341
NRTC # 334          420          (177)        (183)
NRTC # 20         1,605           403          317
NRTC # 73
NRTC # 109
NRTC # 120
NRTC # 156
NRTC # 174        1,530            34           32
NRTC # 422
NRTC # 1005
NRTC # 1011         187           (26)         (30)
NRTC # 1017         617            10           (3)
NRTC # 1071
DTS              35,466       (14,831)     (28,335)
NRTC # 267          588            76           55
NRTC # 368          251            98           98
NRTC # 379          388            54           73
NRTC # 121          320            81           71
NRTC # 128        1,522            84           69
NRTC # 364          182           (26)         (19)
NRTC # 365          328            45           45
NRTC # 37           869           160          160
NRTC # 250        1,454           128           54
NRTC # 460        1,727          (240)        (240)
NRTC # 289          527            52           37
NRTC # 83         1,088           567          567
NRTC # 378        1,143             3           (6)
NRTC # 433        1,019          (129)        (129)
NRTC # 475        5,480           778          888
NRTC # 363          273            96           97
NRTC # 13         1,071          (185)        (185)
NRTC # 131          265           114          114
NRTC # 454        1,454           (52)        (146)
NRTC # 1027         614           (19)         (40)
NRTC # 1075         853           191          177
NRTC # 87           456            26           26
NRTC # 348          266           138          138
NRTC # 377          560          (932)        (976)
NRTC # 1015         399           164          164
                 ------       -------      -------
  Total          65,102       (12,978)     (26,815)
                 ======       =======      =======
</TABLE>
Entities with an effective date of 4/27/98 represent DTS acquisitions that
occurred prior to the DTS acquisition by Pegasus.

                                      F-34
<PAGE>

(b) Represents the combined financial results of the Pending DBS Acquisitions
    from the beginning of the period presented to the end of the period, as
    follows (dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     For the year ended                  For the nine months ended
                                     December 31, 1997                       September 30, 1998
                           --------------------------------------  --------------------------------------
                                                        Income                                  Income
                                                        (loss)                                  (loss)
                                          Income      applicable                  Income      applicable
                                          (loss)          to                      (loss)          to
               Effective       Net         from         common         Net         from         common
                  Date      Revenues    operations      shares      Revenues    operations      Shares
<S>           <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>
NRTC # 110    Pending           367           4             4           395           67            67
NRTC # 177    Pending         2,159         814           814         2,310          716           716
NRTC # 223    Pending           413         153           153           403          143           143
NRTC # 248    Pending           460         (24)          (40)          466           19             6
NRTC # 273    Pending         1,700         630           630         1,658          588           588
                              -----         ---           ---         -----          ---           ---
  Total                       5,099       1,577         1,561         5,232        1,533         1,520
                              =====       =====         =====         =====        =====         =====



<CAPTION>
                   For the twelve months ended
                       September 30, 1998
              -------------------------------------
                                           Income
                                           (loss)
                             Income      applicable
                             (loss)          to
                  Net         from         common
               Revenues    operations      shares
<S>           <C>         <C>           <C>
NRTC # 110         508           63          63
NRTC # 177       2,795          393         393
NRTC # 223         517          188         188
NRTC # 248         583           11          (6)
NRTC # 273       2,122          771         771
                 -----          ---       -----
  Total          6,525        1,426       1,409
                 =====        =====       =====
</TABLE>

(c) Financial results of the New England operations of Pegasus Cable
    Television. The pro forma income statement data for the year ended
    December 31, 1997 does not include a $4.5 million and a $24.7 million gain
    resulting from the sale of the New Hampshire systems and the balance of
    our New England cable systems, respectively.
(d) Financial results of the pending cable acquisition.
(e) To record the incentive compensation for the completed and pending DBS
    acquisitions as per the Company's current incentive compensation plan.
(f) To eliminate corporate expenses charged by prior owners. These costs
    represent management fees charged by the prior owners in addition to their
    regular salaries, benefits and other related costs. These costs will not
    be incurred in future periods as the Company's corporate expenses do not
    include fees in excess of actual allocated costs.
(g) To record additional amortization and depreciation expense resulting from
    the purchase accounting treatment of the completed DBS acquisitions, the
    pending DBS acquisitions, the Puerto Rico cable acquisition and the sale
    of our New England cable systems. Substantially all of the purchase price
    has been allocated to DBS rights which are being amortized over a ten year
    period. Such amounts are based on a preliminary allocation of the total
    consideration. The actual amortization may change immaterially based upon
    the final allocation of the total consideration to be paid to the
    tangible, if any, and intangible assets acquired.

                                      F-35
<PAGE>

      (h) To record interest expense, as follows (dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Nine Months     Twelve Months
                                                    Year Ended        Ended            Ended
                                  Interest Rate      12/31/97        9/30/98          9/30/98
<S>                            <C>                 <C>            <C>             <C>
Interest expense
       PM&C Credit Facility          7.7%                 --              --              --
       DTS Credit Facility           8.0               1,584           1,188           1,584
       PCC 1998 Notes                9.75              9,750           7,313           9,750
       PCC 1997 Notes                9.625            11,069           8,302          11,069
       DTS Notes                    12.5              19,375          14,531          19,375
       PM&C Notes                   12.5              10,625           7,969          10,625
       Sellers' Notes               various            2,314           1,662           2,314
       Capital leases and other     various              436             139             146
                                                      ------          ------          ------
  Total                                               55,153          41,104          54,863
                                                      ======          ======          ======
</TABLE>
(i) To eliminate certain nonrecurring income and expenses, net. These expenses
    are primarily composed of legal and professional fees incurred by prior
    owners.
(j) To eliminate the nonrecurring gain on sale of New England cable systems.
(k) To eliminate the net tax provision in connection with the acquisitions.
(l) To eliminate the extraordinary gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt.
(m) Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock as if the offering had occurred
    on January 1, 1997.
(n) To remove interest expense as a result of the pay down of debt from this
    offering. See footnote h.

                                      F-36
<PAGE>
                      Pegasus Communications Corporation
                     Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet
                              September 30, 1998
                            (Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          DBS Acquisitions
                                                    ----------------------------
                                         Actual      Completed(a)    Pending(b)
                                      ------------  --------------  ------------
<S>                                   <C>           <C>             <C>
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents ..........   $  39,074      ($ 26,600)     ($ 26,800)
Restricted cash ....................      19,737
Accounts receivable, net ...........      19,166
Inventory ..........................       3,968
Prepaid expenses and other
 current assets ....................       7,863
Property and equipment, net ........      29,552
Intangibles, net ...................     709,319         27,850         31,970
Other assets .......................      17,485
                                       ---------       --------       --------
  Total assets .....................   $ 846,164       $  1,250       $  5,170
                                       =========       ========       ========
LIABILITIES AND TOTAL
 EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued
 expenses ..........................   $  28,944                      $  1,000
Accrued interest ...................      11,990
Current portion of long-term
 debt ..............................      22,219       $  1,250          1,883
Current portion of program
 rights payable ....................       1,279
Long-term debt, net ................      21,190                           167
Senior Notes .......................     115,000
PM&C Notes .........................      82,279
DTS Notes ..........................     153,146
Credit Facilities ..................     110,800                         2,120
Program rights payable, net ........       4,787
Other long-term liabilities ........      69,702
Minority Interest ..................       3,000
Series A Preferred Stock ...........     122,223
Class A Common Stock ...............         113
Class B Common Stock ...............          46
Additional paid in capital .........     174,753
Deficit ............................     (75,307)
                                       ---------       --------       --------
  Total liabilities and equity .....   $ 846,164       $  1,250       $  5,170
                                       =========       ========       ========
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Pending
                                            Cable                                         The
                                       Acquisition(c)      Other(d)      Subtotal     Offering(e)     Pro Forma
                                      ----------------  -------------  ------------  -------------  ------------
<S>                                   <C>               <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents ..........                       $ 20,154     $   5,828                    $   5,828
Restricted cash ....................                                       19,737                       19,737
Accounts receivable, net ...........                                       19,166                       19,166
Inventory ..........................                                        3,968                        3,968
Prepaid expenses and other
 current assets ....................                                        7,863                        7,863
Property and equipment, net ........       $ 5,460                         35,012                       35,012
Intangibles, net ...................        36,540            3,330       809,009                      809,009
Other assets .......................                                       17,485                       17,485
                                           -------         --------     ---------         ------     ---------
  Total assets .....................       $42,000         $ 23,484     $ 918,068             --     $ 918,068
                                           =======         ========     =========         ======     =========
LIABILITIES AND TOTAL
 EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued
 expenses ..........................                                    $  29,944                    $  29,944
Accrued interest ...................                                       11,990                       11,990
Current portion of long-term
 debt ..............................                                       25,352                       25,352
Current portion of program
 rights payable ....................                                        1,279                        1,279
Long-term debt, net ................                      ($ 11,146)       10,211                       10,211
Senior Notes .......................                        100,000       215,000                      215,000
PM&C Notes .........................                                       82,279                       82,279
DTS Notes ..........................                                      153,146                      153,146
Credit Facilities ..................       $42,000          (65,370)       89,550      ($ 69,750)       19,800
Program rights payable, net ........                                        4,787                        4,787
Other long-term liabilities ........                                       69,702                       69,702
Minority Interest ..................                                        3,000                        3,000
Series A Preferred Stock ...........                                      122,223                      122,223
Class A Common Stock ...............                                          113             30           143
Class B Common Stock ...............                                           46                           46
Additional paid in capital .........                                      174,753         69,720       244,473
Deficit ............................                                      (75,307)                     (75,307)
                                           -------         --------     ---------       --------     ---------
  Total liabilities and equity .....       $42,000         $ 23,484     $ 918,068             --     $ 918,068
                                           =======         ========     =========       ========     =========
</TABLE>
                                      F-37
<PAGE>
Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet (dollars in thousands)

(a) To record the ten completed DBS acquisitions which occurred subsequent to
    September 30, 1998. Intangible assets purchased consist entirely of DBS
    rights, which are being amortized over a 10-year period, as follows:

           Completed                  Total
       DBS Acquisitions           Consideration       Cash       Notes
       ----------------           -------------       ----       ----- 
NRTC System No. 0363 .........       $ 1,100        $ 1,100
NRTC System No. 0013 .........         4,100          4,100
NRTC System No. 0087 .........         2,500          1,250     $1,250
NRTC System No. 0377 .........         3,025          3,025
NRTC System No. 0348 .........         1,100          1,100
NRTC System No. 0454 .........         7,250          7,250
NRTC System No. 1075 .........         3,125          3,125
NRTC System No. 1027 .........         2,800          2,800
NRTC System No. 1015 .........         1,600          1,600
NRTC System No. 0131 .........         1,250          1,250
                                     -------        -------     ------
   Total .....................       $27,850        $26,600     $1,250
                                     =======        =======     ======

(b) To rcord the five pending DBS acquisitions. Intangible assets to be
    purchased consist of $31.5 million of DBS rights and $500,000 of
    non-complete covenants, which are being amortized over a 10-year period
    and the term of the related non-complete covenants (3-5 years),
    respectively, as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            Pending                   Total                                    Assumed
       DBS Acquisitions           Consideration      Cash        Notes      Liabilities
       ----------------           -------------      ----        -----      ----------- 
<S>                              <C>               <C>          <C>         <C>
NRTC System No. 0177 .........       $14,500        $14,500
NRTC System No. 0110 .........         2,400          2,400
NRTC System No. 0248 .........         3,100          1,550      $1,550
NRTC System No. 0223 .........         2,120          2,120
NRTC System No. 0273 .........         9,850          8,350         500        $1,000
                                     -------        -------      ------        ------
   Total .....................       $31,970        $28,920      $2,050        $1,000
                                     =======        =======      ======        ======
</TABLE>

(c) To record the pending Puerto Rico cable acquisition. Assets to be purchased
    consist of $5.5 million of property, plant and equipment and $36.5 million
    of franchise rights, which are being amortized over a 20-year period and a
    15-year period, respectively. The total consideration is $42.0 million in
    cash.

(d) To record the proceeds from the 1998 Senior Notes Offering and the uses of
    such proceeds, net of additional borrowings under the credit facilities
    and the uses of such borrowings.

(e) To record the proceeds from the offering and the uses of such proceeds.

                                      F-38
<PAGE>

                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors
of Digital Television Services, Inc.:

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of DIGITAL
TELEVISION SERVICES, INC. (a Delaware corporation and formerly Digital
Television Services, LLC) AND SUBSIDIARIES as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and
the related consolidated statements of operations, members'/stockholders'
equity, and cash flows for the period from inception (January 30, 1996) through
December 31, 1996 and for the year ended December 31, 1997. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Digital
Television Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and
the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period from
inception (January 30, 1996) through December 31, 1996 and for the year ended
December 31, 1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

                                                   ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
February 18, 1998
 

                                      F-39
<PAGE>
                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
                               AND SUBSIDIARIES

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              December 31,      December 31,
                                                                                  1996              1997
                                                                            ---------------   ---------------
<S>                                                                         <C>               <C>
                                   ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash and cash equivalents ..............................................    $  1,595,955      $ 39,113,152
 Restricted cash ........................................................              --        19,006,386
 Accounts receivable:
    Trade, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $6,750 and $190,647
     at December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively ........................         893,950         4,629,539
   Other ................................................................         154,840           544,480
 Inventory ..............................................................         244,544         2,229,918
 Other (Note 2) .........................................................         234,153            92,605
                                                                             ------------      ------------
      Total current assets ..............................................       3,123,442        65,616,080
                                                                             ------------      ------------
RESTRICTED CASH .........................................................              --        18,020,702
                                                                             ------------      ------------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, at cost (Note 2) ................................         478,445         3,474,754
 Less accumulated depreciation ..........................................         (44,339)         (554,537)
                                                                             ------------      ------------
                                                                                  434,106         2,920,217
                                                                             ------------      ------------
CONTRACT RIGHTS AND OTHER ASSETS, NET (Note 2) ..........................      38,604,625       171,105,067
                                                                             ------------      ------------
                                                                             $ 42,162,173      $257,662,066
                                                                             ============      ============
                LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS'/STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Accounts payable .......................................................    $  1,041,019      $  4,495,937
 Accrued liabilities ....................................................       1,380,321        40,275,901
 Unearned revenue .......................................................       1,082,601         3,314,397
 Current maturities of long-term debt ...................................       6,033,732        14,950,430
 Other ..................................................................          92,279           299,766
                                                                             ------------      ------------
      Total current liabilities .........................................       9,629,952        63,336,431
                                                                             ------------      ------------
LONG-TERM DEBT, less current maturities .................................      17,542,883       177,641,876
                                                                             ------------      ------------
OTHER LIABILITIES .......................................................          83,615            46,646
                                                                             ------------      ------------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes 5, 6, 8, and 10)
MEMBERS'/STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 Class A units ..........................................................              --                --
 Class B units ..........................................................      18,440,982                --
 Class C units ..........................................................              --                --
 Class D units ..........................................................              --                --
 Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 1,404,056
   issued and outstanding at December 31, 1997 ..........................              --            14,041
 Common stock, $.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 2,137,049
   issued and outstanding at December 31, 1997 ..........................              --            21,370
 Additional paid-in capital .............................................              --        25,826,080
 Retained deficit .......................................................      (3,535,259)       (9,224,378)
                                                                             ------------      ------------
      Total members'/stockholders' equity ...............................      14,905,723        16,637,113
                                                                             ------------      ------------
                                                                             $ 42,162,173      $257,662,066
                                                                             ============      ============
</TABLE>

       The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated
                                balance sheets.

                                      F-40
<PAGE>
                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
                               AND SUBSIDIARIES

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Inception
                                                            (January 30) to       Year Ended
                                                              December 31,       December 31,
                                                                  1996               1997
                                                           -----------------   ----------------
<S>                                                        <C>                 <C>
REVENUE:
 Programming revenue ...................................     $  3,085,146       $  41,752,873
 Equipment and installation revenue ....................          323,663           5,690,253
                                                             ------------       -------------
      Total revenue ....................................        3,408,809          47,443,126
                                                             ------------       -------------
COST OF REVENUE:
 Programming expense ...................................        1,595,963          20,694,127
 Cost of equipment and installation ....................          398,144           6,443,374
 Service fees ..........................................          275,704           4,009,353
                                                             ------------       -------------
      Total cost of revenue ............................        2,269,811          31,146,854
                                                             ------------       -------------
GROSS PROFIT ...........................................        1,138,998          16,296,272
                                                             ------------       -------------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
 Sales and marketing ...................................          778,036           8,659,446
 General and administrative ............................        1,953,635           8,706,851
 Depreciation and amortization .........................        1,147,963          14,509,152
                                                             ------------       -------------
      Total operating expenses .........................        3,879,634          31,875,449
                                                             ------------       -------------
OPERATING LOSS .........................................       (2,740,636)        (15,579,177)
                                                             ------------       -------------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
 Interest expense, net .................................         (817,603)        (14,457,088)
 Other income (expense) ................................           22,980            (111,350)
                                                             ------------       -------------
                                                                 (794,623)        (14,568,438)
                                                             ------------       -------------
NET LOSS ...............................................     $ (3,535,259)      $ (30,147,615)
                                                             ============       =============
BASIC AND DILUTED PRO FORMA NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE:
 Net loss ..............................................     $      (6.19)      $      (14.11)
                                                             ============       =============
 Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding .........     $    571,317           2,135,921
                                                             ============       =============
 
</TABLE>

 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

                                      F-41
<PAGE>
                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF MEMBERS'/STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
  for the Period From Inception (January 30, 1996) Through December 31, 1996
                   and for the Year Ended December 31, 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Class A                            Class B
                             ---------------------------------  ---------------------------------
                                  Units            Amount            Units            Amount
                             ---------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------
<S>                          <C>              <C>               <C>              <C>
BALANCE,
 January 30, 1996 .........             --     $           --              --     $           --
 Sale of Class B Units.....             --                 --       1,844,098         18,440,982
 Issuance of Class C
  Units ...................             --                 --              --                 --
 Net loss .................             --                 --              --         (3,535,259)
                                 ---------     --------------       ---------     --------------
BALANCE,
 December 31, 1996 ........             --                 --       1,844,098         14,905,723
 Sale of Class A Units.....      1,333,333         29,820,008              --                 --
 Sale of Class B Units.....             --                 --         205,902          2,058,997
 Issuance of Class D
  Units ...................             --                 --              --                 --
 Net Loss (January 1,
  1997 through Octo-
  ber 10, 1997) ...........             --         (3,958,517)             --        (16,964,720)
                                 ---------     --------------       ---------     --------------
BALANCE,
 October 10, 1997 .........      1,333,333         25,861,491       2,050,000                 --
 Conversion of Capital
 (Note 7) .................     (1,333,333)       (25,861,491)     (2,050,000)                --
 Net Loss (October 11,
   1997 through
   December 31, 1997)......             --                 --              --                 --
                                ----------     --------------      ----------     --------------
BALANCE,
 December 31, 1997 ........             --     $           --              --     $           --
                                ==========     ==============      ==========     ==============
 
<CAPTION>
                                    Class C                  Class D               Preferred Stock       Common Stock
                             ----------------------  -----------------------  -------------------------  ------------
                                 Units      Amount       Units       Amount      Shares      Par Value      Shares
                             ------------  --------  -------------  --------  ------------  -----------  ------------
<S>                          <C>           <C>       <C>            <C>       <C>           <C>          <C>
BALANCE,
 January 30, 1996 .........          --      $ --             --      $ --            --      $    --            --
 Sale of Class B Units.....          --        --             --        --            --           --            --
 Issuance of Class C
  Units ...................      87,049        --             --        --            --           --            --
 Net loss .................          --        --             --        --            --           --            --
                                 ------      ----             --      ----            --      -------            --
BALANCE,
 December 31, 1996 ........      87,049        --             --        --            --           --            --
 Sale of Class A Units.....          --        --             --        --            --           --            --
 Sale of Class B Units.....          --        --             --        --            --           --            --
 Issuance of Class D
  Units ...................          --        --        124,000        --            --           --            --
 Net Loss (January 1,
   1997 through Octo-
   ber 10, 1997) ..........          --        --             --        --            --           --            --
                                 ------      ----        -------      ----            --      -------            --
BALANCE,
 October 10, 1997 .........      87,049        --        124,000        --            --           --            --
 Conversion of Capital
 (Note 7) .................     (87,049)       --       (124,000)       --     1,404,056       14,041     2,137,049
 Net Loss (October 11,
   1997 through
   December 31, 1997)......          --        --             --        --            --           --            --
                                -------      ----       --------      ----     ---------      -------     ---------
BALANCE,
 December 31, 1997 ........          --      $ --             --      $ --     1,404,056      $14,041     2,137,049
                                =======      ====       ========      ====     =========      =======     =========
 
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           
                                                                                 Total   
                             Common Stock    Additional                         Members'/ 
                             ------------     Paid-In        Retained        Stockholders'
                              Par Value       Capital         Deficit           Equity
                             -----------  --------------  ---------------  ----------------
<S>                          <C>          <C>             <C>              <C>
BALANCE,
 January 30, 1996 .........    $    --     $        --     $         --     $           --
 Sale of Class B Units.....         --              --               --         18,440,982
 Issuance of Class C
  Units ...................         --              --               --                 --
 Net loss .................         --              --               --         (3,535,259)
                               -------     -----------     ------------     --------------
BALANCE,
 December 31, 1996 ........         --              --               --         14,905,723
 Sale of Class A Units.....         --              --               --         29,820,008
 Sale of Class B Units.....         --              --               --          2,058,997
 Issuance of Class D
  Units ...................         --              --               --                 --
 Net Loss (January 1,
  1997 through Octo-
  ber 10, 1997) ...........         --              --               --        (20,923,237)
                               -------     -----------     ------------     --------------
BALANCE,
 October 10, 1997 .........         --              --               --         25,861,491
 Conversion of Capital
 (Note 7) .................     21,370      25,826,080               --                 --
 Net Loss (October 11,
   1997 through
   December 31, 1997) .....         --              --       (9,224,378)        (9,224,378)
                               -------     -----------     ------------     --------------
BALANCE,
 December 31, 1997 ........    $21,370     $25,826,080     $ (9,224,378)    $   16,637,113
                               =======     ===========     ============     ==============
 
</TABLE>

                    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                            consolidated statements.

                                      F-42
<PAGE>
                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
                               AND SUBSIDIARIES

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        Inception
                                                                                     (January 30) to       Year Ended
                                                                                       December 31,       December 31,
                                                                                           1996               1997
                                                                                    -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>                <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net loss ........................................................................    $  (3,535,259)    $  (30,147,615)
                                                                                      -------------     --------------
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization .................................................        1,106,264         13,412,025
   Amortization of capitalized debt costs and debt discount ......................          313,329          2,423,535
   Amortization of deferred promotional costs ....................................           41,699          1,097,127
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
    Accounts receivable, net .....................................................         (428,281)        (1,678,650)
    Inventory ....................................................................         (218,140)        (1,566,129)
    Other current assets .........................................................         (269,721)          (771,194)
    Accounts payable .............................................................          877,630             19,297
    Accrued liabilities and other liabilities ....................................        1,099,003         11,721,655
    Unearned revenue .............................................................          379,533         (1,817,178)
                                                                                      -------------     --------------
      Total adjustments ..........................................................        2,901,316         22,840,488
                                                                                      -------------     --------------
      Net cash used in operating activities ......................................         (633,943)        (7,307,127)
                                                                                      -------------     --------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment, net of acquisitions ........................         (382,175)        (2,611,405)
 Disposals of property and equipment .............................................           (3,930)                --
 Increase in restricted cash for payment of subordinated notes ...................               --        (37,027,088)
 Purchase of contract rights and related net assets, net of amounts financed .....      (12,695,488)       (89,590,710)
 Increase in other assets ........................................................         (693,690)        (1,222,307)
                                                                                      -------------     --------------
      Net cash used in investing activities ......................................      (13,775,283)      (130,451,510)
                                                                                      -------------     --------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from bank credit facility ..............................................        9,400,000         88,269,409
 Repayment of bank credit facility ...............................................               --        (82,169,409)
 Proceeds from subordinated notes offering, net of discounts .....................               --        152,840,850
 Issuance of notes payable .......................................................           32,399            344,417
 Repayment of seller notes and other notes payable ...............................       (9,047,023)        (6,201,532)
 Capitalized financing fees ......................................................       (2,821,177)        (9,649,936)
 Sale of Member Units ............................................................       18,440,982         31,879,005
 Other, net ......................................................................               --            (36,970)
                                                                                      -------------     --------------
      Net cash provided by financing activities ..................................       16,005,181        175,275,834
                                                                                      -------------     --------------
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS ........................................        1,595,955         37,517,197
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD .................................               --          1,595,955
                                                                                      -------------     --------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD .......................................    $   1,595,955     $   39,113,152
                                                                                      =============     ==============
SUPPLEMENTAL NONCASH FINANCING ACTIVITY:
 NRTC patronage capital declared .................................................    $      83,615     $           --
                                                                                      =============     ==============
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Cash paid for interest ..........................................................    $     301,035     $    5,425,156
                                                                                      =============     ==============
 Issuance of seller notes in connection with acquisitions ........................    $  24,156,000     $   17,552,000
                                                                                      =============     ==============

</TABLE>
 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

                                      F-43
<PAGE>
                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
                               AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


                          DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997


1. ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS

     Digital Television Services, Inc. ("DTS"), a Delaware corporation, is
successor to Digital Television Services, LLC, a limited liability company
organized under the Delaware Limited Liability Act, and DBS Holdings, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership originally formed on January 30, 1996 by Columbia
Capital Corporation ("Columbia") and senior management of DTS. DTS and its
wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively, "the Company") were formed to acquire
and operate the exclusive rights to distribute direct broadcast satellite
("DBS") services ("DIRECTV Services") offered by DirecTv, Inc. ("DirecTv") in
certain rural markets. The Company completed its first acquisition of rights to
provide DIRECTV Services in March 1996 and has made a total of 17 acquisitions
through December 31, 1997. On November 19, 1996, the limited partnership was
converted into a limited liability company. On October 10, 1997, DTS effected a
conversion from a limited liability company to a corporation through a merger
with and into WEP Intermediate Corp.

     In connection with the Company's expansion, Columbia and certain of its
affiliates increased their investment in the Company in February 1997. Also, in
February 1997, the Company raised additional equity from J.H. Whitney & Co. and
Fleet Equity Partners (together with Columbia, the "Equity Investors") and from
senior executives of the Company. The Equity Investors and senior executives,
in aggregate, have contributed $50,500,000 of equity capital to the Company.

     DTS is a holding company which operates primarily through its wholly-owned
subsidiaries. The principal wholly-owned subsidiaries of DTS as of December 31,
1997 consist of 11 entities (the "Operating Subsidiaries") which, except for
one subsidiary which is a Delaware limited liability company and one subsidiary
which is a New Mexico corporation, are limited liability companies organized
under the laws of the state of Georgia. The Operating Subsidiaries have the
right to provide DIRECTV Services. The sole member and manager of the Operating
Subsidiaries is DTS Management, LLC ("DTS Management"), a Georgia limited
liability company, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of DTS. The Company's
other wholly-owned subsidiary, DTS Capital, Inc. ("DTS Capital"), was formed in
1997 and currently has nominal assets and does not conduct any operations. DTS
Capital was formed to facilitate the issuance of $155.0 million in senior
subordinated notes (the "Notes") in July 1997 (Note 5). In connection with the
reorganization (the "Reorganization") of the Company in February 1997, the
Company contributed to the capital of DTS Management the Company's ownership
interest in each of its direct subsidiaries, other than DTS Management and DTS
Capital. As a result thereof, each direct subsidiary became a wholly-owned
direct subsidiary of DTS Management and a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of
the Company. Since each subsidiary was a wholly-owned direct or indirect
subsidiary of the Company prior to the Reorganization, the Reorganization had
no impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

     The Company obtained the rights to distribute DIRECTV Services in its
territories pursuant to agreements (the "NRTC Member Agreements") with the
National Rural Telecommunications Cooperative (the "NRTC"). Under the
provisions of the NRTC Member Agreements, the Company has the exclusive right
to provide DIRECTV Services within certain rural territories in the United
States (Note 3).

     The Company has had a limited operating history during which time it has
generated negative cash flows and net losses. The negative cash flows can be
attributed to the costs incurred to purchase NRTC contract rights and related
assets (Notes 3 and 10) and general corporate overhead expenses. The Company
expects negative cash flows and net losses to continue through at least 1998,
as the Company plans to purchase additional contract rights and to incur
substantial selling and marketing expenses in order to build its subscriber
base. The ability to generate positive cash flow in the future is dependent
upon many factors, including general economic conditions, the level of market
acceptance for the Company's services, and the degree of competition
encountered by the Company. As discussed in Note 5, financing totaling $90
million

                                      F-44
<PAGE>

                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
                               AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
 
 
1. ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS  -- (Continued)
 
has been committed by a syndicate of lenders, of which approximately $41.0
million was available at December 31, 1997. The Company also issued the Notes
in July 1997 (Note 5) to refinance certain indebtedness and to provide
additional funds for possible future acquisitions and general operating needs.

     The success of the Company is dependent on the future ability of DTS and
its subsidiaries to generate projected revenues through successful operations.
In the opinion of management, capital on hand, as well as funds provided from
financings (Note 5), will be sufficient to meet the capital and operating needs
of the Company through at least 1998. Additional funding may be required for
any future acquisitions. However, there can be no assurance when or if future
operations of the Company will be successful or that further financing, if
needed, will be available with terms acceptable to the Company, or at all.

     On November 6, 1997, the Company entered into an agreement in principle
with Pegasus Communications Corporation ("Pegasus") providing for the
acquisition of the Company by Pegasus (Note 10).

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of DTS and its
subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been
eliminated.


Use of Estimates

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


Revenue Recognition

     The Company earns programming revenue by providing DIRECTV Services to its
subscribers. Programming revenue includes DIRECTV Services purchased by
subscribers in monthly, quarterly, or annual subscriptions; additional premium
programming available on an a la carte basis; sports programming available
under monthly, annual, or seasonal subscriptions; and movies and events
programming available on a pay-per-view basis. Programming purchased on a
monthly, quarterly, annual, or seasonal basis, including premium programming,
is billed in advance and is recorded as unearned revenue. All programming
revenue is recognized when earned. As programming revenue is earned uniformly
over the period of the purchase agreement with the customer, approximately
$447,000 and $2,315,000 of net accounts receivable in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets represent unearned revenue at December 31, 1996 and
1997, respectively.

     Equipment and installation revenue primarily consists of the sale of
DSS(R) equipment and accessories and related installation charges. Equipment
sales revenue represents the amounts paid by customers to the Company and is
recognized upon delivery of the equipment. Installation revenue is recognized
when the equipment is installed and represents the amounts paid by customers to
the Company for such services.


Cost of Revenues

     Cost of revenues includes the cost associated with providing DIRECTV
Services to the Company's subscribers. These costs include the direct wholesale
cost of purchasing related programming from DirecTv

                                      F-45
<PAGE>

                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
                               AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
 
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  -- (Continued)
 
(through the NRTC (Note 9)); monthly subscriber maintenance fees charged by
DirecTV, such as security fees, ground service fees, system authorization fees,
and fees for subscriber billings; costs of equipment and installation; and
certain subscriber operating costs. Cost of equipment and installation
represents the actual cost of the equipment to the Company plus the costs to
install the equipment.


Inventories

     The Company maintains inventories consisting of DSS(R) equipment and
related accessories. Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market,
generally on a specific identification basis.


Other Current Assets

     Other current assets consist of the following:

                                             December 31,     December 31,
                                                 1996             1997
                                            --------------   -------------
     Deferred promotional costs .........      $214,939         $16,006
     Other ..............................        19,214          76,599
                                               --------         -------
                                               $234,153         $92,605
                                               ========         =======

     Deferred promotional costs consist of costs related to a subscriber rebate
program sponsored by DirecTv. Under the program, new subscribers who sign a
non-cancellable and non-refundable contract pursuant to which they agree to
prepay for one year of programming service receive a credit which is applied
toward the one year's programming subscription. Subscribers under this program
may choose to net the credit on their first bill or pay the full amount and
receive a refund from the Company for the credit. The Company defers both the
programming revenue and the cost of this credit and amortizes them over the
one-year contract period. In addition, as a part of this program, the Company
receives $1 per month for up to five years from the NRTC for each subscriber
activated under this program. This program was discontinued in July 1997.


Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment are stated at cost. Major property additions,
replacements, and betterments are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs
which do not extend the useful lives of these assets are expensed currently.
Depreciation for property and equipment is provided using the straight-line
method over the estimated useful lives of five years for leasehold improvements
and three to seven years for furniture and equipment. Depreciation expense was
$48,269 and $509,842 for the period from inception (January 30, 1996) through
December 31, 1996 and for the year ended December 31, 1997, respectively. Upon
retirement or disposal of assets, the cost and related accumulated depreciation
are removed from the balance sheet and any gain or loss is reflected in
earnings.

     Property and equipment, at cost, consist of the following:


                                          December 31,     December 31,
                                              1996             1997
                                         --------------   -------------
     Leasehold improvements ..........      $ 81,244       $  327,804
     Furniture and equipment .........       397,201        3,146,950
                                            --------       ----------
                                            $478,445       $3,474,754
                                            ========       ==========

                                      F-46
<PAGE>

                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
                               AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
 
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  -- (Continued)
 
Contract Rights and Other Assets


     Contract rights and other assets consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    December 31,      December 31,
                                                        1996              1997
                                                   --------------   ---------------
<S>                                                <C>              <C>
     Contract rights ...........................    $ 32,727,697     $ 170,715,335
     Organization costs ........................         599,528         1,166,475
                                                    ------------     -------------
                                                      33,327,225       171,881,810
     Accumulated amortization ..................      (1,057,995)      (13,943,682)
                                                    ------------     -------------
                                                      32,269,230       157,938,128
     Deposits on Pending Acquisitions ..........       3,380,961           250,000
     Debt issuance costs, net ..................       2,776,658         4,002,209
     Bond issuance costs, net ..................              --         7,276,609
     NRTC patronage capital ....................          83,615            46,646
     Subscriber acquisition receivable .........              --           717,632
     Capitalized merger costs ..................              --           555,239
     Other .....................................          94,161           318,604
                                                    ------------     -------------
                                                    $ 38,604,625     $ 171,105,067
                                                    ============     =============
</TABLE>
     Contract Rights: Contract rights represent the cost of acquiring rights to
distribute DIRECTV Services (Note 3), less net tangible assets acquired.
Contract rights are being amortized over ten years, the estimated remaining
useful life of the satellites operated by DirecTv which provide service under
the related contracts. Amortization expense, included in depreciation and
amortization in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, was
$1,021,606 and $12,646,558 for the period from inception (January 30, 1996)
through December 31, 1996 and for the year ended December 31, 1997,
respectively. Accumulated amortization, included in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets, was $1,021,606 and $13,668,165 for the period from
inception (January 30, 1996) through December 31, 1996 and for the year ended
December 31, 1997, respectively.

     Organization Costs: Organization costs are costs associated with the
formation of the Company and its subsidiaries and are being amortized over five
years. Amortization expense included in depreciation and amortization in the
accompanying consolidated statements of operations was $33,891 and $241,626,
for the period from inception (January 30, 1996) through December 31, 1996 and
for the year ended December 31, 1997, respectively. Accumulated amortization,
included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, was $33,891 and
$275,517 for the period from inception (January 30) through December 31, 1996
and for the year ended December 31, 1997, respectively.

     Deposits on Acquisitions: In accordance with the provisions of asset
purchase agreements entered into by the Company, deposits were made into escrow
accounts for acquisitions of contract rights in Kentucky, Vermont and Kansas,
which were pending at December 31, 1996 and for a pending acquisition of
contract rights in Georgia at December 31, 1997.

     Debt Issuance Costs: Debt issuance costs are amortized over the term of
the related long-term debt facility. Amortization expense, included in interest
expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, was $44,520
and $843,410 for the period from inception (January 30, 1996) through December
31, 1996 and for the year ended December 31, 1997, respectively. Accumulated
amortization, included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, was
$44,520 and $887,930 for the period from inception (January 30) through
December 31, 1996 and for the year ended December 31, 1997, respectively.

                                      F-47
<PAGE>

                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
                               AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
 
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  -- (Continued)
 
     Bond Issuance Costs: Bond issuance costs represent deferred costs incurred
in connection with the issuance of the Notes (Note 5) and are capitalized over
the life of the Notes. Amortization expense, included in interest expense in
the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, was $304,364 for the
year ended December 31, 1997. Accumulated amortization, included in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets, was $304,364 for the same period.

     NRTC Patronage Capital: The Company, through its subsidiaries, is an
affiliate of the NRTC. While affiliates have no vote, they do have an interest
in the NRTC in proportion to their prior patronage. NRTC patronage capital
represents the noncash portion of NRTC patronage income. Under its bylaws, the
NRTC declares a patronage dividend of its excess of revenues over expenses each
year. Of the total patronage dividend, 20% is paid in cash and recognized as
income when received and is netted against programming expense in the
accompanying statement of operations. The remaining 80% is distributed in the
form of noncash patronage capital, which will be redeemed in cash only at the
discretion of the NRTC. The Company includes noncash patronage capital as other
assets, with an offsetting deferred patronage income amount included in other
liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The patronage
capital will be recognized as income when cash distributions are declared by
the NRTC. The NRTC does not permit the transfer of patronage capital.
Accordingly, noncash patronage capital due to the Operating Subsidiaries
relating to the period of time prior to the date of acquisition by the Company
has not been recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

     Subscriber Acquisition Receivable: During the second half of 1996, the
Company entered into an agreement with the NRTC pursuant to which the NRTC
provided a rebate to offset costs relating to the acquisition of new
subscribers under the Company's subscriber rebate program. The Company receives
the rebate over the period of 60 months commencing with the acquisition date of
each subscriber covered under this agreement. The receivable represents amounts
due to the Company under this agreement at December 31, 1997.

     Capitalized Merger Costs: Capitalized merger costs are costs incurred
during 1997 associated with the agreement with Pegasus that provides that the
Company will become a wholly owned subsidiary of Pegasus (Note 10). As the
transaction is not expected to be completed until the first half of 1998, no
amortization expense has been recorded in the accompanying consolidated
statement of operations.


Income Taxes

     The Company was considered a partnership for federal and state income tax
purposes for the period from inception (January 30, 1996) to October 10, 1997.
All taxable income or loss was allocated to the members in accordance with the
terms of the limited liability company agreement of the Company (the "LLC
Agreement"). Additionally, the Company incurred an operating loss for the
period from October 11, 1997 to December 31, 1997. Accordingly, no provision
for income taxes is included in the accompanying consolidated
financial
statements.

     The Company became a taxable entity for federal and state income tax
purposes, effective with its conversion to a corporation (Note 7) on October
10, 1997. The Company accounts for income taxes using Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," which
requires the use of the asset and liability approach for financial accounting
and reporting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities arise from
differences between the tax basis of an asset or liability and its reported
amount in the financial statements. Deferred tax balances are calculated by
applying the provisions of enacted tax law to determine the amount of taxes
payable or refundable currently or in future years.

                                      F-48
<PAGE>
                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
                               AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
 
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  -- (Continued)
 
     The sources of the differences between the financial accounting and tax
bases of the Company's assets and liabilities which give rise to the deferred
tax assets and liabilities and the tax effects of each are as follows as of
December 31, 1997 (in thousands):

   Deferred tax assets:
      Net operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs") .........    $  3,072
      Amortization ......................................       1,989
      Professional fees .................................         172
      Other .............................................          97
      Less: valuation allowance .........................      (5,330)
                                                             --------
                                                             $     --
                                                             ========
 
     As of December 31, 1997, the Company had NOLs of approximately $7,877,000,
which will expire in year 2017. The Company has established a valuation
allowance equal to the net operating loss carryforwards not utilized because of
the uncertainty of the realizability of the net operating loss carryforwards.


Fair Value of Financial Instruments

     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, "Disclosures About
Fair Value of Financial Instruments," requires disclosure of the fair value of
certain financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that
value. For purposes of the following disclosure, the fair value of a financial
instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a
current transaction between willing parties other than in a forced sale or
liquidation.

     The methods and assumptions used to estimate fair value are as follows:

       Cash and cash equivalents: The Company considers all highly liquid
   investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash
   equivalents. The carrying amount approximates fair value due to the
   relatively short period to maturity of these instruments.

       Long-term debt: Fair value is estimated based on borrowing rates
   currently available to the Company for bank loans with similar terms and
   average maturities.

     The asset and liability amounts recorded in the accompanying balance
sheets at December 31, 1996 and 1997 for cash and cash equivalents and
long-term debt approximate fair value based on the above assumptions.


Concentration of Credit Risk

     Concentration of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is
limited due to the large number of geographically dispersed subscribers. As a
result, at December 31, 1996 and 1997, management does not believe any
significant concentration of credit risk exists.


Long-Lived Assets

     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of,"
requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles to be held
and used by an entity be reviewed whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When
events or changes in circumstances occur related to long-lived assets,
management estimates the future cash flows expected to

                                      F-49
<PAGE>

                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
                               AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
 
 
result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. Having found no
instances whereby the sum of expected future cash flows (undiscounted and
without interest charges) was less than the carrying amount of the asset and
thus requiring the recognition of an impairment loss, management believes that
the long-lived assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are
appropriately valued.


Pro Forma Net Loss Per Common Share

     Basic and diluted net loss per common share is computed by dividing net
loss by the pro forma weighted average number of common shares outstanding
during 1996 and 1997 of 571,317 and 2,135,921, respectively, assuming the
corporate conversion had occurred on January 30, 1996. Due to the Company's net
losses, the warrants and options are excluded from the pro forma net loss per
common share calculation because the effect would be antidilutive.

3. CONTRACT RIGHTS

     During 1996, the Company acquired the rights to distribute DIRECTV
Services in eight rural DirecTv markets in certain rural areas in the United
States (the "1996 Acquisitions"). The aggregate consideration was approximately
$32.3 million, including closing date working capital and other adjustments as
defined in the purchase agreements and fair value adjustments related to the
seller notes (Note 5), subject to increase based on the number of subscribers
in one of the markets on October 1, 1998 (Note 5). Of the total purchase price,
approximately $9.3 million was paid in cash and approximately $24.2 million
(before fair value adjustments related to the seller notes of $1.2 million
(Note 5)) was financed through the issuance of promissory notes to the sellers
of the contract rights (Note 5). Under the 1996 Acquisitions, rights were
acquired in the following markets:

   o In March 1996, the Company acquired the outstanding common stock of
     Spacenet, Inc. and the rights to provide DIRECTV Services in certain
     counties in New Mexico.

   o In April 1996, the Company acquired the rights to provide DIRECTV
     Services in certain counties in California from Pacific Coast DBS, Inc.

   o In August 1996, the Company acquired the rights to provide DIRECTV
     Services in certain counties in New Mexico from Teg DBS Services, Inc., in
     certain counties in New York from Northeast Cable Services, Inc. and Falls
     Earth Station, Inc., and in certain counties in Colorado from Omega Cable.
    
   o In November 1996, the Company acquired the rights to provide DIRECTV
     Services in certain counties in South Carolina from Pee Dee Electric
     Cooperative, Inc. and Santee Electric Cooperative, Inc.

     When the Company purchases the exclusive rights to provide DIRECTV
Services in a rural DirecTv market, it acquires the NRTC Member Agreement and
related agreements providing for the exclusive rights to provide DIRECTV
Services within that market, all net assets related to the provision of DIRECTV
Services in such market, and any residual rights to provide DBS services which
the NRTC may grant the owner of such market after the termination or expiration
of the NRTC Member Agreement. The purchase price of the above acquisitions was
allocated to the fair values of the net assets acquired as follows (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
   Current assets ........................................................    $    751
   Property and equipment ................................................          96
   Contract rights, net of fair value adjustments of $1.2 million.........      32,728
   Current liabilities ...................................................      (1,240)
                                                                              --------
         Total consideration .............................................    $ 32,335
                                                                              ========
</TABLE>
     Any additional contingent consideration will be recorded as an increase in
contract rights.

                                      F-50
<PAGE>
                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
                               AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
 
 
3. CONTRACT RIGHTS  -- (Continued)
 
     During 1997, the Company acquired the rights to distribute DIRECTV
Services in nine additional rural DirecTv markets in certain rural areas in the
United States (the "1997 Acquisitions"). The aggregate consideration was
approximately $134.3 million including closing date working capital and other
adjustments as defined in the purchase agreements and fair value adjustments
related to the seller notes (Note 5). Of the total price, approximately $44.4
million was paid in cash, approximately $75.3 million was financed through
borrowings under the Credit Facility and approximately $17.6 million (before
fair value adjustments related to the seller notes of $3.0 million (Note 5))
was financed through the issuance of promissory notes to the sellers of the
contract rights (Note 5). Under the 1997 Acquisitions, rights were acquired in
the following markets:

   o In January 1997, the Company acquired the rights to provide DIRECTV
     Services in certain counties in Kentucky from Direct Programming Services
     Limited Partnership.

   o In January 1997, the Company also acquired the rights to provide DIRECTV
     Services in certain counties in Kansas from Kansas DBS, L.L.C. and Skywave
     Communications, Inc.

   o In February 1997, the Company acquired the rights to provide DIRECTV
     Services in certain counties in Vermont from Northeast DBS Enterprises,
     L.P.

   o In May 1997, the Company acquired the rights to provide DIRECTV Services
     in certain counties in Georgia from Mitchell Electric Membership
     Corporation, Washington Electric Membership Corporation, Planters Electric
     Membership Corporation and DigiCom Services, Inc.

   o In December 1997, the Company acquired the rights to provide DIRECTV
     Services in certain counties in Indiana from Satellite Television
     Services, Inc. ("STS"). The purchase price has been allocated to the
     assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair values
     as of the acquisition date. The purchase price allocation of STS is
     preliminary and subject to adjustment.

     The purchase price of the above acquisitions was allocated to the fair
values of the net assets acquired as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
   Current assets ........................................................     $  3,908
   Property and equipment ................................................          385
   Contract rights, net of fair value adjustments of $3.0 million.........      137,987
   Current liabilities ...................................................       (7,965)
                                                                               --------
         Total consideration .............................................     $134,315
                                                                               ========
</TABLE>
     The following pro forma information has been prepared assuming that the
1996 Acquisitions and the 1997 Acquisitions (collectively the "Acquisitions")
occurred at the beginning of the respective periods. This information includes
pro forma adjustments related to the amortization of contract rights resulting
from the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets
acquired and interest expense related to the Notes, the seller notes and a
portion of the credit facility which were used to acquire the Acquisitions. The
pro forma information is presented for informational purposes only and may not
be indicative of the results of operations as they would have been had the
Acquisitions occurred at the beginning of the respective periods, nor is the
information necessarily indicative of the results of the operations which may
occur in the future.

                                                          December 31
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                      1996            1997
                                                 -------------   -------------
                                                        (in thousands)
                                                          (Unaudited)
     Consolidated operating revenues .........     $  40,024       $  57,498
     Consolidated net loss ...................     $ (43,718)      $ (44,904)

4. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     Columbia, which is owned by certain members of the Company holding Class A
and Class B units prior to October 10, 1997 and preferred stock and common
stock subsequent to October 10, 1997 (Note 7),

                                      F-51
<PAGE>
                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
                               AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
 
 
provides financial, managerial, and other services to the Company. Total fees
and expenses paid to Columbia were approximately $322,000 and $47,000 for the
period from inception (January 30, 1996) through December 31, 1996 and for the
year ended December 31, 1997, respectively. Such fees are included in general
and administrative expenses and other expenses in the accompanying consolidated
statements of operations.

5. LONG-TERM DEBT

     Long-term debt consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               December 31, 1996               December 31, 1997
                                         -----------------------------   ------------------------------
                                                          Unamortized                       Unamortized
                                           Principal        Discount        Principal        Discount
                                         -------------   -------------   ---------------   ------------
<S>                                      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>
Senior subordinated notes ............   $        --        $     --      $155,000,000     $2,069,185
Credit facility ......................     9,400,000              --        15,500,000             --
Seller notes and commitments .........    15,113,250         965,011        26,544,998      2,675,149
Installment notes ....................        28,376              --           291,642             --
                                         -----------        --------      ------------     ----------
                                          24,541,626         965,011       197,336,640      4,744,334
Less current maturities ..............     6,130,183          96,451        16,315,333      1,364,903
                                         -----------        --------      ------------     ----------
                                         $18,411,443        $868,560      $181,021,307     $3,379,431
                                         ===========        ========      ============     ==========
</TABLE>
Senior Subordinated Notes

     On July 30, 1997, the Company sold the Notes in a transaction exempt from
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act"). The Notes are the joint and several obligations of the Company and DTS
Capital. DTS Capital has nominal assets, does not conduct any operations and
will not provide any additional security for the Notes. DTS Capital was formed
solely to provide a corporate co-issuer in addition to a limited liability
company issuer (the Company). Accordingly, financial information for DTS
Capital is not provided. The Notes mature in 2007 and bear interest at 12 1/2%,
payable semi-annually on February 1 and August 1. The Company raised
approximately $146.0 million, net of underwriting discount and estimated
expenses, through the issuance of the Notes. The Company used the net proceeds
to fund an interest escrow account for the first four semi-annual interest
payments and to repay outstanding indebtedness under the Credit Facility (as
defined below).

     The Company filed to exchange the Notes with new senior subordinated notes
(the "Exchange Notes") registered under the Securities Act. The terms of the
Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects (including principal
amount, interest rate, maturity, security and ranking) to the terms of the
Private Notes (which they replace), except that the Exchange Notes: (i) bear a
Series B designation, (ii) have been registered under the Securities Act and,
therefore, do not bear legends restricting their transfer, and (iii) are not
entitled to certain registration rights and certain liquidated damages which
were applicable to the Notes in certain circumstances under a registration
rights agreement entered into by the Company in connection with the sale of the
Notes.

     The Exchange Notes are unconditionally guaranteed, on a senior
subordinated basis, as to payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest,
jointly and severally, by all direct and indirect subsidiaries of DTS (the
"Guarantors"). The Guarantors consist of all of the subsidiaries of DTS, except
DTS Capital, which is a co-issuer of the Exchange Notes and has no separate
assets or operations. DTS does not have assets or operations apart from the
assets and operations of the subsidiaries. Accordingly, separate financial
information for the Guarantors is not provided because management of the
Company has determined that such information would not be material to
investors. On January 26 1998, the Company completed the exchange of the Notes
with the Exchange Notes.

                                      F-52
<PAGE>
                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
                               AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
 
 
5. LONG-TERM DEBT  -- (Continued)
 
Credit Facility

     The Company is a party to a credit agreement dated November 27, 1996, as
amended and restated on July 30, 1997 (the "Credit Facility") by and among the
Company, the banks and other lenders party from time to time thereto (the
"Lenders"), CIBC, as Administrative Agent, CIBC Wood Gundy Securities Corp.
("CIBCWG"), as Arranger, J.P. Morgan, as Syndication Agent, and Fleet Bank, as
Documentation Agent, which provides for a revolving credit facility in the
amount of $70.0 million, with a $50.0 million sublimit for letters of credit,
and a $20.0 million term loan facility. The proceeds of the Credit Facility may
be used (i) to refinance certain existing indebtedness, (ii) prior to December
31, 1998, to finance the acquisition of certain Rural DirecTv Markets and
related costs and expenses, (iii) to finance capital expenditures of the
Company and its subsidiaries and (iv) for the general corporate purposes and
working capital needs of the Company and its subsidiaries.

     The $20.0 million term loan facility must be drawn no later than July 30,
1998 and any amounts not so drawn by that date will be cancelled. The term loan
shall be repaid in 20 consecutive quarterly installments of $200,000 each
commencing September 30, 1998 with the remaining balance due July 31, 2003.
Borrowings under the revolving credit facility established pursuant to the
Credit Facility are available to the Company until July 31, 2003; however, if
the then unused portion of the commitments exceeds $10.0 million on December
31, 1998, the commitments will be reduced on such date by an amount equal to
the unused portion of such commitments minus $10.0 million. Thereafter, the
commitments thereunder will reduce quarterly commencing on September 30, 1999
at a rate of 3.50% through 1999, 5.75% in 2000, 7.0% in 2001, 9.0% in 2002 and
3.0% until June 30, 2003. All of the loans outstanding will be repayable on
July 31, 2003. The making of each loan under the Credit Facility is subject to
the satisfaction of certain conditions, including not exceeding a certain
"borrowing base" based on the number of paying subscribers and households
within the Rural DirecTv Markets served by the Company; maintaining minimum
subscriber penetration throughout the term of the Credit Facility; maintaining
annualized contribution per paying subscriber throughout the term of the Credit
Facility based on net income plus certain sales, administrative and payroll
expenses; maintaining a maximum ratio of total debt to equity beginning in the
first quarter of 2000 and continuing throughout the term of the Credit
Facility; maintaining a maximum ratio of total senior debt to annualized
operating cash flow and a ratio of total debt to annualized operating cash flow
beginning in the first quarter of 2000 and continuing throughout the term of
the Credit Facility; maintaining a maximum ratio of total debt to adjusted
annualized operating cash beginning in the first quarter of 1999 and continuing
until the last quarter of 2000; and maintaining a maximum percentage of general
and administrative expenses to revenues beginning in the first quarter of 1998
and continuing for the duration of the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility
also contains a number of significant covenants that, among other things, limit
the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to incur additional
indebtedness and guaranty obligations, create liens and other encumbrances,
make certain payments, investments, loans and advances, pay dividends or make
other distributions in respect of its equity interests, sell or otherwise
dispose of assets, make capital expenditures, merge or consolidate with another
entity, make amendments to its organizational documents or transact with
affiliates. The Company is in compliance with those covenants with which it is
required to comply as of the date hereof. In addition, the Credit Facility
provides that the Company will be required to make mandatory prepayments of the
Credit Facility from, subject to certain exceptions, the net proceeds of
certain sales or other dispositions by the Company or any of its subsidiaries
of material assets and with 50% of any excess operating cash flow with respect
to any fiscal year after the fiscal year ending December 31, 1998.

     Borrowings by the Company under the Credit Facility are unconditionally
guaranteed by each of the Company's direct and indirect subsidiaries, and such
borrowings are secured by (i) an equal and ratable pledge of all of the equity
interests in the Company's subsidiaries, (ii) a first priority security
interest in all of their assets, and (iii) a collateral pledge of the Company's
NRTC Member Agreements.

                                      F-53
<PAGE>
                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
                               AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
 
 
5. LONG-TERM DEBT  -- (Continued)
 
     The Credit Facility provides that the Company may elect that all or a
portion of the borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at a rate per
annum equal to either (i) the CIBC Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable
Margin or (ii) the Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Margin. When applying
the CIBC Alternate Base Rate with respect to borrowings pursuant to the
revolving credit facility, the Applicable Margin will be (w) 2.25% per annum
(when the ratio of total indebtedness of the Company to annualized operating
cash flow (the "Leverage Ratio")) is greater than or equal to 6.75 to 1.00),
(x) 2.00% (when the Leverage Ratio is less than 6.75 to 1.00 but greater than
or equal to 6.25 to 1.00), (y) 1.50% (when the Leverage Ratio is less than 6.25
to 1.00 but greater than or equal to 5.75 to 1.00) or (z) 1.25% (when the
Leverage Ratio is less than 5.75 to 1.00). When applying the Eurodollar Rate
with respect to borrowings pursuant to the revolving credit facility,
Applicable Margin will be (w) 3.50% per annum (when the Leverage Ratio is
greater than or equal to 6.75 to 1.00), (x) 3.25% (when the Leverage Ratio is
less than 6.75 to 1.00 but greater than or equal to 6.25 to 1.00), (y) 2.75%
(when the Leverage Ratio is less than 6.25 to 1.00 but greater than or equal to
5.75 to 1.00) or (z) 2.50% (when the Leverage Ratio is less than 5.75 to 1.00).
The Applicable Margin for borrowings pursuant to the term loan facility will be
the Applicable Margin for borrowings pursuant to the revolving credit facility,
plus 0.25%. As used herein, "CIBC Alternate Base Rate" means the higher of (i)
CIBC's prime rate and (ii) the federal funds effective rate from time to time
plus 1/2% per annum. As used herein, "Eurodollar Rate" means the rate at which
eurodollar deposits for one, two, three and six months (as selected by the
Company) are offered to CIBC in the interbank eurodollar market. The Credit
Facility will also provide that at any time when the Company is in default in
the payment of any amount due thereunder, the principal of all loans made under
the Credit Facility will bear interest at 2% per annum above the rate otherwise
applicable thereto and overdue interest and fees will bear interest at a rate
of 2% per annum over the CIBC Alternative Base Rate.

     At December 31, 1996 and 1997, borrowings under the Credit Facility
accrued interest at the rate of 9% and 9.66%, respectively.

     The Company has and will pay a commitment fee on the unused amounts under
the Credit Facility calculated at 0.5% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears.
The Company also paid the arrangers of the Credit Facility a customary
structuring and syndication fee and paid certain agency fees to the agents.

     Pursuant to a recent amendment to the NRTC Member Agreements, the Company
and all other NRTC Members whose monthly obligations to the NRTC have exceeded
$500,000 in the past six months are required to keep and maintain in full force
and effect a standby letter of credit in favor of the NRTC to secure their
respective payment obligations to the NRTC under the NRTC Member Agreements.
The amount of the letter of credit issued at the request of the Company
pursuant to the Credit Facility, is equal to three times the Company's single
largest monthly invoice from the NRTC, exclusive of amounts payable for DSS(R)
equipment purchased by the Company from the NRTC, or $6.3 million, and must be
increased as the Company makes additional acquisitions of Rural DirecTv Markets
and when the Company's obligations to the NRTC exceed the amount of the
original letter of credit by 167%.

Seller Notes and Commitments

     In connection with the acquisition of the Company's California rural
DirecTv market, one of the Operating Subsidiaries, Digital Television Services
of California, LLC ("DTS California"), entered into a promissory note dated
April 1, 1996, as modified as of December 31, 1996 (as so modified, the "DTS
California Note"), in favor of Pacific Coast DBS, Inc. ("Pacific"). Pursuant to
the DTS California Note, DTS California is obligated to pay to Pacific the sum
of (i) $480,000, payable in 24 equal monthly installments commencing May 1,
1996, and (ii) an amount payable on October 1, 1998 equal to the greater of
$4.0 million or the Contingent Payment Amount. The Contingent Payment Amount is
determined by multiplying the number of subscribers to DIRECTV Services in DTS
California's rural DirecTv market as of October 1, 1998

                                      F-54
<PAGE>
                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
                               AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
 
 
5. LONG-TERM DEBT  -- (Continued)
 
by certain dollar amounts. As of December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1997, the
Contingent Payment Amount is recorded as $4,223,250 and $6,250,800, which is
based on subscriber levels at December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1997,
respectively. The DTS California Note is classified as current maturities in
the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 1997. The
obligations of DTS California pursuant to the DTS California Note are secured
by a $7,000,000 irrevocable letter of credit (the "DTS California Letter of
Credit") issued in favor of Pacific pursuant to the Credit Facility, as
subsequently defined. The stated amount of the DTS California Letter of Credit
will increase so that it will at all times be at least equal to 110% of the
Contingent Payment Amount. The DTS California Note contains certain covenants
which, among other things, prohibit the payment of dividends or other
distributions by DTS California and payments by DTS California to Columbia. A
failure to make any payment due under the DTS California Note will allow
Pacific to draw under the DTS California Letter of Credit.

     In connection with the acquisition of one of the Company's rural DirecTv
markets in South Carolina (the "South Carolina Rural DirecTv Markets"), one of
the Operating Subsidiaries, Digital Television Services of South Carolina I,
LLC ("DTS South Carolina I"), entered into a promissory note dated November 26,
1996 (the "South Carolina I Note") payable to Pee Dee Electricom, Inc. ("Pee
Dee") in the amount of $7,955,000, of which $3,265,000 was paid in January
1997. The balance was paid on January 2, 1998 and is classified as current
maturities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 1997.
The note bears interest at a rate of 4% per annum, payable quarterly. The
obligations of DTS South Carolina I with respect to the South Carolina I Note
are secured by an irrevocable letter of credit (the "South Carolina I Letter of
Credit") issued in favor of Pee Dee pursuant to the Credit Facility. The South
Carolina I Note does not contain any covenants; however, a failure to make any
payment due under the South Carolina I Note will allow Pee Dee to draw under
the South Carolina I Letter of Credit.

     In connection with the acquisition of the Company's other South Carolina
rural DirecTv market, one of the Operating Subsidiaries, Digital Television
Services of South Carolina II, LLC, entered into a promissory note dated
November 26, 1996 (the "South Carolina II Note") payable to Santee Satellite
Systems, Inc. ("Santee") in the amount of $2,200,000, of which $1,100,000 was
due on November 26, 1997, with the balance due on November 26, 1998. The entire
balance was paid in January 1997 and thus is classified as current maturities
in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 1996. The note
bears interest at 6% per annum, payable quarterly. The note is secured by an
irrevocable letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Facility (the "South
Carolina II Letter of Credit") issued in favor of Santee. The South Carolina II
Note does not contain any covenants; however, a failure to make any payment due
under the South Carolina II Note will allow Santee to draw under the South
Carolina II Letter of Credit.

     In connection with the acquisition of one of the Company's New Mexico
rural DirecTv markets, the Company entered into a promissory note dated March
1, 1996, as modified as of November 27, 1996 (as so modified, the "New Mexico
Note"), in favor of Edward Botefuhr and Janet Blakeley Botefuhr in the amount
of $415,000, payable in equal installments on April 1, 1998 and April 1, 1999.
The note bears interest at 15% per annum, payable monthly. The note is secured
by an irrevocable letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Facility (the
"New Mexico Letter of Credit") issued in favor of the Botefuhrs. The New Mexico
Note does not contain any covenants; however, a failure to make any payment due
under the New Mexico Note will allow the Botefuhrs to draw under the New Mexico
Letter of Credit. The entire balance was paid in January 1997 and thus is
classified as current maturities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet
at December 31, 1996.

     In connection with the acquisition of the Company's Rural DirecTv Markets
in Georgia (the "Georgia Rural DirecTv Markets"), one of the Subsidiaries,
Digital Television Services of Georgia, LLC ("DTS

                                      F-55
<PAGE>
                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
                               AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
 
 
5. LONG-TERM DEBT  -- (Continued)
 
Georgia"), issued three promissory notes, each of which represents a portion of
the purchase price for one of the Georgia Rural DirecTv Markets. DTS Georgia
issued (i) a promissory note dated May 9, 1997 (the "Planters Notes") payable
to Planters Electric Membership Corporation ("Planters") in the amount of
approximately $850,000, (ii) a promissory note dated May 9, 1997 (the "Mitchell
Note") payable to Mitchell Electric Membership Corporation ("Mitchell") in the
amount of approximately $9.4 million and (iii) a promissory note dated May 9,
1997 (the "Washington Note") payable to Washington Electric Membership
Corporation ("Washington") in the amount of approximately $5.2 million. The
principal amount of the Planters Note was paid on January 2, 1998 and bears
interest at a rate of 3% per annum; provided that if DTS Georgia acquires a
certain Rural DirecTv Market, the interest rate will increase as of the date of
such acquisition to 3 1/2% per annum. The principal amount of each of the
Mitchell Note and the Washington Note is payable in annual installments
beginning January 2, 1998 through January 2, 2001. The Mitchell Note and the
Washington Note bear interest at a rate of 3% per annum until May 9, 2000 and
at a rate of 3 1/2% per annum thereafter; provided that if DTS Georgia acquires
a certain Rural DirectTv Market, the interest rate will increase as of the date
of such acquisition to 3 1/2% per annum, until May 9, 2000, and to 4%
thereafter. The obligations of DTS Georgia with respect to the Georgia Notes
are secured by three irrevocable letters of credit issued pursuant to the
Credit Facility (the "Georgia Letters of Credit"), each of which has been
issued for the benefit of one of Planters, Mitchell and Washington. The Georgia
Notes do not contain any affirmative or negative covenants regarding the
Company, DTS Georgia or the operation of the Georgia Rural DirecTv Markets;
however, a failure to make any payment due under a Georgia Note will allow the
payee of such Georgia Note to draw under the applicable Georgia Letter of
Credit.

Installment Notes

     The installment notes represent notes payable to certain financial
institutions for certain property and equipment. The notes are payable in equal
monthly installments through May 2000 and bear interest at rates ranging from
8.5% to 10.3% at December 31, 1996 and 1997.

Unamortized Discount

     The Company has discounted the Notes, the DTS California Note, the South
Carolina I Note, the South Carolina II Note and the seller notes issued in
conjunction with the acquisitions of certain Rural DirecTv markets in Georgia
to reflect the fair market value based on average interest rates available to
the Company. The estimated fair value interest rate used to record the discount
was 12.75% for the Notes and 9% for the seller notes. The unamortized discount
is being amortized over the life of the notes using the effective interest
method. Amortization expense, included in interest expense in the accompanying
consolidated statements of operations, is $268,544 and $1,275,761 for the
period from inception (January 30, 1996) through December 31, 1996 and for the
year ended December 31, 1997, respectively.

     Future maturities of long-term debt are as follows at December 31, 1997:


  1998 .............................................    $16,315,333
  1999 .............................................      4,945,001
  2000 .............................................      4,990,854
  2001 .............................................      3,385,452
  2002 .............................................     12,700,000
                                                        -----------
                                                        $42,336,640
                                                        ===========

6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases

     The Company leases office and retail space and certain equipment under
noncancelable operating leases which expire in various years through 2002.
Future minimum lease payments for noncancelable operating leases in effect at
December 31, 1997 are as follows:

                                      F-56
<PAGE>
                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
                               AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
 
 
6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES  -- (Continued)
 

       1998 .....................................   $  641,000
       1999 .....................................      529,000
       2000 .....................................      369,000
       2001 .....................................      318,000
       2002 .....................................      186,000
                                                    ----------
  Total future minimum lease payments ...........   $2,043,000
                                                    ==========

     Rental expense charged to operations totaled approximately $83,000 and
$672,632 during the period from inception (January 30, 1996) through December
31, 1996 and during the year ended December 31, 1997, respectively, and is
included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated
statements of operations.


Minimum Subscribers

     As part of the NRTC Member Agreements, the Company is required to pay
certain programming fees based on a minimum number of subscribers in each of
its rural DirecTv markets (such minimum number of subscribers being equal to up
to 5% of the households in each such rural DirecTv market) and the requirements
of certain programming agreements between DirecTv and providers of programming,
beginning in the fourth year of operation of the NRTC Member Agreement, with
respect to such rural DirecTv market. Each of the Operating Subsidiaries had
achieved the minimum subscriber requirement at December 31, 1997.


7. MEMBERS'/STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

     Prior to October 10, 1997, DTS was a limited liability company (the "LLC")
organized under the laws of the State of Delaware. The LLC had four classes of
equity interests, denominated as "Class A Units," "Class B Units," "Class C
Units," and "Class D Units," with the classes having different voting and
distribution rights per the LLC Agreement. During 1996, the Company sold
1,844,098 Class B Units to Columbia DBS, Inc. and Columbia DBS Investors, L.P.,
which are affiliates of Columbia, and certain senior executives of the Company,
raising $18.4 million of initial equity capital. On January 2, 1997, the
Company sold an additional 205,902 Class B Units to this same group for
approximately $2.1 million. On February 10, 1997, the Company sold 1,333,333
Class A Units to the Equity Investors, raising an additional $30 million of
equity capital.

     Class C Units were issued to certain senior executives of the Company,
subject to certain vesting requirements related to employment. Each Class C
Unit represented a restricted interest in the Company received in exchange for
the performance of services. The Company issued a total of 87,049 Class C
Units, of which 34,876 and 68,302 were vested at December 31, 1996 and October
10, 1997, respectively.

     In March 1997, DTS Management adopted an Employee Unit Plan (the "Employee
Unit Plan") pursuant to which up to 180,000 Class D Units could be issued to
employees or independent contractors of DTS Management or the Subsidiaries at
prices equal to the market value thereof as of the date of issuance and
pursuant to such terms and conditions (including vesting) as determined by the
Company. As of October 10, 1997, 124,000 Class D Units were issued pursuant to
the Employee Unit Plan.

                                      F-57
<PAGE>
                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
                               AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
 
 
7. MEMBERS'/STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY  -- (Continued)
 
     On October 10, 1997, the Company converted to corporate form in a
transaction (the "Corporate Conversion") contemplated on the LLC Agreement
pursuant to which the LLC merged with and into WEP Intermediate Corp., a
Delaware corporation ("WEP"). As a result of the Corporate Conversion, (i) the
member interests in the LLC held by WEP were canceled, (ii) all of the
outstanding capital stock of WEP was converted into Series A Preferred Stock of
the Company, (iii) the member interests in the LLC evidenced by the Class A
Units (other than those held by WEP) were converted into Series A Preferred
Stock of the Company, (iv) the member interests in the LLC evidenced by the
Class B Units were converted into Common Stock of the Company, (v) the member
interests in the LLC evidenced by the Class C Units together with such Class C
Unit holders' promissory notes in the principal amount of $10.00 per share were
exchanged for shares of Common Stock of the Company, (vi) the member interests
in the LLC evidenced by the Class D Units were converted into warrants to
purchase Common Stock of the Company, (vii) the surviving entity changed its
name to "Digital Television Services, Inc." and (viii) Digital Television
Services, Inc. assumed by operation of law and supplemental indenture all of
the obligations of the LLC under the terms of the Notes.

     Subsequent to the Corporate Conversion, substantially all of the
outstanding shares of the Company are owned by the holders of the equity
interests in the LLC. Therefore, the Corporate Conversion has been treated for
accounting purposes as the acquisition of WEP by the LLC. The LLC's assets and
liabilities have been recorded at historical cost and WEP's assets and
liabilities have been recorded at fair value. However, given that WEP's only
asset consisted of its investment in the LLC, no goodwill has been recognized.
Effective with the Corporate Conversion, the historical financial statements of
the LLC have become the historical financial statements of WEP and include the
businesses of both companies.

     As a result of the Corporate Conversion, the stockholders' equity of the
Company is as follows:

     Common Stock. The Company is authorized to issue up to 10,000,000 shares
of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share. As of December 31, 1997, there were
issued and outstanding 2,137,049 shares of Common Stock, held of record by five
stockholders.

     Preferred Stock. The authorized capital stock of the Company includes
10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share. A total of
5,000,000 of such shares have been designated "Series A Payment-in-Kind
Convertible Preferred Stock" (the "Series A Preferred Stock"). As of December
31, 1997, there were issued and outstanding 1,404,056 shares of Series A
Preferred Stock, held of record by six stockholders.

     The Board is authorized by the Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation to issue one or more additional series of preferred stock from
time to time, without further stockholder action, in one or more series and,
with respect to such series, to fix the designation and number of shares to be
issued, the voting rights of the shares, the dividend rights, if any, the
redemption rights, if any, sinking fund requirements, if any, rights upon the
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or upon the distribution
of the assets of the Company, the terms of the conversion or exchange into any
other class or series of shares, if provided for, and other powers,
preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. Under
the Stockholders Agreement dated as of October 10, 1997 among the Company, the
holders of the Common Stock and the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock
(the "Stockholders Agreement"), stockholder approval may be required in order
to take certain of these actions.

     Each holder of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock will have the right,
exercisable at any time and from time to time, to convert all or any such
shares of Series A Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, initially on a
share-for-share basis. The conversion ratio of the Series A Preferred Stock is
subject to adjustment in the event of (i) any subdivision or combination of the
Common Stock, (ii) any payment by the Company of a stock dividend to the
holders of the Common Stock, (iii) the issuance of rights to acquire

                                      F-58
<PAGE>
                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
                               AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
 
 
7. MEMBERS'/STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY  -- (Continued)
 
equity to holders of the Common Stock without issuing similar rights to the
holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, or (iv) the issuance of equity or
rights to acquire equity at a price per share less than $22.50 (as adjusted).
In addition, if the Company consolidates or merges with, or transfers all or
substantially all of its assets to, another corporation, and such transaction
requires the approval of the stockholders of the Company, then a holder of the
Series A Preferred Stock may convert some or all of such shares into shares of
Common Stock simultaneously with the record date for, or the effective date of,
such transaction so as to receive the rights, warrants, securities or assets
that a holder of shares of the Common Stock on that date may receive.

     If the Company consummates an underwritten public offering of equity
securities resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of at least $25 million
and at a price per share equal to (i) at least $33.75, if such public offering
is consummated on or before July 31, 1998, (ii) at least $39.37, if such public
offering is consummated after July 31, 1998 but on or before July 31, 1999, and
(iii) at least $45.00, if such public offering is consummated at any time after
July 31, 1999 (a public offering meeting such requirements is referred to
herein as a "Qualified IPO"), then the Series A Preferred Stock shall be
converted automatically upon such consummation into shares of Common Stock at
an initial conversion rate of one-for-one, subject to adjustment as described
above.

     In the event of any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, winding up or
liquidation of the Company, after payment or provision for payment of all of
the Company's debts and other liabilities, the holders of the Series A
Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, out of the remaining net assets of
the Company and in preference to the holders of the Common Stock and any other
capital stock ranking junior to the Series A Preferred Stock, the amount of
$22.50 (the "Liquidation Preference") for each share of the Series A Preferred
Stock, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends up to the date for such
distribution, whether or not declared. If, upon any liquidation of the Company,
the assets distributable among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are
insufficient to permit the payment in full to the holders of the Series A
Preferred Stock and all other classes of preferred stock ranking (as to any
such distribution) senior to or on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock,
of all preferential amounts payable to all such holders, then the entire assets
of the Company thus distributable will be distributed ratably among the holders
of the Series A Preferred Stock and all classes and series of capital stock
ranking (as to any such distribution) senior to or on a parity with the Series
A Preferred Stock in order of relative priority and, as to classes and series
ranking on a parity with one another, in proportion to the full preferential
amount that would be payable per share if such assets were sufficient to permit
payment in full. If, after payment of the Liquidation Preference to the holders
of the Series A Preferred Stock and the payment of the liquidation preference
with respect to any capital stock ranking (as to any such distribution) senior
to or on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock, assets remain in the
Company, all such remaining funds shall be distributed first to the holders of
the Common Stock, until such holders have received an amount per share equal to
the Liquidation Preference, subject to certain adjustments, and then on an
equal per share basis to holders of all capital stock of the Company on a pro
rata, as-if-converted to Common Stock basis.

     The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive
when, as and if declared by the Board cumulative dividends payable on the
shares of the Series A Preferred Stock for each quarterly dividend period,
commencing March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year and
ending on the day next preceding the first day of the next quarterly dividend
period, at a rate of 8% per annum, compounded annually, in respect of the
Liquidation Preference. All such dividends shall be payable on March 15, June
15, September 15 and December 15 of each year. The Company may, at its option,
pay a certain portion of such dividends through the issuance of that number of
additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock having an aggregate Liquidation
Preference equal to the aggregate dollar amount of dividends to be paid on such
dividend payment date.

     Except as provided by law, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are
entitled to only those voting rights set forth in the Stockholders Agreement.

                                      F-59
<PAGE>
                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
                               AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
 
 
8. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Employment Agreements

     DTS Management has entered into employment agreements, as amended, with
certain executive officers of DTS Management (the "Employment Agreements"). The
initial term of the Employment Agreements are one year, with automatic
extensions of one year unless terminated by DTS Management or the executive.
The Employment Agreements provide for base salaries and bonuses at the
discretion of the Board of Directors of DTS.

     Pursuant to the Employment Agreements, the Company issued the executives
an aggregate of 87,049 Class C Units, which vest based on the Company's
reaching defined numbers of subscribers and/or on defined vesting dates. Any
units not vested at the earlier of (i) the date on which the Company completes
an initial public offering; (ii) the date upon which Columbia and its officers,
directors, stockholders and employees cease to own, directly or indirectly, in
the aggregate at least 50% of the equity interests of the Company held by them
on November 19, 1996; or (iii) March 31, 1998 shall become fully vested and
cease to be restricted so long as the executive has remained employed by DTS
Management through such date.

     The Employment Agreements also permitted the executives to purchase a
certain number of Class B Units at a price of $10 per unit. Pursuant to rights
under the Employment Agreements and the Company's LLC Agreement, the executives
have purchased an aggregate of 100,500 Class B Units.

     The Employment Agreements provide that the Company has the option to
repurchase all of the Class C Units held by an executive which have vested and
all of the Class B Units held by an executive if the executive's employment is
terminated voluntarily or with cause (as defined) prior to April 1, 1998. At
such time, all unvested Class C Units of the executive shall be forfeited. If
the executive is terminated for any reason other than cause, the executive's
Class C Units will become fully vested and unrestricted.

     Simultaneous with the execution of the Employment Agreements, the subject
executive officers also entered into loan agreements with Columbia for an
aggregate of $430,000 to fund a portion of the equity purchases by the
executives. The loans bear interest at 10% per annum and mature on the earlier
of April 1, 2001 or receipt by the executive of proceeds from the sale of the
purchased units. The loans are secured by a portion of the executive's
purchased Class B Units.

     The Employment Agreements were amended as of October 10, 1997 to provide
for certain changes with respect to the severance provisions and the vesting of
applicable executive officers' shares of Common Stock received in exchange for
their Class C Units and warrants received in exchange for their Class D Units.


Digital Television Services 401(k) Plan

     In January 1997, the Company established the Digital Television Services
401(k) Plan (the "Plan") covering all of its employees. As part of the Plan,
the Company provides matching contributions of 20% of the participant's
contributions up to a maximum of 5% of the participant's pay. The Plan also
provides for additional contributions at the discretion of the Company. The
Company incurs the cost of administering this plan.


Employee Stock Plan

     In October 1997, the Company adopted the Digital Television Services, Inc.
1997 Stock Option Plan (the "Employee Stock Plan") pursuant to which up to
100,000 shares of Common Stock (or such larger number of shares as may be
approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company
(the

                                      F-60
<PAGE>

                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
                               AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
 
 
8. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS  -- (Continued)
 
"Board")) may be issued to employees or independent contractors of the Company
or the Subsidiaries at prices equal to the market value thereof as of the date
of issuance and pursuant to such terms and conditions (including vesting) as
the Board shall determine. As of December 31, 1997, stock options have been
granted with respect to 43,633 shares of Common Stock. The exercise price at
the date of grant of $22.50 per share approximates the market value of the
options and, therefore, the plan is generally non-compensatory. The stock
options expire from two to ten years after each respective grant date. A
portion of the options are exercisable as of the grant date. The remaining
options become exercisable beginning one year from the grant date with vesting
periods of four years. Upon consummation of the Pegasus transaction (Note 10),
generally all options that remain unvested will become fully vested.

     The Company accounts for stock options under Accounting Principles Board
("APB") Opinion No. 25, which requires compensation costs to be recognized only
when the option price differs from the market price at the grant date.
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123: Accounting for Stock Based
Compensation ("SFAS No. 123") allows a company to follow APB Opinion No. 25
with an additional disclosure that shows what the Company's pro forma net loss
would have been using the compensation model under SFAS No. 123. Under SFAS No.
123, the fair values for these options were estimated at the date of grant
using an option pricing model with the following assumptions: weighted average
risk-free interest rate of 5.65%, no dividend yield, and a life of the options
approximating one year to reflect accelerated vesting provisions of the Pegasus
transaction (Note 10). The estimated fair value of these options was calculated
using a minimum value method and may not be indicative of the future impact,
since the model for this method does not take volatility into consideration.

     The pro forma net loss under SFAS No. 123 approach was $3,535,259 for the
period from January 30, 1996 (inception) to December 31, 1996 and $30,286,667
for the year ended December 31, 1997.


9. RELIANCE ON DIRECTV AND THE NRTC AND OTHER MATTERS

     The NRTC has contracted with third parties to provide the NRTC members
with certain services, including billing services and centralized remittance
processing services. The NRTC bills the Company for these services on a monthly
basis. These fees are recorded as service fees in the accompanying statement of
operations. The NRTC also sells DSS(R) equipment to its members.

     Because the Company is, through the NRTC, a distributor of DIRECTV
Services, the Company would be adversely affected by any material adverse
changes in the assets, financial condition, programming, technological
capabilities or services of DirecTv or its parent corporation, Hughes
Communication Galaxy, Inc. ("Hughes"), including DirecTv's failure to retain or
renew its Federal Communication Commission ("FCC") licenses to transmit radio
frequency signals from the orbital slots occupied by its satellites.

     The NRTC is a cooperative organization whose members are engaged in the
distribution of telecommunications and other services in predominantly rural
areas of the United States. Pursuant to an agreement between the NRTC and
Hughes (the "Hughes Agreement") and the NRTC Member Agreements, participating
NRTC members acquired the exclusive rights to provide DIRECTV Services to
residential and commercial subscribers in certain rural DirecTv markets. In
general, upon default by the NRTC under the Hughes Agreement, the Company would
have the right to acquire DIRECTV Services directly from DirecTv. The NRTC has
contracted with third parties to provide the NRTC members with certain
services, including billing services and centralized remittance processing
services. If the NRTC is unable to provide these services for whatever reason,
the Company would be required to acquire the services from other sources. There
can be no assurance that the cost to the Company to obtain these services
elsewhere would not exceed the amounts currently payable to the NRTC.

                                      F-61
<PAGE>
                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
                               AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
 
 
9. RELIANCE ON DIRECTV AND THE NRTC AND OTHER MATTERS  -- (Continued)
 
     The Company would also be adversely affected by the termination of the
NRTC Member Agreements by the NRTC prior to the expiration of their respective
terms. If the NRTC Member Agreements are terminated by the NRTC, the Company
would no longer have the right to provide DIRECTV Services. There can be no
assurance that the Company would be able to obtain similar DBS services from
other sources.

     Both the Hughes Agreement and the NRTC Member Agreements expire when
Hughes removes its current satellites from their assigned orbital locations.
Although, according to Hughes, the three DirecTv satellites have estimated
orbital lives of approximately 15 years from their respective launches in
December 1993 and 1994, there can be no assurance as to the longevity of the
satellites and thus no assurance as to how long the Company will be able to
continue to acquire DBS services pursuant to the NRTC Member Agreements.

     While the Company believes it will have access to DIRECTV Services
following the expiration of the current Hughes Agreement by virtue of the
NRTC's right of first refusal in the Hughes Agreement and the Company's
existing contractual and membership relationship with the NRTC, there can be no
assurance that such services will be available to the Company from Hughes or
the NRTC, and, if available, there can be no assurance with regard to the
financial and other terms under which the Company could acquire the services.

     The Company's DBS business is a new business with a limited operating
history. There are numerous risks associated with satellite transmission
technology. There can be no assurance as to the longevity of the satellites or
that loss, damage, or changes in the satellites will not occur and have a
material adverse effect on DirecTv and the Company's DBS business.

     DirecTv, and therefore the Company, is dependent on third parties to
provide high-quality programming that appeals to mass audiences. DirecTv's
programming agreements have terms which expire on various dates and have
different renewal and cancellation provisions. There can be no assurance that
any such agreements will be renewed or will not be canceled prior to expiration
of their original terms.

     DBS operators, such as DirecTv, are free to set prices and serve
subscribers according to their business judgment, without rate of return and
other regulation. However, DirecTv is subject to the regulatory jurisdiction of
the FCC.


10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Acquisition of Contract Rights

     On January 30, 1998, the Company acquired the rights to provide DIRECTV
Services in certain counties in Georgia for $9.5 million from Ocmulgee
Communications, Inc. The purchase price was financed through borrowings under
the Credit Facility.


The Acquisition of the Company

     On January 8, 1998, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of
Merger (the "Merger Agreement") among Pegasus Communications Corporation
("Pegasus"), the Company, Pegasus DTS Merger Sub, Inc., a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Pegasus (the "Merger Sub"), certain stockholders of Pegasus and
certain stockholders of the Company. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the
Merger Sub will be merged (the "Pegasus Transaction") with and into the
Company, and the Company will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Pegasus. The
Merger Agreement provides for the acquisition of all of the outstanding capital
stock of the Company in exchange for approximately 5.5 million shares of
Pegasus' Class A Common Stock. Pegasus will not assume, guarantee or otherwise
have any liability for the Notes or any other liability of the Company or

                                      F-62
<PAGE>

                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
                               AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
 
 
10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS  -- (Continued)
 
its subsidiaries. At the closing of the Pegasus Transaction, and thereafter
except to the extent permitted under the terms of the Notes, the Company will
not assume, guarantee or otherwise have any liability for any indebtedness or
other liability of Pegasus or any of its subsidiaries.

     The Pegasus Transaction is expected to be completed in the first half of
1998 and is subject, among other things, to approval of the stockholders of
Pegasus and the Company, consents from the NRTC, DirecTv and the Company's
lenders, and other conditions customary in transactions of this nature.

     Upon the consummation of the Pegasus Transaction, a change of control will
occur and the Company will be required to make an offer to purchase the Notes
at 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest
thereon, if any, to the date of the purchase. The Company has entered into a
commitment letter with CIBC Oppenheimer Corp. ("CIBC") under which CIBC has
agreed to purchase the Notes tendered in response to the offer to purchase the
Notes. CIBC's commitment is subject to the execution of definitive
documentation and customary closing conditions. There can be no assurance that
such alternative arrangements will be available or, if available, will be on
terms satisfactory to the Company. In addition, the consummation of the Pegasus
Transaction may also constitute an event of default under the Credit Facility
due to a change in control of the Company, permitting the lenders thereunder to
accelerate the repayment of indebtedness thereunder, in which case the
subordination provisions of the Notes would require the payment in full of the
outstanding amounts under the Credit Facility and any other senior indebtedness
before the Company could distribute cash to purchase the Notes. A condition to
the closing of the Pegasus Transaction is that the Credit Facility be amended
to permit such closing.

     The Company has been informed by the management of Pegasus that, upon
consummation of the Pegasus Transaction, Pegasus would use the purchase method
of accounting to record the acquisition of the Company and would "push down"
the effects of the purchase price which would increase the Company's intangible
assets by approximately $163.3 million. Accordingly, the Company's amortization
expense would be increased with respect to periods subsequent to the
consummation of the Pegasus Transaction.


                                      F-63
<PAGE>

                       Digital Television Services, Inc.
                          Consolidated Balance Sheets
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 September 30,
                                                                                     1998
                                                                               ----------------
                                                                                  (unaudited)
<S>                                                                            <C>
                                    ASSETS
Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents ...............................................    $   4,762,877
   Restricted cash .........................................................       18,637,235
   Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $191,000 and
    $183,000, respectively .................................................        3,271,923
   Inventory ...............................................................          413,164
   Prepaid expenses and other ..............................................          540,752
                                                                                -------------
      Total current assets .................................................       27,625,951
Restricted cash ............................................................               --
Property and equipment, net ................................................        3,540,161
Intangible assets, net .....................................................      336,810,192
Deferred taxes .............................................................       13,296,554
Deposits and other .........................................................               --
                                                                                -------------
      Total assets .........................................................    $ 381,272,858
                                                                                =============
                             LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:
   Current portion of long-term debt .......................................    $  11,998,097
   Accounts payable ........................................................        1,279,086
   Accrued interest ........................................................        3,310,369
   Accrued satellite programming and fees ..................................        6,830,572
   Accrued expenses ........................................................        7,556,967
   Amounts due seller ......................................................               --
                                                                                -------------
      Total current liabilities ............................................       30,975,091
Long-term debt .............................................................      187,804,744
Deferred taxes .............................................................       66,874,500
                                                                                -------------
      Total liabilities ....................................................      285,654,335
                                                                                -------------
Commitments and contingent liabilities .....................................               --
Stockholders' equity:
   Common stock ............................................................                1
   Preferred stock .........................................................               --
   Additional paid-in capital ..............................................      145,401,605
   Accumulated deficit .....................................................      (49,783,083)
                                                                                -------------
      Total stockholders' equity ...........................................       95,618,523
                                                                                -------------
   Total liabilities and stockholders' equity ..............................    $ 381,272,858
                                                                                =============
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

                                      F-64
<PAGE>

                       Digital Television Services, Inc.
                     Consolidated Statements of Operations
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Nine Months Ended September 30,
                                             -------------------------------------
                                                    1997                1998
                                             -----------------   -----------------
                                                          (unaudited)
<S>                                          <C>                 <C>
Revenues:
   Basic satellite service ...............      $ 22,477,116        $ 44,556,030
   Premium services ......................         4,585,042           7,328,230
   Other .................................         1,749,077           2,799,301
                                                ------------        ------------
      Total revenues .....................        28,811,235          54,683,561
Operating expenses:
   Programming ...........................        12,742,294          24,483,144
   General and administrative ............         8,599,970          12,262,822
   Marketing and selling .................         8,641,644          17,649,592
   Incentive compensation ................                --             173,919
   Depreciation and amortization .........        10,288,621          22,837,276
                                                ------------        ------------
      Loss from operations ...............       (11,461,294)        (22,723,192)
Interest expense .........................        (8,846,229)        (18,693,648)
Interest income ..........................           630,916           1,136,990
Other expenses, net ......................           (91,503)           (278,855)
                                                ------------        ------------
   Net loss ..............................     ($ 19,768,110)      ($ 40,558,705)
                                                ============        ============
 
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

                                      F-65
<PAGE>

                       Digital Television Services, Inc.
                     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Nine Months Ended September 30,
                                                                 -------------------------------------
                                                                        1997                1998
                                                                 -----------------   -----------------
                                                                              (unaudited)
<S>                                                              <C>                 <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
 Net loss ....................................................     ($ 19,768,110)      ($ 40,558,705)
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used by
   operating activities: .....................................
   Depreciation and amortization .............................        10,288,621          22,837,276
   Accretion on discount of bonds and seller notes ...........           815,910           1,094,092
   Bad debt expense ..........................................           479,595             985,319
   Change in assets and liabilities:
    Accounts receivable ......................................        (1,731,526)         (2,182,896)
    Inventory ................................................          (420,808)          1,816,754
    Prepaid expenses and other ...............................           (33,037)           (464,153)
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses ....................         3,098,016           6,444,013
    Accrued interest .........................................         2,753,059          (4,936,704)
                                                                    ------------        ------------
 Net cash used by operating activities .......................        (4,518,280)        (14,965,004)
                                                                    ------------        ------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
   Acquisitions ..............................................       (88,745,395)        (37,172,504)
   Capital expenditures ......................................        (1,339,466)         (1,232,829)
   Purchase of intangible assets .............................          (683,529)         (5,588,721)
                                                                    ------------        ------------
 Net cash used by investing activities .......................       (90,768,390)        (43,994,054)
                                                                    ------------        ------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
   Proceeds from subordinated notes offering .................       152,840,850                  --
   Proceeds from long-term debt ..............................           344,417                  --
   Repayments of long-term debt ..............................        (6,080,000)         (9,555,622)
   Borrowings on bank credit facilities ......................        72,769,409          14,000,000
   Repayments of revolving credit facilities .................       (82,169,409)           (200,000)
   Contributions by Parent ...................................                --           2,146,087
   Restricted cash ...........................................       (36,544,197)         18,389,853
   Capital lease repayments ..................................           (52,908)           (171,535)
   Sale of Member Units ......................................        31,879,005                  --
   Capitalized financing costs ...............................        (9,325,449)                 --
                                                                    ------------        ------------
 Net cash provided by financing activities ...................       123,661,718          24,608,783
                                                                    ------------        ------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .........        28,375,048         (34,350,275)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year .................         1,595,955          39,113,152
                                                                    ------------        ------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period .....................      $ 29,971,003        $  4,762,877
                                                                    ============        ============
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

                                      F-66
<PAGE>

                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. The Company:

     Digital Television Services, Inc. ("DTS" or together with its wholly owned
subsidiaries, the "Company"), a Delaware corporation, is a successor to Digital
Television Services, LLC and DBS Holdings, L.P., originally formed on January
30, 1996. The Company provides direct broadcast satellite television ("DBS")
services to customers in certain rural areas which encompass portions of eleven
states. The Company completed its first acquisition of rights to provide DBS
services in March 1996 and has made a total of eighteen acquisitions as of
September 30, 1998.

     DTS is a holding company which operates primarily through its wholly owned
subsidiaries. The principal wholly owned subsidiaries of DTS as of September
30, 1998 consist of eleven entities (the "Operating Subsidiaries"). Until April
27, 1998 the sole member and manager of the Operating Subsidiaries was DTS
Management, LLC ("DTS Management"), which is a wholly owned subsidiary of DTS.
The Company's other wholly owned subsidiary, DTS Capital, Inc. ("DTS Capital"),
was formed in 1997 and currently has nominal assets and does not conduct any
operations. DTS Capital was formed to facilitate the issuance of $155.0 million
of 12.5% Series A Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the "Series A Notes") in
July 1997 (see footnote 5 -- Long-Term Debt).

     On April 27, 1998, the Company merged (the "Merger") with Pegasus DTS
Merger Sub, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Pegasus Communications
Corporation ("Pegasus"). In connection with the Merger, the stockholders of the
Company exchanged all of their outstanding capital stock for approximately 5.5
million shares of Pegasus' Class A Common Stock and, as a consequence, the
Company became a wholly owned subsidiary of Pegasus. Pegasus did not assume,
guarantee or otherwise have any liability for DTS' outstanding indebtedness or
any other liability of the Company or its subsidiaries. After the Merger,
except to the extent permitted under the terms of the Notes, the Company did
not assume, guarantee or otherwise have any liability for any indebtedness or
other liability of Pegasus or any of Pegasus' subsidiaries.

     Effective with the Merger, a change of control occurred and, as a result,
the Company was required to make an offer to purchase the Notes at 101% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to
the date of the purchase. The Company entered into an agreement with CIBC
Oppenheimer Corp. ("CIBCC") under which CIBCC agreed to purchase the Notes
tendered in response to the offer to purchase the Notes.

     Total consideration for the Merger was approximately $345.2 million, which
consisted of approximately 5.5 million shares of Pegasus' Class A Common Stock
(amounting to $119.4 million at a price of $21.71 per share), approximately
$158.9 million of net liabilities and approximately $66.9 million of a deferred
tax liability, primarily as a result of non-deductible amortization, of which
$53.6 million was allocated to DBS rights and $13.3 million was recorded as a
deferred tax asset. As a result of the Merger and Pegasus' use of the purchase
method of accounting to record the acquisition of the Company, the "push down"
effect of the purchase price increased the Company's intangible assets by
approximately $173.0 million. As a consequence, results prior to the Merger are
not comparable with those subsequent to the Merger.


2. Basis of Presentation

     The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Rule 10-01 of
Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and
footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete
financial statements. The unaudited consolidated financial statements reflect
all adjustments consisting of normal recurring items which are, in the opinion
of management, necessary for a fair presentation, in all material respects, of
the financial position of the Company and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for the interim period. For further information, refer to the
consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto for the year ended
December 31, 1997 included in the Company's Form 10-K for the year then ended.
All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

                                      F-67
<PAGE>

                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
 
 
3. Common Stock:

     At September 30, 1998 common stock consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                <C>
   DTS common stock, $0.01 par value; 10.0 million shares authorized; 100 shares
    issued and outstanding .....................................................   $  1
                                                                                   ====

</TABLE>
     The Company's ability to pay dividends on its Common Stock is subject to
certain restrictions (see footnote 5 -- Long-Term Debt).

4. Preferred Stock:

     At September 30, 1998 preferred stock consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                  <C>
   DTS preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 10.0 million shares authorized; no shares
    issued and outstanding .......................................................   $  --
                                                                                     =====

</TABLE>
     The Company's ability to pay dividends on its Preferred Stock is subject
to certain restrictions (see footnote 5 -- Long-Term Debt).

5. Long-Term Debt:

     Long-term debt consists of the following:

                                                September 30, 1998
                                         --------------------------------
                                                             Unamortized
                                            Principal         Discount
                                         ---------------   --------------
Senior subordinated notes ............    $155,000,000      $ 1,854,358
Credit facility ......................      29,300,000               --
Seller notes and commitments .........      19,032,976        1,795,883
Capital leases and other .............         120,106               --
                                          ------------      -----------
                                           203,453,082        3,650,241
Less current maturities ..............      13,069,206        1,071,109
                                          ------------      -----------
                                          $190,383,876      $ 2,579,132
                                          ============      ===========

Senior Subordinated Notes:

     In July 1997, the Company completed a senior subordinated notes offering
(the "Notes Offering") in which it sold $155.0 million of its Series A Notes,
resulting in net proceeds to the Company of approximately $146.0 million. The
Company used the net proceeds to fund an interest escrow account for the first
four semi-annual interest payments on the Notes and to repay outstanding
indebtedness under the Credit Facility (as defined herein). This escrow account
is included as restricted cash on the Company's balance sheets.

     In January 1998, the Company exchanged its Series A Notes for its 12.5%
Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the "Series B Notes" and, together
with the Series A Notes, the "Notes"). The Series B Notes have substantially
the same terms and provisions as the Series A Notes. The Series B Notes are
guaranteed on a full, unconditional, senior subordinated basis, jointly and
severally, by all direct and indirect subsidiaries of DTS, except DTS Capital,
which is a co-issuer of the Notes and currently has nominal assets and does not
conduct any operations. DTS does not have assets or operations apart from the
assets and operations of its Operating Subsidiaries. Accordingly, separate
financial information for the Guarantors is not provided because management of
the Company has determined that such information would not be material to
investors.

                                      F-68
<PAGE>

                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
 
 
5. Long-Term Debt:  -- (Continued)
 
Credit Facility:

     In July 1997, DTS entered into an amended and restated $70.0 million
six-year senior revolving credit facility and a $20.0 million six-year senior
term facility (collectively, the "Credit Facility"), which are collateralized
by substantially all of the assets of the Company. Interest on the Credit
Facility is, at the Company's option, at either the bank's base rate or the
Eurodollar Rate. The Credit Facility is subject to certain financial covenants
as defined in the loan agreement, including a debt to adjusted cash flow
covenant. The Credit Facility may be used to refinance certain existing
indebtedness, finance future acquisitions and for working capital, capital
expenditures and general corporate purposes.


Seller Notes and Commitments:

     In connection with the acquisition of the Company's California DBS rights,
one of the Operating Subsidiaries entered into a promissory note in favor of
the seller. Pursuant to the note, the Operating Subsidiary is obligated to pay
to the seller the sum of (i) $480,000, payable in 24 equal monthly installments
commencing May 1, 1996, and (ii) an amount payable on October 1, 1998 equal to
the greater of $4.0 million or the Contingent Payment Amount. The Contingent
Payment Amount is determined by multiplying the number of DBS subscribers in
the Company's California territory as of October 1, 1998 by certain dollar
amounts. As of September 30, 1998, the Contingent Payment Amount is recorded as
approximately $8.3 million, which is based on projected subscriber levels at
October 1, 1998. The obligation of the Operating Subsidiary with respect to the
outstanding promissory note is collateralized by an irrevocable letter of
credit issued pursuant to the Credit Facility, which has been issued for the
benefit of the sellers. The note was paid in October 1998 with proceeds from
Credit Facility borrowings.

     In connection with the acquisition of one of the Company's South Carolina
DBS rights, one of the Operating Subsidiaries entered into a promissory note in
favor of the seller in the amount of approximately $8.0 million, of which
approximately $3.3 million was paid in January 1997. The balance was paid in
January 1998.

     In connection with the acquisition of the Company's Georgia DBS rights
(the "Georgia DBS Rights"), one of the Operating Subsidiaries issued three
promissory notes (the "Georgia Notes"), each of which represents a portion of
the purchase price for one of the Georgia DBS Rights. The Operating Subsidiary
issued (i) a promissory note in favor of the seller in the amount of
approximately $850,000 ("Georgia Note 1"), (ii) a promissory note in favor of
the seller in the amount of approximately $9.4 million ("Georgia Note 2"), and
(iii) a promissory note in favor of the seller in the amount of approximately
$5.2 million ("Georgia Note 3"). The principal amount of the Georgia Note 1 was
paid in January 1998. The principal amount of each of the Georgia Note 2 and
the Georgia Note 3 is payable in annual installments beginning in January 1998
through January 2001. The obligations of the Operating Subsidiary with respect
to the outstanding Georgia Notes are collateralized by two irrevocable letters
of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Facility, each of which has been issued
for the benefit of the sellers.


Capital Leases and Other:

     The capital leases and other represent notes payable to certain financial
institutions for certain property and equipment. The notes are payable in equal
monthly installments through May 2000.

     The Company's indebtedness contain certain financial and operating
covenants, including restrictions on the Company's ability to incur additional
indebtedness, create liens and pay dividends.
 

                                      F-69
<PAGE>

                       DIGITAL TELEVISION SERVICES, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
 
 
6. Net Loss Per Share: Calculation of Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share:

     The following table sets forth the computation of the number of shares
used in the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Nine Months Ended September 30,
                                                  -------------------------------------
                                                         1997                1998
                                                  -----------------   -----------------
<S>                                               <C>                 <C>
  Net loss ....................................     ($ 19,768,110)      ($ 40,558,705)
                                                     ============        ============
  Weighted average shares outstanding .........               100                 100
                                                     ============        ============
 
</TABLE>
     For the nine months ended September 30, 1997 and 1998, net loss per share
was determined by dividing net loss by applicable shares outstanding. The total
shares used for the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share are pro
forma for the Merger and were the same as there were no securities that have
not been issued.

7. Acquisition:

     On January 30, 1998, the Company acquired the rights to provide DIRECTV(R)
("DIRECTV") programming in certain rural areas of Georgia and the related
assets for total consideration of approximately $9.5 million, which consisted
of $9.5 million in cash and $37,000 in assumed net liabilities.

8. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities:

Legal Matters:

     From time to time the Company is involved with claims that arise in the
normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate liability
with respect to these claims will not have a material adverse effect on the
consolidated operations, liquidity, cash flows or financial position of the
Company.




                                      F-70
<PAGE>
================================================================================
       You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We
have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that
contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to
buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are
permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of
the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this
prospectus or of any sale of common stock.

                     -----------------------------------

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                   Page
                                                ---------
Prospectus Summary ..........................        3
Risk Factors ................................       13
Use of Proceeds .............................       22
Dividend Policy .............................       23
Price Range of Class A Common Stock .........       23
Dilution ....................................       24
Capitalization ..............................       25
Selected Historical and Pro Forma
   Consolidated Financial Data ..............       26
Management's Discussion and Analysis
   of Financial Condition and Results of
   Operation ................................       29
   
The Company .................................       39
    
Management ..................................       40
Principal and Selling Stockholders ..........       47
Certain Relationships and Related
   Transactions .............................       50
Description of Certain Indebtedness .........       53
Description of Capital Stock ................       61
Future Sales of Common Stock ................       64
Underwriters ................................       67
Legal Matters ...............................       68
Experts .....................................       68
Where You Can Find More Information .........       69
Index to Financial Statements ...............      F-1

                     -----------------------------------

================================================================================

<PAGE>

================================================================================








                                _________Shares




                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]





                             Class A Common Stock






                                  ----------
                                  PROSPECTUS
                                  ----------







                                           , 1999
                                   --------






                          Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
                            Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
                              Merrill Lynch & Co.
                            C. E. Unterberg, Towbin
                           ING Baring Furman Selz LLC

================================================================================

<PAGE>

                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 14. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

         The following table sets forth the expenses payable by the Registrant
in connection with this Registration Statement. All of such expenses are
estimates, other than the filing and listing fees payable to the Securities and
Exchange Commission and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

   Filing Fee -- Securities and Exchange Commission  ............... $30,147.00
   Filing Fee -- Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc.  ........................  17,500.00
   Filing Fee -- National Association Securities Dealers, Inc. ..... $ 8,000.00 
   Fees and Expenses of Accountants  ...............................    *
   Fees and Expenses of Counsel  ...................................    * 
   Printing Expenses  ..............................................    *
   Blue Sky Fees and Expenses  .....................................    *  
   Miscellaneous Expenses  .........................................    *
                                                                     -------
     Total  ........................................................    *

- -----------
*To be supplied by amendment


Item 15. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

         The Registrant's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
provides that a director of the Registrant shall have no personal liability to
the Registrant or to its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of
fiduciary duty as a director except to the extent that Section 102(b)(7) (or any
successor provision) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended from
time to time, expressly provides that the liability of a director may not be
eliminated or limited.

         Article 6 of the Registrant's By-Laws provides that any person who was
or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or
officer of the Registrant, or is or was serving while a director or officer of
the Registrant at the request of the Registrant as a director, officer,
employee, agent, fiduciary or other representative of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise,
shall be indemnified by the Registrant against expenses (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines, excise taxes and amounts paid in settlement actually
and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or
proceeding to the full extent permissible under Delaware law. Article 6 also
provides that any person who is claiming indemnification under the Registrant's
By-Laws is entitled to advances from the Registrant for the payment of expenses
incurred by such person in the manner and to the full extent permitted under
Delaware law.

         The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Underwriters are
obligated, under certain circumstances, to indemnify directors, officers and
controlling persons of the Registrant against certain liabilities under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Reference is made to Section _ of the form
of Underwriting Agreement which is filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto.

         The Registrant maintains directors' and officers' liability insurance.
<PAGE>

Item 16. Exhibits.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number    Description of Document
- ------    -----------------------
<S>       <C>                                                                                                                       
 1.1**   Underwriting Agreement by and between Pegasus Communications Corporation and
         Donaldson Lufkin and Jenrette, dated as of January __, 1999.

 2.1     Agreement and Plan of Merger dated January 8, 1998 among Pegasus Communications
         Corporation and certain of its shareholders, Pegasus DTS Merger Sub, Inc., and
         Digital Television Services, Inc. and certain of its shareholders, including
         forms of Registration Rights Agreement and Voting Agreement as exhibits (which
         is incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 2.1 to Pegasus's Form 8-K dated
         December 10, 1997).
 2.2     Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of January 16, 1998 between Avalon Cable of
         New England, LLC and Pegasus Cable Television, Inc. and Pegasus Cable Television
         of Connecticut, Inc. (which is incorporated by reference herein to Pegasus' Form
         8-K dated January 16, 1998).
 2.3     Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of July 23, 1998 among Pegasus Cable Television, 
         Inc., Cable Systems USA, Partners, J&J Cable Partners, Inc. and PS&G Cable 
         Partners, Inc. (which is incorporated by reference herein to Pegasus' Form 10-Q 
         dated August 13, 1998).
</TABLE>
                                            -2-
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>       <C>
 3.1      Certificate of Incorporation of Pegasus, as amended (which is incorporated by
          reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Pegasus' Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File
          No. 333-05057)).
   
 3.2      By-Laws of Pegasus (which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Pegasus'
          Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-70949)).
    
 3.3      Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Relative, Participating, Optional
          and Other Special Rights of Preferred Stock and Qualifications, Limitations and
          Restrictions Thereof which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to
          Pegasus' Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-23595).
 4.1      Indenture, dated as of July 7, 1995, by and among Pegasus Media &
          Communications, Inc., the Guarantors (as this term is defined in the Indenture),
          and First Fidelity Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 12
          1/2 % Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005 (including the form of Notes
          and Subsidiary Guarantee) (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
          4.1 to Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4
          (File No. 33-95042)).
 4.2      Form of 12 1/2% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005 (included in Exhibit
          4.1 above).
 4.3      Form of Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to the 12 1/2% Series B Senior
          Subordinated Notes due 2005 (included in Exhibit 4.1 above).
 4.4      Indenture by and between Pegasus and First Union National Bank, as trustee,
          relating to the Exchange Notes (included in Exhibit 3.3 above).
 4.5      Indenture, dated as of October 21, 1997, by and between Pegasus Communications
          Corporation and First Union National Bank, as trustee, relating to the Senior
          Notes (which is incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No.
          1 to Pegasus' Form 8-K dated September 8, 1997).
   
 4.6      Indenture, dated as of November 30, 1998, by and between Pegasus Communications
          Corporation and First Union National Bank, as trustee, relating to the 1998 
          Senior Notes (which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Pegasus'
          Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-70949)).
    
 4.7      Indenture, dated as of July 30, 1997 among Digital Television Services, Inc.,
          certain of its subsidiaries, and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the "DTS 
          Indenture") (which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Digital
          Television Services' Registration Statement of Form S-4 (File No. 333-36217)).
 4.8      Supplemental Indenture to the DTS Indenture, dated October 10, 1997 (which is
          incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of Digital Television Services'
          Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-36217)).
   
 5        Opinion of Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP (which is incorporated by reference to
          Exhibit 5 to Pegasus' Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-70949)).
    
10.1      Station Affiliation Agreement, dated March 30, 1992, between Fox Broadcasting
          Company and D. & K. Broadcast Properties L.P. relating to television station
          WDBD (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Pegasus Media
          & Communications, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No.
          33-95042)).
10.2      Agreement and Amendment to Station Affiliation Agreement, dated as of June 11,
          1993, between Fox Broadcasting Company and Donatelli & Klein Broadcast relating
          to television station WDBD (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
          10.6 to Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form
          S-4 (File No. 33-95042)).
10.3      Station Affiliation Agreement, dated March 30, 1992, between Fox Broadcast
          Company and Scranton TV Partners Ltd. relating to television station WOLF (which
          is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Pegasus Media &
          Communications, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-95042)).
10.4      Agreement and Amendment to Station Affiliation Agreement, dated June 11, 1993,
          between Fox Broadcasting Company and Scranton TV Partners, Ltd. relating to
          television station WOLF (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
          10.9 to Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form
          S-4 (File No. 33-95042)).
</TABLE>
                                            -3-
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>       <C>                                                                             
10.5      Amendment to Fox Broadcasting Company Station Affiliation Agreement Regarding
          Network Nonduplication Protection, dated December 2, 1993, between Fox
          Broadcasting Company and Pegasus Broadcast Television, L.P. relating to
          television stations WOLF, WWLF, and WILF (which is incorporated herein by
          reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc.'s
          Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-95042)).
10.6      Consent to Assignment, dated May 1, 1993, between Fox Broadcasting Company and
          Pegasus Broadcast Television, L.P. relating to television station WOLF (which is
          incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Pegasus Media &
          Communications, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-95042)).
10.7      Station Affiliation Agreement, dated March 30, 1992, between Fox Broadcasting
          Company and WDSI Ltd. relating to television station WDSI (which is incorporated
          herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc.'s
          Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-95042)).
10.8      Agreement and Amendment to Station Affiliation Agreement, dated June 11, 1993,
          between Fox Broadcasting Company and Pegasus Broadcast Television, L.P. relating
          to television station WDSI (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
          10.13 to Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form
          S-4 (File No. 33-95042)).
10.9      Franchise Agreement for Mayaguez, Puerto Rico (which is incorporated herein by
          reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc.'s
          Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-95042)).
10.10     NRTC/Member Agreement for Marketing and Distribution of DBS Services, dated June
          24, 1993, between the National Rural Telecommunications Cooperative and Pegasus
          Cable Associates, Ltd. (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
          10.28 to Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form
          S-4 (File No. 33-95042) (other similar agreements with the National Rural
          Telecommunications Cooperative are not being filed but will be furnished upon
          request, subject to restrictions on confidentiality)).
10.11     Amendment to NRTC/Member Agreement for Marketing and Distribution of DBS
          Services, dated June 24, 1993, between the National Rural Telecommunications
          Cooperative and Pegasus Cable Associates, Ltd. (which is incorporated herein by
          reference to Exhibit 10.29 to Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc.'s
          Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-95042)).
10.12     DIRECTV Sign-Up Agreement, dated May 3, 1995, between DIRECTV, Inc. and Pegasus
          Satellite Television, Inc. (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
          10.30 to Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form
          S-4 (File No. 33-95042)).
10.13     Franchise Agreement granted to Dom's Tele-Cable, Inc., to build and operate
          cable television systems for the municipalities of Cabo Rojo, San German, Lajas,
          Hormigueros, Guanica, Sabana Grande and Maricao (which is incorporated herein by
          reference to Exhibit 2 to Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc.'s Form 8-K dated
          March 21, 1996).
10.14     Franchise Agreement granted to Dom's Tele-Cable, Inc. to build and operate cable
          television systems for the municipalities of Anasco, Rincon and Las Marias
          (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3 to Pegasus Media &
          Communications, Inc.'s Form 8-K dated March 21, 1996).
10.15     Credit Agreement dated as of December 9, 1997 by and among Pegasus Media &
          Communications, Inc., the lenders thereto, and Bankers Trust Company, as agent
          for the lenders (which is incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.1 to
          Pegasus' Form 8-K dated December 10, 1997).
</TABLE>
                                           -4-
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>       <C>                                                                            
10.16+    Pegasus Restricted Stock Plan (which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit
          10.28 to Pegasus' Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-05057)).
10.17+    Option Agreement for Donald W. Weber (which is incorporated by reference to
          Exhibit 10.29 Pegasus' Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-05057)).
10.18+    Pegasus 1996 Stock Option Plan (which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit
          10.30 to Pegasus' Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-05057)).
10.19+    Amendment to Option Agreement for Donald W. Weber, dated December 19, 1996
          (which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to Pegasus' Registration
          Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-18739)).
10.20     Warrant Agreement between Pegasus and First Union National Bank, as Warrant
          Agent relating to the Warrants (which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit
          10.32 to Pegasus' Registration Statementon Form S-1 (File No. 333-23595)).
10.21     Amendment to Credit Agreement executed as of March 10, 1998, by and among
          Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc., the lenders thereto, and Bankers Trust
          Company, as agent for the lenders (which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit
          10.21 to Pegasus's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333044929)).
   
10.22     Second Amendment to Credit Agreement executed as of August 3, 1998, by and
          among Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc., the lenders thereto, and
          Bankers Trust Company, as agent for the lenders (which is incorporated by
          reference to Exhibit No. 10.22 to Pegasus' Registration Statement on Form S-3
          (File No. 333-70949)).
10.23     Third Amendment to Credit Agreement executed as of December 31, 1998, by and
          among Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc., the lenders thereto, and
          Bankers Trust Company, as agent for the lenders (which is incorporated by
          reference to Exhibit No. 10.23 to Pegasus' Registration Statement on Form S-3
          (File No. 333-70949)).
    
10.24     Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 30, 1997
          among Digital Television Services, LLC, and several lenders, CIBC Wood Gundy
          Securites Corp., as arranger, Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York,
          Fleet National Bank, and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (which is
          incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Digital Television Services'
          Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-36217)).
21.1**    Subsidiaries of Pegasus (which is incorporated by reference to 21.1 to Pegasus's
          Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-44929)).
23.1*     Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
23.2*     Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
   
23.3      Consent of Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP (included in Exhibit 5) (which is
          incorporated by reference to Exhibits 5 and 23.3 to Pegasus' Registration Statement
          on Form S-3 (File No. 333-70949)).
24.1      Powers of Attorney (included in Signatures and Powers of Attorney) (which is
          incorporated by reference to the Powers of Attorney included in Pegasus'
          Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-70949)).
    

</TABLE>

- ------------------

 *Filed herewith.
**To be filed by amendment.
 +Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.

Item 17. Undertakings.

         The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the
registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit
plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of
the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.

         The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

                  1. For purposes of determining any liability under the
         Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of
         prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance
         upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the
         registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the
         Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration
         Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

                  2. For the purposes of determining any liability under the
         Securities Act of 1933, each post- effective amendment that contains a
         form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement
         relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such
         securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide
         offering thereof.



















                                      -6-
<PAGE>

   
                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this registration
statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Radnor, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, on January 26,
1999.
    

                                     PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION


                                     By: /s/ Marshall W. Pagon
                                         --------------------------------------
                                         Marshall W. Pagon
                                         Chairman of the Board
                                         Chief Executive Officer and President
   

Date:  January 26, 1999


                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       Signature                                     Title                                   Date
       ---------                                     -----                                   ----
<S>                                      <C>                                            <C>

/s/ Marshall W. Pagon
- ------------------------------                                                          January 26, 1999
Marshall W. Pagon                       President, Chief Executive Officer,
(Principal Executive Officer)           Chairman of the Board and Director

/s/ Robert N. Verdecchio 
- ------------------------------                                                          January 26, 1999
Robert N. Verdecchio                    Senior Vice President,
(Principal Financial and                Chief Financial Officer, Assistant
Accounting Officer)                     Secretary and Director

*/s/ James J. McEntee
- ------------------------------                                                          January 26, 1999
James J. McEntee, III                   Director

*/s/ Mary C. Metzger  
- ------------------------------                                                          January 26, 1999
Mary C. Metzger                         Director
</TABLE>

    

<PAGE>

   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       Signature                                     Title                                   Date
       ---------                                     -----                                   ----
<S>                                      <C>                                            <C>

*/s/ Donald W. Weber 
- -----------------------                                                                 January 26, 1999
Donald W. Weber                                     Director

*/s/ Michael C. Brooks 
- -----------------------                                                                 January 26, 1999
Michael C. Brooks                                   Director

*/s/ Harry F. Hopper
- -----------------------                                                                 January 26, 1999
Harry F. Hopper, III                                Director


- -----------------------                                                                 January 26, 1999
William P. Phoenix                                  Director

*/s/ Riordon B. Smith
- -----------------------                                                                 January 26, 1999
Riordon B. Smith                                    Director

*By: /s/ Ted S. Lodge
    -----------------------                                                             
    Ted S. Lodge
    Attorney-in-Fact                                    

    

</TABLE>

                                      -2-

<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number    Description of Document
- ------    -----------------------
<S>       <C>                                                                                                                       
 1.1**    Underwriting Agreement by and between Pegasus Communications Corporation and
          Donaldson Lufkin and Jenrette, dated as of January __, 1999.

 2.1      Agreement and Plan of Merger dated January 8, 1998 among Pegasus Communications
          Corporation and certain of its shareholders, Pegasus DTS Merger Sub, Inc., and
          Digital Television Services, Inc. and certain of its shareholders, including
          forms of Registration Rights Agreement and Voting Agreement as exhibits (which
          is incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 2.1 to Pegasus's Form 8-K dated
          December 10, 1997).
 2.2      Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of January 16, 1998 between Avalon Cable of
          New England, LLC and Pegasus Cable Television, Inc. and Pegasus Cable Television
          of Connecticut, Inc. (which is incorporated by reference herein to Pegasus' Form
          8-K dated January 16, 1998).
 2.3      Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of July 23, 1998 among Pegasus Cable Television, 
          Inc., Cable Systems USA, Partners, J&J Cable Partners, Inc. and PS&G Cable 
          Partners, Inc. (which is incorporated by reference herein to Pegasus' Form 10-Q 
          dated August 13, 1998).
 3.1      Certificate of Incorporation of Pegasus, as amended (which is incorporated by
          reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Pegasus' Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File
          No. 333-05057)).
   
 3.2      By-Laws of Pegasus (which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Pegasus'
          Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-70949)). 
    
 3.3      Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Relative, Participating, Optional
          and Other Special Rights of Preferred Stock and Qualifications, Limitations and
          Restrictions Thereof which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to
          Pegasus' Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-23595).
 4.1      Indenture, dated as of July 7, 1995, by and among Pegasus Media &
          Communications, Inc., the Guarantors (as this term is defined in the Indenture),
          and First Fidelity Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 12
          1/2 % Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005 (including the form of Notes
          and Subsidiary Guarantee) (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
          4.1 to Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4
          (File No. 33-95042)).
 4.2      Form of 12 1/2% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005 (included in Exhibit
          4.1 above).
 4.3      Form of Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to the 12 1/2% Series B Senior
          Subordinated Notes due 2005 (included in Exhibit 4.1 above).
 4.4      Indenture by and between Pegasus and First Union National Bank, as trustee,
          relating to the Exchange Notes (included in Exhibit 3.3 above).
 4.5      Indenture, dated as of October 21, 1997, by and between Pegasus Communications
          Corporation and First Union National Bank, as trustee, relating to the Senior
          Notes (which is incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No.
          1 to Pegasus' Form 8-K dated September 8, 1997).
   
 4.6      Indenture, dated as of November 30, 1998, by and between Pegasus Communications
          Corporation and First Union National Bank, as trustee, relating to the 1998 
          Senior Notes (which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Pegasus'
          Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-70949)).
    
 4.7      Indenture, dated as of July 30, 1997 among Digital Television Services, Inc.,
          certain of its subsidiaries, and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the "DTS 
          Indenture") (which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Digital
          Television Services' Registration Statement of Form S-4 (File No. 333-36217)).
 4.8      Supplemental Indenture to the DTS Indenture, dated October 10, 1997 (which is
          incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of Digital Television Services'
          Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-36217)).
   
 5        Opinion of Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP (which is incorporated by reference to
          Exhibit No. 5 to Pegasus' Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-70949)).
    
10.1      Station Affiliation Agreement, dated March 30, 1992, between Fox Broadcasting
          Company and D. & K. Broadcast Properties L.P. relating to television station
          WDBD (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Pegasus Media
          & Communications, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No.
          33-95042)).
10.2      Agreement and Amendment to Station Affiliation Agreement, dated as of June 11,
          1993, between Fox Broadcasting Company and Donatelli & Klein Broadcast relating
          to television station WDBD (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
          10.6 to Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form
          S-4 (File No. 33-95042)).
10.3      Station Affiliation Agreement, dated March 30, 1992, between Fox Broadcast
          Company and Scranton TV Partners Ltd. relating to television station WOLF (which
          is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Pegasus Media &
          Communications, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-95042)).
10.4      Agreement and Amendment to Station Affiliation Agreement, dated June 11, 1993,
          between Fox Broadcasting Company and Scranton TV Partners, Ltd. relating to
          television station WOLF (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
          10.9 to Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form
          S-4 (File No. 33-95042)).
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>       <C>                                                                             
10.5      Amendment to Fox Broadcasting Company Station Affiliation Agreement Regarding
          Network Nonduplication Protection, dated December 2, 1993, between Fox
          Broadcasting Company and Pegasus Broadcast Television, L.P. relating to
          television stations WOLF, WWLF, and WILF (which is incorporated herein by
          reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc.'s
          Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-95042)).
10.6      Consent to Assignment, dated May 1, 1993, between Fox Broadcasting Company and
          Pegasus Broadcast Television, L.P. relating to television station WOLF (which is
          incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Pegasus Media &
          Communications, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-95042)).
10.7      Station Affiliation Agreement, dated March 30, 1992, between Fox Broadcasting
          Company and WDSI Ltd. relating to television station WDSI (which is incorporated
          herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc.'s
          Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-95042)).
10.8      Agreement and Amendment to Station Affiliation Agreement, dated June 11, 1993,
          between Fox Broadcasting Company and Pegasus Broadcast Television, L.P. relating
          to television station WDSI (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
          10.13 to Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form
          S-4 (File No. 33-95042)).
10.9      Franchise Agreement for Mayaguez, Puerto Rico (which is incorporated herein by
          reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc.'s
          Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-95042)).
10.10     NRTC/Member Agreement for Marketing and Distribution of DBS Services, dated June
          24, 1993, between the National Rural Telecommunications Cooperative and Pegasus
          Cable Associates, Ltd. (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
          10.28 to Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form
          S-4 (File No. 33-95042) (other similar agreements with the National Rural
          Telecommunications Cooperative are not being filed but will be furnished upon
          request, subject to restrictions on confidentiality)).
10.11     Amendment to NRTC/Member Agreement for Marketing and Distribution of DBS
          Services, dated June 24, 1993, between the National Rural Telecommunications
          Cooperative and Pegasus Cable Associates, Ltd. (which is incorporated herein by
          reference to Exhibit 10.29 to Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc.'s
          Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-95042)).
10.12     DIRECTV Sign-Up Agreement, dated May 3, 1995, between DIRECTV, Inc. and Pegasus
          Satellite Television, Inc. (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
          10.30 to Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form
          S-4 (File No. 33-95042)).
10.13     Franchise Agreement granted to Dom's Tele-Cable, Inc., to build and operate
          cable television systems for the municipalities of Cabo Rojo, San German, Lajas,
          Hormigueros, Guanica, Sabana Grande and Maricao (which is incorporated herein by
          reference to Exhibit 2 to Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc.'s Form 8-K dated
          March 21, 1996).
10.14     Franchise Agreement granted to Dom's Tele-Cable, Inc. to build and operate cable
          television systems for the municipalities of Anasco, Rincon and Las Marias
          (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3 to Pegasus Media &
          Communications, Inc.'s Form 8-K dated March 21, 1996).
10.15     Credit Agreement dated as of December 9, 1997 by and among Pegasus Media &
          Communications, Inc., the lenders thereto, and Bankers Trust Company, as agent
          for the lenders (which is incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.1 to
          Pegasus' Form 8-K dated December 10, 1997).
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>       <C>                                                                            
10.16+    Pegasus Restricted Stock Plan (which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit
          10.28 to Pegasus' Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-05057)).
10.17+    Option Agreement for Donald W. Weber (which is incorporated by reference to
          Exhibit 10.29 Pegasus' Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-05057)).
10.18+    Pegasus 1996 Stock Option Plan (which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit
          10.30 to Pegasus' Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-05057)).
10.19+    Amendment to Option Agreement for Donald W. Weber, dated December 19, 1996
          (which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to Pegasus' Registration
          Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-18739)).
10.20     Warrant Agreement between Pegasus and First Union National Bank, as Warrant
          Agent relating to the Warrants (which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit
          10.32 to Pegasus' Registration Statementon Form S-1 (File No. 333-23595)).
10.21     Amendment to Credit Agreement executed as of March 10, 1998, by and among
          Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc., the lenders thereto, and Bankers Trust
          Company, as agent for the lenders (which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit
          10.21 to Pegasus's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333044929)).
   
10.22     Second Amendment to Credit Agreement executed as of August 3, 1998, by and
          among Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc., the lenders thereto, and
          Bankers Trust Company, as agent for the lenders (which is incorporated by
          reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Pegasus' Registration Statement on Form S-3
          (File No. 333-70949)).
10.23     Third Amendment to Credit Agreement executed as of December 31, 1998, by and
          among Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc., the lenders thereto, and
          Bankers Trust Company, as agent for the lenders (which is incorporated by
          reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Pegasus' Registration Statement on Form S-3
          (File No. 333-70949)).
    
10.24     Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 30, 1997
          among Digital Television Services, LLC, and several lenders, CIBC Wood Gundy
          Securites Corp., as arranger, Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York,
          Fleet National Bank, and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (which is
          incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Digital Television Services'
          Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-36217)).
21.1**    Subsidiaries of Pegasus (which is incorporated by reference to 21.1 to Pegasus's
          Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-44929)).
23.1*     Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
23.2*     Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
   
23.3      Consent of Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP (included in Exhibit 5) (which is
          incorporated by reference to Exhibits 5 and 23.3 to Pegasus' Registration
          Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-70949)).
24.1      Powers of Attorney (included in Signatures and Powers of Attorney) (which is
          incorporated by reference to the Powers of Attorney filed with Pegasus'
          Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-70949)).
    

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                     BYLAWS

                                       of

                       PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                            (a Delaware corporation)

               (As amended and restated effective January 1, 1998)



                                    ARTICLE 1
                                     OFFICES

                  Section 1.01. Offices. The Corporation may have offices at
such places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of
Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may
require.

                                    ARTICLE 2
                            MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

                  Section 2.01. Place of Meeting. Meetings of the stockholders
shall be held at such place, within the State of Delaware or elsewhere, as may
be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. If no place is so fixed
for a meeting, it shall be held at the Corporation's then principal executive
office.

                  Section 2.02. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of
stockholders shall be held, unless the Board of Directors shall fix some other
hour or date therefor, at 10:00 A.M. on the third Tuesday of April in each year,
if not a legal holiday under the laws of Delaware, and, if a legal holiday, then
on the next succeeding secular day not a legal holiday under the laws of
Delaware, at which the stockholders shall elect by plurality vote a Board of
Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before
the meeting.

                  Section 2.03. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the
annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to
each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 days nor more
than 60 days before the date of the meeting.

                  Section 2.04. List of Stockholders. The officer who has charge
of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days
before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of stockholders entitled
to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address
of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each
stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for
any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period
of at least 10 days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city
where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be so specified in the notice
of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be
held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the
meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder
who is present.
<PAGE>

                  Section 2.05. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the
stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by
statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the Chairman of
the Board or the President and shall be called by the President or Secretary at
the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors or of
stockholders holding voting stock of the Company with twenty percent or more of
the votes eligible to be cast in the election of directors. Such request shall
state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at
any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in
the notice.

                  Section 2.06. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a
special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose
or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder
entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days
before the date of the meeting.

                  Section 2.07. Quorum; Voting. The holders of a majority of the
stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or
represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the
stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by
statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall
not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the
stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by
proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice
other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or
represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or
represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at
the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty
days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned
meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of
record entitled to vote at the meeting. When a quorum is present at any meeting,
except for elections of directors, which shall be decided by plurality vote, the
vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in
person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such
meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of statute
or of the Certificate of Incorporation, a different vote is required, in which
case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such
question. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each
stockholder shall at every meeting of stockholders be entitled to one vote in
person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held
by such stockholder, but no shares shall be voted pursuant to a proxy more than
three years after the date of the proxy unless the proxy provides for a longer
period.

                                       2
<PAGE>

                  Section 2.08. Action Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise
restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted
to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken
without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or
consents in writing setting forth the action so taken shall be signed by the
holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes
that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which
all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be
delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State,
its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation
having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are
recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation's registered office shall be by hand
or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Every written
consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the
consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action
referred to therein unless, within sixty days after the earliest dated consent
delivered in the manner required by this Section to the Corporation, written
consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action are
delivered in the manner required by this Section to the Corporation. Prompt
notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than
unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not
consented in writing.

                                    ARTICLE 3
                                    DIRECTORS

                  Section 3.01. Number and Term of Office. The number of
directors of the Corporation shall be such number as shall be designated from
time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors and initially shall be two.
The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except
as provided in Section 3.02 hereof. Each director elected shall hold office for
a term of one year and shall serve until his successor is elected and qualified
or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be
stockholders.

                  Section 3.02. Vacancies. Vacancies and newly created
directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors
may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a
quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold
office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly
elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in
office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by
statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created
directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority
of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the
Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders
holding at least 10 percent of the total number of the shares at the time
outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an
election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships,
or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

                  Section 3.03. Resignations. Any director may resign at any
time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the
Board, if there is one, the President, or the Secretary. Such resignation shall
take effect at the time of receipt thereof or at any later time specified
therein; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

                  Section 3.04. Direction of Management. The business of the
Corporation shall be managed under the direction of its Board of Directors,
which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful
acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or
by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the
stockholders.

                                       3
<PAGE>

                  Section 3.05. Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors of the
Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or
without the State of Delaware.

                  Section 3.06. Annual Meeting. Immediately after each annual
election of directors, the Board of Directors shall meet for the purpose of
organization, election of officers, and the transaction of other business, at
the place where such election of directors was held or, if notice of such
meeting is given, at the place specified in such notice. Notice of such meeting
need not be given. In the absence of a quorum at said meeting, the same may be
held at any other time and place which shall be specified in a notice given as
hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall
be specified in a written waiver signed by the directors, if any, not attending
and participating in the meeting.

                  Section 3.07. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board
of Directors shall be held at least four times in each fiscal year of the
Company and may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time
to time be determined by the Board.

                  Section 3.08. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board
of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, if there is one, or the
President on 2 days' notice to each director, either personally (including
telephone), or in the manner specified in Section 4.01; special meetings shall
be called by the Chairman of the Board, if there is one, or the President or the
Secretary on 10 days' notice given in like manner to each director on the
written request of one-third or more of all the directors.

                  Section 3.09. Quorum; Voting. At all meetings of the Board, a
majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business; and at all meetings of any committee of the Board, a majority of the
members of such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business. The act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting of the
Board of Directors or any committee thereof at which there is a quorum present
shall be the act of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may
be, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the
Certificate of Incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of
the Board of Directors or committee thereof, the directors present thereat may
adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at
the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

                  Section 3.10. Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or
permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any
committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or
committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or
writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

                  Section 3.11. Participation in Meetings. One or more directors
may participate in any meeting of the Board or committee thereof by means of
conference telephone or similar communications equipment by which all persons
participating can hear each other.



                                       4
<PAGE>

                  Section 3.12. Committees of Directors. The Board of Directors
may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or
more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of
the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate
members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at
any meeting of the committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the
resolution, shall have and may exercise all of the powers and authority of the
Board of Directors and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed
to all papers which may require it, but no such committee shall have the power
or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation (except
that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution providing for
the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the Board of Directors, fix any
preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption,
dissolution, any distribution of assets of the Corporation or the conversion
into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes
or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the
Corporation), adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to
the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the
Corporation's property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a
dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the
Bylaws of the Corporation; and, unless the resolution expressly so provides, no
such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to
authorize the issuance of stock, or to adopt a certificate of ownership and
merger. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be
determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to
the Board of Directors when requested.

                  Section 3.13. Compensation of Directors. Each director shall
be entitled to receive such compensation, if any, as may from time to time be
fixed by the Board of Directors. Members of special or standing committees may
be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings. Directors may
also be reimbursed by the Corporation for all reasonable expenses incurred in
traveling to and from the place of each meeting of the Board or of any such
committee or otherwise incurred in the performance of their duties as directors.
No payment referred to herein shall preclude any director from serving the
Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

                                       5
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 4
                                     NOTICES

                  Section 4.01. Notices. Whenever, under the provisions of law
or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to
be given to any director or stockholder, such requirement shall not be construed
to necessitate personal notice. Such notice may in every instance be effectively
given by depositing a writing in a post office or letter box, in a postpaid,
sealed wrapper, or by dispatching a prepaid telegram, cable, telecopy or telex
or by delivering a writing in a sealed wrapper prepaid to a courier service
guaranteeing delivery within 2 business days, in each case addressed to such
director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the
Corporation in the case of a stockholder and at his business address (unless he
shall have filed a written request with the Secretary that notices be directed
to a different address) in the case of a director. Such notice shall be deemed
to be given at the time it is so dispatched.

                  Section 4.02. Waiver of Notice. Whenever, under the provisions
of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is
required to be given, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or
persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time of the event
for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Neither the
business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.

                                    ARTICLE 5
                                    OFFICERS

                  Section 5.01. Number. The officers of the Corporation shall be
a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and may also include a Chairman of the
Board, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and
Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may be elected by the Board of
Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

                  Section 5.02. Election and Term of Office. The officers of the
Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors. Officers shall hold
office at the pleasure of the Board.

                  Section 5.03. Removal. Any officer may be removed at any time
by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the
Corporation may be filled by the Board of Directors.

                  Section 5.04. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the
Board, if there is one, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors
and shall perform such other duties, if any, as may be specified by the Board
from time to time.

                  Section 5.05. President. The President shall be the chief
executive officer of the Corporation and shall have overall responsibility for
the management of the business and operations of the Corporation and shall see
that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. In the
absence of the Chairman of the Board he shall preside over meetings of the Board
of Directors. In general, he shall perform all duties incident to the office of
President, and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by
the Board.

                                       6
<PAGE>

                  Section 5.06. Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents shall
perform such duties and have such authority as may be specified in these Bylaws
or by the Board of Directors or the President. In the absence or disability of
the President, the Vice Presidents, in order of seniority established by the
Board of Directors or the President, shall perform the duties and exercise the
powers of the President.

                  Section 5.07. Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all
meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and
record all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and of the Board
of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties
for the standing committees when required. He shall give, or cause to be given,
notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of
Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board
of Directors or the President. He shall have custody of the corporate seal of
the Corporation and he, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix
the same to any instrument, and when so affixed it may be attested by his
signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board of
Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of
the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

                  Section 5.08. Assistant Secretaries. The Assistant Secretary
or Secretaries shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the
duties and exercise the authority of the Secretary and shall perform such other
duties and have such other authority as the Board of Directors or the President
may from time to time prescribe.

                  Section 5.09. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody
of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts
of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall
deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of
the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of
Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by
the Board of Directors or the President or the Chief Financial Officer, taking
proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Board of
Directors when the Board so requires, an account of all his transactions as
Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

                  Section 5.10. Assistant Treasurers. The Assistant Treasurer or
Treasurers shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the
duties and exercise the authority of the Treasurer and shall perform such other
duties and have such other authority as the Board of Directors may from time to
time prescribe.

                                       7
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 6
                    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

                  Section 6.01. Indemnification. Any person who was or is a
party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or
officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving while a director or officer of
the Corporation at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer,
employee, agent, fiduciary or other representative of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise,
shall be indemnified by the Corporation against expenses (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines, excise taxes and amounts paid in settlement actually
and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or
proceeding to the full extent permissible under Delaware law.

                  Section 6.02. Advances. Any person claiming indemnification
within the scope of Section 6.01 shall be entitled to advances from the
Corporation for payment of the expenses of defending actions against such person
in the manner and to the full extent permissible under Delaware law.

                  Section 6.03. Procedure. On the request of any person
requesting indemnification under Section 6.01, the Board of Directors or a
committee thereof shall determine whether such indemnification is permissible or
such determination shall be made by independent legal counsel if the Board or
committee so directs or if the Board or committee is not empowered by statute to
make such determination.

                  Section 6.04. Other Rights. The indemnification and
advancement of expenses provided by this Article 6 shall not be deemed exclusive
of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of
expenses may be entitled under any insurance or other agreement, vote of
shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to actions in
their official capacity and as to actions in another capacity while holding an
office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or
officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and
administrators of such person.

                  Section 6.05. Insurance. The Corporation shall have power to
purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at
the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent,
fiduciary or other representative of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against any liability
asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of
his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to
indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of these Bylaws.

                                       8
<PAGE>

                  Section 6.06. Modification. The duties of the Corporation to
indemnify and to advance expenses to a director or officer provided in this
Article 6 shall be in the nature of a contract between the Corporation and each
such director or officer, and no amendment or repeal of any provision of this
Article 6 shall alter, to the detriment of such director or officer, the right
of such person to the advancement of expenses or indemnification related to a
claim based on an act or failure to act which took place prior to such
amendment, repeal or termination.

                                    ARTICLE 7
                              CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

                  Section 7.01. Stock Certificates. Every holder of stock in the
Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate in the form prescribed by
the Board of Directors signed on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of
the Board or the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an
Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the
Corporation, representing the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation.
Any or all signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any
officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature
has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer,
transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued
by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer,
transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

                  Section 7.02. Lost Certificates. The Board of Directors may
direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any
certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to
have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that
fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or
destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the
Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the
issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed
certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same
in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such
sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the
Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or
destroyed.

                  Section 7.03. Transfers of Stock. Upon surrender to the
Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares
duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or
authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new
certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and
record the transaction upon its books.

                  Section 7.04. Fixing Record Date. The Board of Directors of
the Corporation may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the
stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of stockholders
or any adjournment thereof, or to consent to corporate action in writing without
a meeting, or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or
allotment of any rights, or to exercise any rights in respect of any change,
conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action.
Such record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the
record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and such record date shall not
be (i) in the case of such a meeting of stockholders, more than 60 nor less than
10 days before the date of the meeting of stockholders, or (ii) in the case of
consents in writing without a meeting, more than 10 days after the date upon
which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of
Directors, or (iii) in other cases, more than 60 days prior to the payment or
allotment or change, conversion or exchange or other action. A determination of
stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting unless the Board of
Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

                                       9
<PAGE>

                  Section 7.05. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall
be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books
as the owner of stock to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, and shall
be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its
books as the owner of stock, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable
or other claim to, or interest in, such stock on the part of any other person,
whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as
otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

                                    ARTICLE 8
                                   AMENDMENTS

                  Section 8.01. Amendments. These Bylaws may be altered, amended
or repealed, and new Bylaws may be adopted, by the stockholders or by the Board
of Directors at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of
Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of
Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new
Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting.






                                       10






<PAGE>

 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                        PEGASUS COMMUNICATION CORPORATION

                          9 3/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2006


                              ---------------------


                                    INDENTURE

                          Dated as of November 30, 1998

                              ---------------------









                              ---------------------


                            FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK

                                   as Trustee

                              ---------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------







<PAGE>




                  INDENTURE dated as of November 30, 1998 between Pegasus
Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and First
Union National Bank, a national banking association, as Trustee (the "Trustee").

                  The Company and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit
of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the 9 3/4%
Series A Senior Notes due 2006 (the "Series A Notes") and the 9 3/4% Series B
Senior Notes due 2006 (the "Series B Notes" and, together with the Series A
Notes, the "Notes"):


                                   ARTICLE 1.
                          DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
                                  BY REFERENCE


SECTION 1.01.                       DEFINITIONS.

                  "144A Global Note" means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit
A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and
deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or
its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

                  "1997 Indenture" means the indenture, dated as of October 21,
1997, between the Company and First Union National Bank, as trustee, governing
the terms of the 1997 Notes.

                  "1997 Notes" means the Company's 9 5/8% Senior Notes due 2005.

                  "1997 Notes Subsidiary Guarantees" means the guarantees of the
Company's payment obligations under the 1997 Indenture and the 1997 Notes, if
and when executed by the Subsidiaries of the Company pursuant to the provisions
of the 1997 Indenture.

                  "Acquired Debt" means, with respect to any specified Person,
(i) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is
merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, including,
without limitation, Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a
Subsidiary of such specified Person and (ii) Indebtedness secured by a Lien
encumbering any assets acquired by such specified Person.

                  "Adjusted Operating Cash Flow" means, for the four most recent
fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, Operating
Cash Flow of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries less DBS Cash Flow for
the most recent four-quarter period plus DBS Cash Flow for the most recent
quarterly period, multiplied by four.

                  "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person
directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect
common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition,
"control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling,"
"controlled by" and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any
Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to
direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise;
provided, however, that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the voting
securities of a Person shall be deemed to be control.

                                      -1-
<PAGE>

                  "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-Registrar.

                  "Applicable Procedures" means, with respect to any transfer or
exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and
procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Cedel that apply to such transfer or
exchange.

                  "Asset Sale" means (i) the sale, lease, conveyance or other
disposition of any assets (including, without limitation, by way of a sale and
leaseback) other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
practices (provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all
or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as
a whole will be governed by the provisions described in Section 4.15 hereof
and/or the provisions described in Section 5.01 hereof and not by the provisions
of Section 4.10 hereof and (ii) the issue or sale by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests of any of the Company's Restricted
Subsidiaries, in the case of either clause (i) or (ii), whether in a single
transaction or a series of related transactions (a) that have a fair market
value in excess of $1.0 million or (b) for net proceeds in excess of $1.0
million. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following transactions will not be
deemed to be Asset Sales: (i) a transfer of assets by the Company to a Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or by a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to another Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to another Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (iii) a Restricted Payment that
is permitted by the provisions of Section 4.07 hereof.

                   "Asset Swap" means an exchange of assets by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company for (i) one or more Permitted Businesses,
(ii) a controlling equity interest in any Person whose assets consist primarily
of one or more Permitted Businesses and/or (iii) long-term assets that are used
in a Permitted Business in a like-kind exchange pursuant to Section 1031 of the
Code or any similar or successor provision of the Code.

                   "Bank Facilities" means, with respect to the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities or commercial paper
facilities with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving
credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of
receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from
such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as
amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole
or in part from time to time.

                  "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar
federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

                  "Board" or "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors
of the Company or any authorized committee of the Board of Directors.

                  "Business Day" means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

                  "Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any
determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a
capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance
sheet in accordance with GAAP.

                  "Capital Stock" means (i) in the case of a corporation,
corporate stock, (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and
all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however
designated) of corporate stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership or limited
liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or
limited) and (iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person
the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of
assets of, the issuing Person.

                  "Cash Equivalents" means (i) United States dollars, (ii)
securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the full faith
and credit of the United States government or any agency or instrumentality
thereof having maturities of not more than six months from the date of
acquisition, (iii) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with
maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers'
acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank
deposits, in each case with any domestic commercial bank having capital and
surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thompson Bank Watch Rating of "B" or
better, (iv) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for
underlying securities of the types described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above
entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified
in clause (iii) above, (v) commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable
from either Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor's Corporation
and, in each case, maturing within six months after the date of acquisition and
(vi) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash
Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (i) through (v) of this
definition.

                  "Cedel" means Cedel Bank, SA.

                  "Certificate of Designation" means the Certificate of
Designation, Preferences and Relative, Participating, Optional and Other Special
Rights of Preferred Stock and Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions
Thereof of 12 3/4% Series A Cumulative Exchangeable Preferred Stock of Pegasus
Communications Corporation.

                  "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the
following: (i) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other
than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related
transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any "person" (as such term is used
in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than the Principal or his Related
Parties, (ii) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution
of the Company, (iii) the consummation of any transaction (including, without
limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that (A) any
"person" (as defined above) becomes the "beneficial owner" (as such term is
defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a
person shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all securities that
such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable
immediately or only after the passage of time, upon the happening of an event or
otherwise), directly or indirectly, of more of the Voting Stock of the Company
(measured by voting power rather than number of shares) than is at the time
beneficially owned (as defined above) by the Principal and his Related Parties
in the aggregate, (B) the Principal and his Related Parties collectively cease
to beneficially own (as defined above) Voting Stock of the Company having at
least 30% of the combined voting power of all classes of Voting Stock of the
Company then outstanding or (C) the Principal and his Affiliates acquire, in the
aggregate, beneficial ownership (as defined above) of more than 66 2/3% of the
shares of Class A Common Stock at the time outstanding or (iv) the first day on
which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not
Continuing Directors.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                  "Class A Common Stock" means the Company's Class A Common
Stock, par value $.01 per share.

                  "Closing Date" means the original date of issuance of the
Notes.

                  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

                  "Company" means Pegasus Communications Corporation, a Delaware
corporation and any and all successors thereto.

                  "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person
for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in
accordance with GAAP; provided that (i) the Net Income (but not loss) of any
Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of
accounting shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or
distributions paid in cash to the referent Person or a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary thereof, (ii) the Net Income of any Person acquired in a pooling of
interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall
be excluded, (iii) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles
shall be excluded and (iv) the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall
be excluded, whether or not distributed to the Company or one of its
Subsidiaries.

                  "Continuing Directors" means, as of any date of determination,
any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who (i) was a member of such
Board of Directors on the Closing Date or (ii) was nominated for election or
elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the
Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such
nomination or election.

                  "Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee" shall be at the
address of the Trustee specified in Section 10.02 hereof or such other address
as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

                  "Cumulative Operating Cash Flow" means, as of any date of
determination, Operating Cash Flow for the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning
of the first full month commencing after the Closing Date to the end of the most
recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are
available at such date of determination, plus all cash dividends received by the
Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from any
Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company or Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company to the extent that such dividends are not included in the
calculation of permitted Restricted Payments under paragraph (C) of Section 4.07
(a) by virtue of clause (iii) of such paragraph.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

                  "Cumulative Total Interest Expense" means, with respect to the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as of any date of determination, Total
Interest Expense for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the
beginning of the first full fiscal month commencing after the Closing Date to
the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial
statements are available at such date of determination.

                  "Custodian" means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to
the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

                  "DBS Cash Flow" means income from operations (before
depreciation, amortization and Non-Cash Incentive Compensation to the extent
deducted in arriving at income from operations) for the Satellite Segment
determined on a basis consistent with the segment data contained in the
Company's consolidated audited financial statements.

                  "Default" means any event that is or with the passage of time
or the giving of notice or both would be an Event of Default.

                  "Definitive Note" means a certificated Note registered in the
name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, in
the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global
Note Legend and shall not have the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the
Global Note" attached thereto.

                  "Depositary" means, with respect to the Notes issuable or
issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03
hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors
thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the
applicable provision of this Indenture.

                  "Disqualified Stock" means any Capital Stock that, by its
terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which
it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is
mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or
redeemable at the option of the Holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior
to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature unless, in
any such case, the issuer's obligation to pay, purchase or redeem such Capital
Stock is expressly conditioned on its ability to do so in compliance with the
provisions in Section 4.07 hereof.

                  "DTS Credit Facility" means the Second Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement, dated as of July 30, 1997, by and among Digital Television
Services, LLC, CIBC Wood Gundy Securities Corp., as arranger, Morgan Guaranty
Trust Company of New York, as syndication agent, Fleet National Bank, as
documentation agent, and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, as administrative
agent, as amended through the Closing Date.

                  "Eligible Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness other than (i)
Indebtedness in the form of, or represented by, bonds or other securities or any
guarantee thereof and (ii) Indebtedness which is, or may be, quoted, listed or
ordinarily purchased and sold on any stock exchange, automated trading system or
over-the-counter or other securities market (including, without prejudice to the
generality of the foregoing, the market for securities eligible for resale
pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act).

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

                  "Equity Interests" means Capital Stock and all warrants,
options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt
security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

                  "Euroclear" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York,
Brussels office, as operator of the Euroclear system.

                  "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

                  "Exchange Offer" has the meaning set forth in the Registration
Rights Agreement.

                  "Exchange Offer Registration Statement" has the meaning set
forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

                  "Existing Credit Facilities" means the DTS Credit Facility and
the PM&C Credit Facility.

                  "Existing Indebtedness" means all Indebtedness of the Company
and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Existing Credit
Facilities) in existence on the Closing Date, until such amounts are repaid.

                  "fair market value" means, with respect to assets or aggregate
net proceeds having a fair market value (a) of less than $5.0 million, the fair
market value of such assets or proceeds determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors of the Company (including a majority of the Independent Directors
thereof) and evidenced by a board resolution and (b) equal to or in excess of
$5.0 million, the fair market value of such assets or proceeds as determined by
an investment banking firm of national standing; provided that the fair market
value of the assets purchased in an arm's-length transaction by an Affiliate of
the Company (other than a Subsidiary) from a third party that is not also an
Affiliate of the Company or such purchaser and contributed to the Company within
five Business Days of the consummation of the acquisition of such assets by such
Affiliate shall be deemed to be the aggregate consideration paid by such
Affiliate (which may include the fair market value of any non-cash consideration
to the extent that the valuation requirements of this definition are complied
with as to any such non-cash consideration).

                  "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set
forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other
statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment
of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the Closing Date.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

                  "Global Notes" means, individually and collectively, each of
the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, in the form of
Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Sections 2.01, 2.06(b)(iv),
2.06(d)(ii) or 2.06(f) hereof.

                  "Global Note Legend" means the legend which is required to be
placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

                  "Government Securities" means direct obligations of, or
obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for
which the United States pledges its full faith and credit.

                  "guarantee" means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of
negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business),
direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, co-borrowing
arrangements, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect
thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness.

                  "Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the
obligations of such Person under (i) interest rate swap agreements, interest
rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements and (ii) other
agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations
in interest rates.

                  "Holder" means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

                  "IAI Global Note" means the Global Note in the form of Exhibit
A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and
deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or
its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors.

                  "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, any
indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed
money or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters
of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) or banker's
acceptances or representing any Capital Lease Obligations or the balance
deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or representing any
Hedging Obligations, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense
or trade payable, if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness (other
than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon
a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as all
indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person (whether or
not such indebtedness is assumed by such Person) and, to the extent not
otherwise included, the guarantee by such Person of any indebtedness of any
other Person. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the
outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described
above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving
rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date; provided
that the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness issued with original
issue discount is the full amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining
unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at such
time as determined in conformity with GAAP. The amount of any Indebtedness
outstanding as of any date shall be (i) the accreted value thereof, in the case
of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (ii) the principal
amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days
past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

                  "Indebtedness to Adjusted Operating Cash Flow Ratio" means, as
of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the aggregate principal amount of
all outstanding Indebtedness of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of
such date on a consolidated basis, plus the aggregate liquidation preference of
all outstanding preferred stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person as
of such date (excluding Qualified Subsidiary Stock and any such preferred stock
held by such Person or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person),
plus the aggregate liquidation preference or redemption amount of all
Disqualified Stock of such Person (excluding any Disqualified Stock held by such
Person or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person) as of such date
to (b) Adjusted Operating Cash Flow of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for the most recent four-quarter period for which internal
financial statements are available determined on a pro forma basis after giving
effect to all acquisitions and dispositions of assets (notwithstanding clause
(iii) of the definition of "Consolidated Net Income") (including, without
limitation, Asset Swaps) made by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
since the beginning of such four-quarter period through such date as if such
acquisitions and dispositions had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter
period.

                  "Indenture" means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented
from time to time.

                  "Indirect Participant" means a Person who holds a beneficial
interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

                  "Independent Director" means a member of the Board of
Directors who is neither an officer nor an employee of the Company or any of its
Affiliates.

                  "Initial Purchasers" means CIBC Oppenheimer Corp. and BT Alex.
Brown Incorporated.

                  "Investments" means, with respect to any Person, all
investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms
of direct or indirect loans (including guarantees of Indebtedness or other
obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel
and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of
business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness,
Equity Interests or other securities and all other items that are or would be
classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP;
provided that an acquisition of assets, Equity Interests or other securities by
the Company for consideration consisting of common equity securities, or
preferred stock which is not Disqualified Stock, of the Company shall not be
deemed to be an Investment.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

                  "Legal Holiday" means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which
banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are
authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment
date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place
on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall
accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

                  "Letter of Transmittal" means the letter of transmittal to be
prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of Notes for use by such Holders
in connection with the Exchange Offer.

                  "Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien,
pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such
asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable
law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any
lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a
security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing
statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any
jurisdiction).

                  "Liquidated Damages" means all liquidated damages then owing
pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement.

                  "Net Income" means, with respect to any Person, the net income
(loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any
reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however, (i) any
gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain
(but not loss), realized in connection with (a) any Asset Sale (including,
without limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale and leaseback transactions) or
(b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (ii) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain
(but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such
extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (but not loss).

                  "Net Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale
(including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other
disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of
the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation,
legal, accounting, investment banking fees, and sales commissions) and any
relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a
result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or
deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to
the repayment of Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Sale and any reserve
for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established
in accordance with GAAP.

                   "Non-Cash Incentive Compensation" means incentive
compensation paid to any officer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in
the form of Class A Common Stock of the Company or options to purchase Class A
Common Stock of the Company pursuant to the Pegasus Restricted Stock Plan and
the Pegasus 1996 Stock Option Plan.

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

                  "Non-Recourse Debt" means Indebtedness (i) as to which neither
the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support
of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would
constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor
or otherwise) or (c) constitutes the lender; and (ii) no default with respect to
which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take
enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon
notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other
Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to
its stated maturity; and (iii) as to which the lenders have been notified in
writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

                  "Non-U.S. Person" means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

                  "Notes" has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this
Indenture.

                  "Obligations" means any principal, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

                  "Offering" means the offering of the Notes by the Company.

                  "Offering Memorandum" means the Offering Memorandum, dated
November 24, 1998, relating to the Offering.

                  "Officer" means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of
the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating
Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer,
the Controller, the Secretary , any Assistant Secretary, any Vice-President or
any Assistant Vice President of such Person.

                  "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed on behalf
of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal
executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the
principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of
Section 10.05 hereof.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

                  "Operating Cash Flow" means, with respect to any Person for
any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, (A) plus
(i) extraordinary net losses and net losses on sales of assets outside the
ordinary course of business during such period, to the extent such losses were
deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income, plus (ii) provision for
taxes based on income or profits, to the extent such provision for taxes was
included in computing such Consolidated Net Income, and any provision for taxes
utilized in computing the net losses under clause (i) hereof, plus (iii)
consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such
period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including,
without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest
payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the
interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations,
commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter
of credit or bankers' acceptance financings, and net payments (if any) pursuant
to Hedging Obligations), to the extent that any such expense was deducted in
computing such Consolidated Net Income, plus (iv) depreciation, amortization
(including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles but excluding
amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and
other non-cash charges (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent that it
represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or
amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such
Person and its Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such
depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges were deducted in computing
such Consolidated Net Income, plus (v) Non-Cash Incentive Compensation to the
extent such compensation expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net
Income and to the extent not included in clause (iv) of this definition and (B)
less all non-cash income for such period (excluding any such non-cash income to
the extent it represents an accrual of cash income in any future period or
amortization of cash income received in a prior period).

                  "Opinion of Counsel" means an opinion from legal counsel who
is not unsatisfactory to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section
10.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any
Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee.

                  "Pari Passu Debt" means senior Indebtedness of the Company or
any Subsidiary Guarantor permitted by Section 4.09 hereof, which is pari passu
in right of payment with the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee.

                  "Participant" means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear
or Cedel, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Cedel,
respectively (and, with respect to The Depository Trust Company, shall include
Euroclear and Cedel).

                  "Participating Broker-Dealer" has the meaning set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement.

                  "Pegasus 1996 Stock Option Plan" means the Pegasus
Communications 1996 Stock Option Plan, approved by the Company's stockholders
and adopted by the Company in September 1996.

                  "Pegasus Restricted Stock Plan" means the Pegasus Restricted
Stock Plan, approved by the Company's stockholders and adopted by the Company in
September 1996.

                  "Permitted Businesses" means (i) any media or communications
business, including but not limited to, any broadcast television station, cable
franchise or other business in the television broadcasting, cable or
direct-to-home satellite television industries and (ii) any business reasonably
related or ancillary to any of the foregoing businesses.

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

                  "Permitted Investments" means (a) any Investments in the
Company or in a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; (b) any
Investments in Cash Equivalents; (c) Investments by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such
Investment (i) such Person becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company or (ii) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into,
or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated
into, the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; (d)
Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an
Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof;
and (e) other Investments made since the date of this Indenture (measured as of
the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) that do
not exceed an amount equal to $15.0 million plus, to the extent any such
Investments are sold for cash or are otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash,
any gains less any losses realized on the disposition of such Investments.

                  "Permitted Liens" means (i) Liens securing term loans,
revolving borrowings, letters of credit or other Obligations under any Bank
Facility; (ii) Liens securing Eligible Indebtedness of a Subsidiary that was
permitted to be incurred under this Indenture, (iii) Liens on property of a
Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens
were not created in contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not
extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated
with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; (iv) Liens on
property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were not created
in contemplation of such acquisition; (v) Liens to secure the performance of
statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other
obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; (vi)
Liens existing on the Closing Date; (vii) Liens to secure Indebtedness
represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money
obligations permitted by clause (vii) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, covering only
the assets acquired with such Indebtedness; (viii) Liens for taxes, assessments
or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and
diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision
as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor; (ix)
Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with respect to obligations that do not
exceed $1.5 million at any one time outstanding; (x) Liens on deposits or Cash
Equivalents made pursuant to legally binding agreements or non-binding letters
of intent to acquire assets (or the Capital Stock of Persons owning such
assets), in an amount not to exceed 10% of the purchase price of such assets or
Capital Stock; provided that the assets to be acquired (or the Capital Stock of
Persons owning such assets) will be owned by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company upon consummation of the contemplated acquisition;
(xi) Liens encumbering deposits or Cash Equivalents made to secure obligations
of the Company to repurchase Capital Stock of the Company pledged to secure
obligations of employees of the Company in an aggregate amount not to exceed
$5.0 million at any time outstanding and (xii) Liens on assets of or Equity
Interests in Unrestricted Subsidiaries that secure Non-Recourse Debt of
Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

                  "Permitted Refinancing Debt" means any Indebtedness of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net
proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or
refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
provided that (i) the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable)
such Permitted Refinancing Debt does not exceed the principal amount of (or
accreted value, if applicable), plus accrued interest on, the Indebtedness so
extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus (a) the
amount of reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith and (b) the
amount of any premium required to be paid in connection with such refinancing
pursuant to the terms of such refinancing or deemed by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary necessary to be paid in order to effectuate such
refinancing); (ii) such Permitted Refinancing Debt has a final maturity date not
earlier than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to
Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the
Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded; (iii) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed,
replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes,
such Permitted Refinancing Debt has a final maturity date later than the final
maturity date of the Notes, and is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes
on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the
documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed,
replaced, defeased or refunded; (iv) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the
Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness
being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and (v) if
such Permitted Refinancing Debt is incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is
not a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Permitted Refinancing Debt constitutes Eligible
Indebtedness.

                  "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or
government or agency or political subdivision thereof (including any subdivision
or ongoing business of any such entity or substantially all of the assets of any
such entity, subdivision or business).

                  "PM&C" means Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc., a Delaware
corporation and a direct Subsidiary of the Company.

                  "PM&C Credit Facility" means the Credit Agreement, dated as of
December 10, 1997, by and among PM&C, the several lenders from time to time
party thereto and Bankers Trust Company, as agent for such lenders, as amended
through the Closing Date.

                  "Principal" means Marshall W. Pagon.

                  "Private Placement Legend" means the legend set forth in
Section 2.06(g)(i) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except
where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

                  "PSTV Preferred Stock" means the Series A Preferred Stock, par
value $1.00 per share, of Pegasus Satellite Television of Virginia, Inc.

                  "QIB" means a "qualified institutional buyer" as defined in
Rule 144A.

                  "Qualified Subsidiary Stock" means Capital Stock of a
Subsidiary of the Company which by its terms (a) does not mature, or is not
mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, and
is not redeemable at the option of the Holder thereof, in whole or in part,
prior to December 1, 2007 (in each case, whether automatically or upon the
happening of any event) (unless, in any such case, the issuer's obligation to
pay, purchase or redeem such Capital Stock is expressly conditioned on its
ability to do so in compliance with Section 4.07 hereof), (b) is automatically
exchangeable into shares of Capital Stock of the Company that is not
Disqualified Stock upon the earlier to occur of (i) the occurrence of an Event
of Default and (ii) December 1, 2005, (c) has no voting or remedial rights and
(d) does not permit the payment of cash dividends prior to December 1, 2006
(unless, in the case of this clause (d), the issuer's ability to pay cash
dividends is expressly conditioned on its ability to do so in compliance with
Section 4.07 hereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for all purposes under this
Indenture, "Qualified Subsidiary Stock" shall be deemed to include the PSTV
Preferred Stock.

                  "Registration Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights
Agreement, dated as of November 30, 1998, between the Company and the Initial
Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time
to time.

                  "Regulation S" means Regulation S promulgated under the
Securities Act.

                  "Regulation S Global Note" means a Global Note bearing the
Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary and
registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a
denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially
sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

                  "Related Party" with respect to the Principal means (A) any
immediate family member of the Principal or (B) any trust, corporation,
partnership or other entity, more than 50% of the voting equity interests of
which are owned directly or indirectly by, and which is controlled by, the
Principal and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding
clause (A). For purposes of this definition, (i) "immediate family member" means
spouse, parent, step-parent, child, sibling or step-sibling and (ii) "control"
has the meaning specified in the definition of "Affiliate" contained herein. In
addition, the Principal's estate shall be deemed to be a Related Party until
such time as such estate is distributed in accordance with the Principal's will
or applicable state law.

                  "Responsible Officer" when used with respect to the Trustee,
means any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration department of the
Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the
Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of
the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular
corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred
because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

                  "Restricted Definitive Note" means a Definitive Note bearing
the Private Placement Legend.

                  "Restricted Global Note" means a Global Note bearing the
Private Placement Legend.

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

                  "Restricted Investment" means any Investment other than a
Permitted Investment.

                  "Restricted Subsidiary" of a Person means any Subsidiary of
the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

                  "Rule 144" means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities
Act.

                  "Rule 144A" means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities
Act.

                  "Rule 903" means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities
Act.

                  "Rule 904" means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities
Act.

                  "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                  "Satellite Segment" means the business involved in the
marketing of video and audio programming and data information services through
transmission media consisting of space-based satellite broadcasting services,
the assets related to the conduct of such business held by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date, plus all other assets acquired by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are directly related to
such business (excluding, without limitation, the terrestrial television
broadcasting business and the assets related thereto and the cable television
business and the assets related thereto); provided that any assets acquired by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date that
are not directly related to such business shall not be included for purposes of
this definition.

                  "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

                  "Series A Preferred Stock" means the Company's 12 3/4% Series
A Cumulative Exchangeable Preferred Stock.

                  "Series A Notes" has the meaning assigned to it in the
preamble to this Indenture.

                  "Series B Notes" has the meaning assigned to it in the
preamble to this Indenture.

                  "Shelf Registration Statement" means the Shelf Registration
Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

                  "Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that would be a
"significant subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X,
promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on
the date of this Indenture.

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

                  "Split Dollar Agreement" means the Split Dollar Agreement
between the Company and Nicholas A. Pagon, Holly T. Pagon and Michael B. Jordan,
as trustees of an insurance trust established by Marshall W. Pagon, as in effect
on the Closing Date.

                  "Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any interest or
principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of
interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation
governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to
repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date
originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

                  "Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture" means the Indenture
filed as an exhibit to the Certificate of Designation which would govern the
Subordinated Exchange Notes, if issued, as the same may be amended, but without
giving effect to any amendment that materially alters the economic terms
thereof.

                  "Subordinated Exchange Notes" means the Company's 12 3/4%
Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2007 issuable pursuant to the
Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture in exchange for the Company's Series A
Preferred Stock.

                  "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any
corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the
total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the
occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or
trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by
such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries (of such Person or a
combination thereof) and (ii) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or
the managing general partner of which is such a Person or a Subsidiary of such
Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof.)

                  "Subsidiary Guarantee" means the Subsidiary Guarantee by each
Subsidiary Guarantor of the Company's payment obligations under this Indenture
and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

                  "Subsidiary Guarantor" means any Restricted Subsidiary that
shall have guaranteed, pursuant to a supplemental indenture and the requirements
therefor set forth in this Indenture, the payment of all principal of, and
interest and premium, if any, on, the Notes and all other amounts payable under
the Notes or this Indenture, which guarantee shall be pari passu with or senior
to all Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary.

                  "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C.
Sections 77aaa-77bbbb as amended) as in effect on the date on which this
Indenture is qualified under the TIA.

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

                  "Total Interest Expense" means, with respect to any Person for
any period, the sum of (i) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including,
without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest
payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the
interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations,
commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter
of credit or bankers' acceptance financings, and net payments (if any) pursuant
to Hedging Obligations) and (ii) the consolidated interest expense of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period,
to the extent such amounts are not included in clause (i) of this definition,
and (iii) any interest expense for such period on Indebtedness of another Person
that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or
secured by a Lien on assets (other than Equity Interests in Unrestricted
Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of Unrestricted Subsidiaries) of such Person
or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such guarantee or Lien is
called upon) and (iv) all cash dividend payments during such period on any
series of preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person.

                  "Trustee" means the party named as such above until a
successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this
Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

                  "Unrestricted Global Note" means a permanent Global Note in
the form of Exhibit A attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that
has the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached
thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name
of the Depositary, representing a series of Notes that do not bear the Private
Placement Legend.

                  "Unrestricted Definitive Note" means one or more Definitive
Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement
Legend.

                                      -17-
<PAGE>

                  "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that is
designated by the Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a
Board Resolution; but only to the extent that such Subsidiary (a) has no
Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; (b) is not party to any agreement,
contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract,
arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons
who are not Affiliates of the Company; (c) is a Person with respect to which
neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or
indirect obligation (x) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (y) to
maintain or preserve such Person's financial condition or to cause such Person
to achieve any specified levels of operating results; (d) has not guaranteed or
otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (e) has at least one
executive officer that is not a director or executive officer of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. Any such designation made by the Board of
Directors at a time when any Notes are outstanding shall be evidenced to the
Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board Resolution
giving effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that
such designation complied with the foregoing conditions and was permitted by
Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to
meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall
thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture
and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness
is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof
(treating such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary for such purpose for the
period relevant to such covenant), the Company shall be in default of such
covenant); provided, however, that in the event an Unrestricted Subsidiary
ceases to meet the requirement set forth in clause (e) of this definition, such
Unrestricted Subsidiary shall have 60 days to meet such requirement before such
Unrestricted Subsidiary shall cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board
of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted
Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation shall
be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such
designation shall be permitted only if (i) such Indebtedness is permitted under
Section 4.09 hereof (treating such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary for
such purpose for the period relevant to such covenant) and (ii) no Default or
Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

                  "U.S. Person" means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(o)
under the Securities Act.

                  "Voting Stock" means with respect to any specified Person,
Capital Stock with voting power, under ordinary circumstances and without regard
to the occurrence of any contingency, to elect the directors or other managers
or trustees of such Person.

                  "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any
Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the sum
of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining
installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such date and the making of such payment, by (ii) the then outstanding principal
amount of such Indebtedness.

                  "Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" of any Person means a
Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock (other
than Qualified Subsidiary Stock) or other ownership interests of which (other
than directors' qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person
and/or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.

                                      -18-


<PAGE>



SECTION 1.02.                       OTHER DEFINITIONS.

                                                                    Defined in
Term                                                                 Section
"Affiliate Transaction"................................................4.11
"Asset Sale Offer".....................................................4.10
"Basket Period"........................................................4.07
"Change of Control Offer"..............................................4.15
"Change of Control Payment"............................................4.15
"Change of Control Payment Date".......................................4.15
"Covenant Defeasance"..................................................8.03
"custodian"............................................................6.01
"DTC"..................................................................2.03
"Event of Default".....................................................6.01
"Excess Proceeds"......................................................4.10
"incur"................................................................4.09
"Legal Defeasance".....................................................8.02
"Notice of Default"....................................................6.01
"Offer Amount".........................................................3.09
"Offer Period..........................................................3.09
"outstanding"..........................................................8.02
"Paying Agent".........................................................2.03
"Payment Default"......................................................6.01
"Purchase Date"........................................................3.09
"Registrar"............................................................2.03
"Restricted Payments"..................................................4.07

SECTION 1.03.     INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF TRUST INDENTURE ACT.

                  Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the
provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

                  The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the
following meanings:

                  "indenture securities" means the Notes and the Subsidiary
Guarantees;

                  "indenture security Holder" means a Holder of a Note;

                  "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture;

                  "indenture Trustee" or "institutional Trustee" means the
Trustee;

                  "obligor" on the Notes means the Company and any successor
obligor upon the Notes.

                                      -19-
<PAGE>

                  All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the
TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under
the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.


SECTION 1.04.     RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.

                  Unless the context otherwise requires:

                  (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

                  (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning
assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

                  (3) "or" is not exclusive;

                  (4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the
plural include the singular;

                  (5) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;
and

                  (6) references to sections of or rules under the Securities
Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or
rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

                                   ARTICLE 2.
                                   THE NOTES


SECTION 2.01.     FORM AND DATING.

         (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication
shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have
notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or
usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall
be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

                  The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall
constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the
Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture,
expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However,
to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of
this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be
controlling.

         (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in
the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon
and the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached
thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and
without the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached
thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as
shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed
thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented
thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to
reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect
the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of
outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the
Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions
given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

                                      -20-
<PAGE>

         (c) Euroclear and Cedel Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the
"Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System" and "Terms and Conditions
Governing Use of Euroclear" and the "General Terms and Conditions of Cedel Bank"
and "Customer Handbook" of Cedel Bank shall be applicable to transfers of
beneficial interests in Global Notes that are held by Participants through
Euroclear or Cedel Bank.


SECTION 2.02.     EXECUTION AND AUTHENTICATION.

                  An Officer shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or
facsimile signature.

                  If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds
that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be
valid.

                  A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual
signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the
Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

                  The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed
by an Officer (an "Authentication Order"), authenticate Notes for original issue
up to the aggregate principal amount stated in paragraph 4 of the Notes. The
aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed such
amount except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.

                  The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to
the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate
Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to
authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An
authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an
Affiliate of the Company.


SECTION 2.03.     REGISTRAR AND PAYING AGENT.

                  The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may
be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange ("Registrar") and an
office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment ("Paying Agent"). The
Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange.
The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional
paying agents. The term "Registrar" includes any co-registrar and the term
"Paying Agent" includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any
Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify
the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this
Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as
Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of
its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

                                      -21-
<PAGE>

                  The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company
("DTC") to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

                  The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the
Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global
Notes.

SECTION 2.04.     PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY IN TRUST.

                  The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the
Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the
benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the
payment of principal, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on the
Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any
such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying
Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may
require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment
over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a
Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a
Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust
fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon
any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the
Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.


SECTION 2.05.     HOLDER LISTS.

                  The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is
reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and
addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA ss.312(a). If the
Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least
seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as
the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as
the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of
Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).


                                      -22-
<PAGE>

SECTION 2.06.     TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE.

         (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be
transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary,
by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the
Depositary, by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a
nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the
Company for Definitive Notes if (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice
from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as
Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the
Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the
Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary, (ii)
the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole
but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written
notice to such effect to the Trustee or (iii) there shall have occurred and be
continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the
occurrence of any of the preceding events in (i), (ii) or (iii) above,
Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names and denominations as the
Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or
replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof.
Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global
Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or
2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be,
a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as
provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note
may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b),(c) or (f)
hereof.

         (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes.
The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be
effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this
Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted
Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those
set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of
beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with
either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of
the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

                  (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note.
         Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred
         to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
         interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the
         transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend;
         provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted
         Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global
         Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of
         a U.S. Person (other than the Initial Purchasers). Beneficial interests
         in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take
         delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
         Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be
         required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers
         described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

                                      -23-
<PAGE>
                  (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests
         in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of
         beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above,
         the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the
         Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an
         Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the
         Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be
         credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount
         equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2)
         instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures
         containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited
         with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an
         Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the
         Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a
         Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be
         transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary
         to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose
         name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or
         exchange referred to in (1) above. Upon consummation of an Exchange
         Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the
         requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been
         satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained
         in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial
         interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of
         the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in
         Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise
         applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the
         principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section
         2.06(h) hereof.

                  (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted
         Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be
         transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
         beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer
         complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the
         Registrar receives the following:

                           (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form
                  of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the
                  transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B
                  hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

                           (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form
                  of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then
                  the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of
                  Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2)
                  thereof; and

                           (C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form
                  of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the
                  transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B
                  hereto, including the certifications and certificates and
                  Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if
                  applicable.

                                      -24-
<PAGE>

                  (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a
         Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in the Unrestricted
         Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be
         exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an
         Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery
         thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
         Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of
         Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and:

                           (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to
                  the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights
                  Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be
                  transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in
                  the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of
                  Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person
                  participating in the distribution of the Series B Notes or (3)
                  a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the
                  Company;

                           (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
                  Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration
                  Rights Agreement;

                           (C) such transfer is effected by a Participating
                  Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration
                  Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
                  Agreement; or

                           (D) the Registrar receives the following:

                                    (1) if the holder of such beneficial
         interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such
         beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
         Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto,
         including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

                                    (2) if the holder of such beneficial
         interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such
         beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the
         form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a
         certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including
         the certifications in item (4) thereof;

         and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the
         Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an
         Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to
         the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the
         Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein
         and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to
         maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

                  If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B)
or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued,
the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in
accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more
Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to
subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

                                      -25-
<PAGE>

                  Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be
exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form
of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

         (c)      Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive 
Notes.

                  (i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to
         Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in
         a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest
         for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial
         interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
         Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the
         following documentation:

                           (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a
                  Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial
                  interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from
                  such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
                  certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

                           (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred
                  to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities
                  Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B
                  hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

                           (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred
                  to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance
                  with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a
                  certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
                  including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

                           (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred
                  pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of
                  the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the
                  Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in
                  Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a)
                  thereof;

                           (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred
                  to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an
                  exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
                  Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D)
                  above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B
                  hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion
                  of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

                           (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred
                  to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to
                  the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
                  certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

                                      -26-
<PAGE>

                           (G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred
                  pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
                  Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in
                  Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c)
                  thereof,

         the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the
         applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section
         2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
         authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a
         Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive
         Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted
         Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in
         such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations
         as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar
         through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or
         Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes
         to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any
         Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a
         Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear
         the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions
         on transfer contained therein.

                  (ii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to
         Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a
         Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an
         Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest
         to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted
         Definitive Note only if:

                           (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to
                  the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights
                  Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the
                  case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a
                  transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal
                  that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating
                  in the distribution of the Series B Notes or (3) a Person who
                  is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

                           (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
                  Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration
                  Rights Agreement;

                           (C) such transfer is effected by a Participating
                  Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration
                  Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
                  Agreement; or

                           (D) the Registrar receives the following:

                                    (1) if the holder of such beneficial
         interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such
         beneficial interest for a Definitive Note that does not bear the
         Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of
         Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof;
         or

                                      -27-
<PAGE>

                                    (2) if the holder of such beneficial
         interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such
         beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the
         form of a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement
         Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
         including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

         and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the
         Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an
         Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to
         the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the
         Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein
         and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to
         maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

                  (iii) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to
         Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest
         in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial
         interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest
         to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive
         Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section
         2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal
         amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant
         to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the
         Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the
         instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any
         Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant
         to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall be registered in such name or names
         and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of
         such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through
         instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect
         Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the
         Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive
         Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this
         Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

                  (d)      Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for
         Beneficial Interests.

                  (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in
         Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note
         proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a
         Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes
         to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
         interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the
         Registrar of the following documentation:

                           (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note
                  proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a
                  Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the
                  form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item
                  (2)(b) thereof;

                                      -28-
<PAGE>

                           (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being
                  transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the
                  Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in
                  Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1)
                  thereof;

                           (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being
                  transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in
                  accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act,
                  a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
                  including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

                           (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being
                  transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration
                  requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144
                  under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set
                  forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
                  item (3)(a) thereof;

                           (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being
                  transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in
                  reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of
                  the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs
                  (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth
                  in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications,
                  certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)
                  thereof, if applicable;

                           (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being
                  transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a
                  certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
                  including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

                           (G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being
                  transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement
                  under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set
                  forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
                  item (3)(c) thereof,

         the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or
         cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of
         clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case
         of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (c)
         above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI
         Global Note.

                  (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in
         Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may
         exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
         Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes
         delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
         Unrestricted Global Note only if:

                                      -29-
<PAGE>

                           (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to
                  the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights
                  Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the
                  transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the
                  applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a
                  broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution
                  of the Series B Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as
                  defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

                           (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
                  Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration
                  Rights Agreement;

                           (C) such transfer is effected by a Participating
                  Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration
                  Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
                  Agreement; or

                           (D) the Registrar receives the following:

                                    (1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes
         proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the
         Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of
         Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof;
         or

                                    (2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes
         proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery
         thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global
         Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
         including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

         and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the
         Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an
         Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to
         the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the
         Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein
         and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to
         maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

         Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this
         Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and
         increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the
         Unrestricted Global Note.

                  (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in
         Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note
         may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
         Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes
         delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
         Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for
         such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable
         Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the
         aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

                                      -30-
<PAGE>

                  If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a
beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or
(iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued,
the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in
accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more
Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

         (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes.
Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder's compliance with
the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the
transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer
or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar
the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of
transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or
by his attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder
shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as
applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section
2.06(e).

                  (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive
         Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and
         registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form
         of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the
         following:

                           (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule
                  144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must
                  deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
                  including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

                           (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903
                  or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in
                  the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
                  item (2) thereof; and

                           (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any
                  other exemption from the registration requirements of the
                  Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate
                  in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications,
                  certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)
                  thereof, if applicable.

                  (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive
         Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder
         thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person
         or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted
         Definitive Note if:

                           (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to
                  the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights
                  Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the
                  transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the
                  applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a
                  broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution
                  of the Series B Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as
                  defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

                                      -31-
<PAGE>

                           (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the
                  Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the
                  Registration Rights Agreement;

                           (C) any such transfer is effected by a Participating
                  Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration
                  Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
                  Agreement; or

                           (D) the Registrar receives the following:

                                    (1) if the Holder of such Restricted
         Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted
         Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit
         C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

                                    (2) if the Holder of such Restricted
         Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall
         take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a
         certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including
         the certifications in item (4) thereof;

         and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the
         Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably
         acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer
         is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on
         transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no
         longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities
         Act.

                  (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive
         Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such
         Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an
         Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register
         such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted
         Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

         (f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and,
upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the
Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial
interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that
certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not
broker-dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Series B
Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company,
and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted
Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with
the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal
amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and
the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the
Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive
Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

                                      -32-
<PAGE>

         (g) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all
Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless
specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

                  (i)      Private Placement Legend.

                           (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below,
                  each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes
                  issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall
                  bear the legend in substantially the following form:

         THIS SENIOR NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT
         OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT") AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR
         SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF,
         U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE
         HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER"
         (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE ACT) OR (B) IT IS AN "ACCREDITED
         INVESTOR" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE ACT)
         (AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR"), OR (C) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS
         ACQUIRING THIS SENIOR NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, (2) AGREES THAT
         IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SENIOR NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO
         THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE
         REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A
         QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE
         ACT, (D) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR
         TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHED (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S.
         BROKER-DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN
         REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER
         OF THIS SENIOR NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE
         TRUSTEE), (E) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN
         COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE ACT, (F) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION
         FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE ACT (IF AVAILABLE) OR
         (G) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER
         THE ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS
         SENIOR NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS
         LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SENIOR NOTE PURSUANT TO
         CLAUSES (D), (F) AND (G) ABOVE, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH
         TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY SUCH CERTIFICATES,
         LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS ANY OF THEM MAY REASONABLY
         REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN
         EXEMPTION FROM OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO THE REGISTRATION
         REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS "OFFSHORE
         TRANSACTION," "UNITED STATES" AND "U.S. PERSON" HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN
         TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE ACT.

                                      -33-
<PAGE>

                           (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or
                  Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(iv),
                  (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f)
                  to this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange
                  therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private
                  Placement Legend.

                  (ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend
         in substantially the following form:

         "THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE
         INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE
         BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY
         PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE
         SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07 OF
         THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT
         IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL
         NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO
         SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE
         TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF
         THE COMPANY."

         (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all
beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for
Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or
canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or
retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At
any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note
is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in
the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive
Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be
reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the
Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such
reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred
to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest
in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly
and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the
Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

                                      -34-
<PAGE>

         (i)      General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

                  (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the
         Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes
         and Definitive Notes upon the Company's order or at the Registrar's
         request.

                  (ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a
         beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive
         Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may
         require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or
         similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than
         any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon
         exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15
         and 9.05 hereof).

                  (iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the
         transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in
         part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

                  (iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any
         registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive
         Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the
         same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as
         the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration
         of transfer or exchange.

                  (v) The Company shall not be required (A) to issue, to
         register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period
         beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any
         selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending
         at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the
         transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole
         or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in
         part or (c) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a
         record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

                  (vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a
         transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem
         and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the
         absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of
         principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and
         none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by
         notice to the contrary.

                  (vii) The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and
         Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02
         hereof.

                  (viii) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of
         Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this
         Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be
         submitted by facsimile.

                                      -35-
<PAGE>


SECTION 2.07.     REPLACEMENT NOTES.

                  If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the
Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the
destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee,
upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note
if the Trustee's requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the
Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in
the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee,
any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer
if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a
Note.

                  Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the
Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally
and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.


SECTION 2.08.     OUTSTANDING NOTES.

                  The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes
authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to
it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected
by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in
this Section as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a
Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the
Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of
the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section
3.07(b) hereof.

                  If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it
ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it
that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

                  If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under
Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to
accrue.

                  If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or
an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money
sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such
Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue
interest.


SECTION 2.09.     TREASURY NOTES.

                  In determining whether the Holders of the required principal
amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned
by the Company, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or
controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, shall
be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of
determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such
direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned
shall be so disregarded.


                                      -36-
<PAGE>

SECTION 2.10.     TEMPORARY NOTES.

                  Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery,
the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication
Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be
substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the
Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare
and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary
Notes.

                  Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the
benefits of this Indenture.


SECTION 2.11.     CANCELLATION.

                  The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for
cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The
Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of
transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy
canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange
Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes shall be delivered
to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has
paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.


SECTION 2.12.     DEFAULTED INTEREST.

                  If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes,
it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent
lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are
Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided
in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee in
writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and
the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed
each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special
record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for
such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the
Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name
and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a
notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the
amount of such interest to be paid.


                                      -37-

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE 3.
                            REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT


SECTION 3.01.     NOTICES TO TRUSTEE.

                  If the Company is required to make an offer to purchase Notes
pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, it shall furnish to the
Trustee an Officers' Certificate setting forth (i) the Section of this Indenture
pursuant to which the purchase shall occur, (ii) the purchase date, (iii) the
principal amount of Notes to be purchased, (iv) the purchase price and (v) a
statement to the effect that a Change of Control has occurred and the conditions
set forth in Section 3.09 hereof have been satisfied, as applicable.


SECTION 3.02.     SELECTION OF NOTES TO BE REDEEMED.

                  If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time,
the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed among the Holders of the Notes
in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities
exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so
listed, to be redeemed among the Holders of Notes on a pro rata basis, by lot or
by such method as the Trustee deems fair and appropriate; provided that no Notes
of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. In the event of partial redemption
by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise
provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption
date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for
redemption.

                  The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of
the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for
partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and
portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of
$1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the
entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple
of $1,000, shall be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the
unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon
cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption shall become due
on the redemption date. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to
accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. Except as provided in
this Section 3.02, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for
redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.


SECTION 3.03.     NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

                  Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30
days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail
or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each
Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.

                                      -38-
<PAGE>

                  The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall
state:

         (a)      the redemption date;

         (b)      the redemption price;

         (c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal
amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon
surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the
unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original;

         (d)      the name and address of the Paying Agent;

         (e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying
Agent to collect the redemption price;

         (f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption
payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after
the redemption date;

         (g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture
pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

         (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of
the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

                  At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give the notice of
redemption in the Company's name and at its expense; provided, however, that the
Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 30 days prior to the
redemption date, an Officers' Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such
notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided
in the preceding paragraph.


SECTION 3.04.     EFFECT OF NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

                  Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section
3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on
the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be
conditional.


SECTION 3.05.     DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION OR PURCHASE PRICE.

                  One Business Day prior to 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the
redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying
Agent money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay the redemption or
purchase price of and accrued interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or
purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to
the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the
Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase
price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

                                      -39-
<PAGE>

                  If Notes called for redemption or tendered in a Change of
Control Offer are paid or if the Company has deposited with the Trustee or
Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and
unpaid and accrued interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased,
on and after the applicable redemption or purchase date, interest, if any,
ceases to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or
tendered and not withdrawn in a Change of Control Offer (regardless of whether
certificates for such Notes are actually surrendered). If a Note is redeemed or
purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related
interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be
paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of
business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or subject to a
Change of Control Offer shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or
purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding
paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption
or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any
interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case, at the rate provided
in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.


SECTION 3.06.     NOTES REDEEMED OR PURCHASED IN PART.

                  Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in
part, the Company shall issue and, upon the Company's written request, the
Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new
Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the
Note surrendered.


SECTION 3.07.     OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

         (a) The Notes shall not be redeemable at the Company's option prior to
December 1, 2002. The Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option
of the Company on or after December 1, 2002, at the redemption prices specified
below (expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof), in each case,
together with accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
thereon to the date of redemption, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days
notice, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 1 of
the years indicated below:


                                      -40-
<PAGE>



                                                                 Redemption
Year                                                                Price
- ----                                                             -----------
2002                                                               104.875%
2003                                                               103.250%
2004                                                               101.625%
2005 and thereafter                                                100.000%


         (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the first 36 months after the
Closing Date, the Company may, on any one or more occasions, use the net
proceeds of one or more offerings of its Capital Stock to redeem up to 35% of
the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a redemption price of 109.75% of
the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that, after any such
redemption, the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding (excluding
Notes held by the Company and its subsidiaries) must equal at least $65.0
million; and provided further, that any such redemption shall occur within 90
days of the date of closing of such offering of Capital Stock of the Company.

         (c) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant
to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.


SECTION 3.08.     MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

                  The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption
or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.


SECTION 3.09.     OFFER TO PURCHASE BY APPLICATION OF EXCESS PROCEEDS.

         (a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company
shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, it shall follow the
procedures specified below with respect to the Holders of Notes.

         (b) The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business
Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a
longer period is required by applicable law (the "Offer Period"). No later than
five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the "Purchase
Date"), the Company shall purchase the principal amount of Notes required to be
purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof (the "Offer Amount") or, if less than
the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Asset
Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner
as interest payments are made.

                                      -41-
<PAGE>

         (c) The Company shall comply with any tender offer rules under the
Exchange Act which may then be applicable, including Rule 14e-1, in connection
with any offer required to be made by the Company to repurchase the Notes as a
result of an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any
securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 3.09,
the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws or regulations and
shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations hereunder by virtue
thereof.

         (d) If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on
or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest
shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of
business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to
Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

         (e) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall
send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with
a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials
necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which
shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

                  (i) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this
         Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset
         Sale Offer shall remain open;

                  (ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase
         Date and, if any Restricted Subsidiary is required to and does make an
         offer to holders of its Indebtedness pursuant to a requirement similar
         to that contained in Section 4.10 and this Section, the notice shall
         state that fact, that the Offer Amount will be reduced by the amount of
         Indebtedness required to be purchased pursuant to such other offer, and
         that the amount of such reduction will not be known until the
         expiration of such other offer, which shall not be later than the
         expiration of the Offer Period;

                  (iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall
         continue to accrue interest;

                  (iv) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment,
         any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall
         cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

                  (v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to
         an Asset Sale Offer may only elect to have all of such Note purchased
         and may not elect to have only a portion of such Note purchased;

                  (vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant
         to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with
         the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse
         of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the
         Company, a depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent
         at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the
         Purchase Date;

                                      -42-
<PAGE>

                  (vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their
         election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the
         case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer
         Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting
         forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the
         Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is
         withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

                  (viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes
         surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall
         select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such
         adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only
         Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall
         be purchased, other than in the case of Holders whose Notes were
         purchased in whole); and

                  (ix) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part
         shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased
         portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry
         transfer).

         (f) On or before the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent
lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the
Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered,
and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such
Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance
with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying
Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five
days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder of Notes
an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder of
Notes and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall promptly
issue a new Note and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company shall
authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder of Notes in a
principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any
Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the
Holder of Notes thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the
Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date.

         (g) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any
purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions
of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. No repurchase of Notes under this Section
3.09 shall be deemed to be a redemption of Notes.

                                      -43-


<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE 4.
                                   COVENANTS


SECTION 4.01.     PAYMENT OF NOTES.

                  The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner
provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be
considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company
or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date
money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for
and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. The
Company shall pay all Liquidated Damages, if any, in the same manner on the
dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

                  The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the
rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the
Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of
interest and Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace period)
at the same rate to the extent lawful.


SECTION 4.02.     MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY.

                  The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the
City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or
an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-Registrar) where Notes may be
surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and
demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be
served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the
location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any
time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or
shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust
Office of the Trustee.

                  The Company may also from time to time designate one or more
other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for
any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations;
provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner
relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the
Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company shall
give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission
and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

                  The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of
the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with
Section 2.03.


                                      -44-
<PAGE>

SECTION 4.03.     REPORTS.

         (a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so
long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Holders of
Notes (i) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required
to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company
were required to file such Forms, including "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and, with respect to
the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company's certified
independent accountants and (ii) all current reports that would be required to
be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such
reports, in each case within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and
regulations. In addition, following consummation of the Exchange Offer
contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, whether or not required by
the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Company shall file a copy of all such
information and reports with the SEC for public availability within the time
periods set forth in the SEC's rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not
accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts
and prospective investors upon request. In addition to the financial information
required by the Exchange Act, each such quarterly and annual report shall be
required to contain "summarized financial information" (as defined in Rule
1-02(aa)(1) of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act) showing Adjusted Operating
Cash Flow for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated
basis, where Adjusted Operating Cash Flow for the Company is calculated in a
manner consistent with the manner described under the definition of "Adjusted
Operating Cash Flow" contained herein. The summarized financial information
required pursuant to the preceding sentence may, at the election of the Company,
be included in the footnotes to audited consolidated financial statements or
unaudited quarterly financial statements of the Company and shall be as of the
same dates and for the same periods as the consolidated financial statements of
the Company and its Subsidiaries required pursuant to the Exchange Act.

         (b) In addition, the Company has agreed that, for so long as any Notes
remain outstanding, it will furnish to the holders and to securities analysts
and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be
delivered pursuant to rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

                                      -45-
<PAGE>

SECTION 4.04.     COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE.

         (a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the
end of each fiscal year, an Officers' Certificate stating that a review of the
activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year
has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to
determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its
obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer
signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company
has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in
this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of
the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of
Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is
taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or
her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which
payments on account of the principal of or interest on the Notes is prohibited
or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the
Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

         (b) So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the year-end financial
statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03 above shall be accompanied by a
written statement of the Company's independent public accountants (who shall be
a firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination
necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to
their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has violated
any provisions of Article Four or Article Five hereof or, if any such violation
has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being
understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to
any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.

         (c) The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding,
deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer of the Company becoming aware
of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers' Certificate specifying such
Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to
take with respect thereto.


SECTION 4.05.     TAXES.

                  The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its
Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and
governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not
adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.


SECTION 4.06.     STAY, EXTENSION AND USURY LAWS.

                  The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do
so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner
whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or
usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may
affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to
the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or
advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any
such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to
the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as
though no such law has been enacted.


                                      -46-
<PAGE>

SECTION 4.07.     RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.

         (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, (i) declare or pay any dividend or make
any other payment or distribution on account of the Company's Equity Interests
(including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or
consolidation involving the Company) or on account of any Qualified Subsidiary
Stock or make any payment or distribution (other than compensation paid to, or
reimbursement of expenses of, employees in the ordinary course of business) to
or for the benefit of the direct or indirect holders of the Company's Equity
Interests or the direct or indirect holders of any Qualified Subsidiary Stock in
their capacities as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in
Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or additional
shares of such Qualified Subsidiary Stock); (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise
acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or
indirect parent of the Company (other than any such Equity Interests owned by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); (iii) make any payment on or
with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for
value any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes, except a payment of
interest or principal at Stated Maturity; (iv) forgive any loan or advance to or
other obligation of any Affiliate of the Company (other than a loan or advance
to or other obligations of a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company)
which at the time it was made was not a Restricted Payment; or (v) make any
Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses
(i) through (v) above being collectively referred to as "Restricted Payments"),
unless, at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted
Payment:

                           (A) no Default or Event of Default shall have
                  occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence
                  thereof; and

                           (B) the Company would be permitted to incur $1.00 of
                  additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Indebtedness to
                  Adjusted Operating Cash Flow Ratio described in Section
                  4.09(a) hereof; and

                                      -47-
<PAGE>

                           (C) such Restricted Payment, together with the
                  aggregate of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company
                  and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date
                  (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2) and
                  (3) of Section 4.07(b)), is less than the sum of, without
                  duplication, (i) an amount equal to the Cumulative Operating
                  Cash Flow for the period (taken as one accounting period) from
                  the beginning of the first full month commencing after the
                  Closing Date to the end of the Company's most recently ended
                  fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are
                  available at the time of such Restricted Payment (the "Basket
                  Period") less 1.4 times the Company's Cumulative Total
                  Interest Expense for the Basket Period, plus (ii) 100% of the
                  aggregate net cash proceeds and, in the case of proceeds
                  consisting of assets constituting or used in a Permitted
                  Business 100% of the fair market value of the aggregate net
                  proceeds other than cash, received since the Closing Date (1)
                  by the Company as capital contributions to the Company (other
                  than from a Subsidiary) or (2) from the sale by the Company
                  (other than to a Subsidiary) of its Equity Interests (other
                  than Disqualified Stock), plus (iii) to the extent that any
                  Restricted Investment that was made after the Closing Date is
                  sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the
                  Net Proceeds received by the Company or a Wholly Owned
                  Restricted Subsidiary of the Company upon the sale,
                  liquidation or repayment of such Restricted Investment, plus
                  (iv) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary is
                  designated by the Company as a Restricted Subsidiary, an
                  amount equal to the fair market value of such Investment at
                  the time of such designation, plus (v) 100% of any cash
                  dividends and other cash distributions received by the Company
                  from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus (vi) $2.5 million.

         (b) The foregoing provisions shall not prohibit (1) the payment of any
dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at said date
of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this
Indenture; (2) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of
any Equity Interests or subordinated Indebtedness of the Company in exchange
for, or out of the net proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale (other
than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of other Equity Interests of the Company
(other than any Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such net
proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement or
other acquisition shall be excluded from clause (C)(ii) of the preceding
paragraph; (3) the defeasance, redemption or repurchase of Indebtedness with the
proceeds of a substantially concurrent issuance of Permitted Refinancing Debt in
accordance with the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof; (4) the payment by the
Company of advances under the Split Dollar Agreement in an amount not to exceed
$250,000 in any four-quarter period; (5) the repurchase or redemption from
employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than the Principal) of
Capital Stock of the Company in an amount not to exceed an aggregate of $5.0
million since the date of this Indenture; (6) the payment of dividends on the
Series A Preferred Stock in accordance with the terms thereof as in effect on
the Closing Date; provided, however, that cash dividends may not be paid on the
Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this clause (6) prior to July 1, 2002; (7)
the issuance of Subordinated Notes in exchange for shares of the Series A
Preferred Stock; provided that such issuance is permitted by Section 4.09
hereof; (8) in the event that the Company elects to issue Subordinated Notes in
exchange for Series A Preferred Stock, cash payments made in lieu of the
issuance of Subordinated Notes having a face amount less than $1,000 and any
cash payments representing accrued and unpaid dividends in respect thereof, not
to exceed $100,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year; and (9) cash payments
made in lieu of the issuance of additional Subordinated Notes having a face
amount less than $1,000 and any cash payments representing accrued and unpaid
interest in respect thereof, not to exceed $100,000 in the aggregate in any
fiscal year.

                                      -48-
<PAGE>

         (c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be
the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or
securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or the applicable
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, net of any liabilities proposed to be
assumed by the transferee and novated pursuant to a written agreement releasing
the Company and its Subsidiaries. Not later than the date of making any
Restricted Payment, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth
the basis upon which the calculations required by this covenant were computed,
which calculations may be based upon the Company's latest available financial
statements.

         (d) The Board of Directors may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to
be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such designation would not cause a Default or
an Event of Default. For purposes of making such determination, all outstanding
Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary so
designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments at the time of such
designation (valued as set forth below) and shall reduce the amount available
for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a) hereof. All such outstanding
Investments shall be deemed to constitute Investments in an amount equal to the
fair market value of such Investments at the time of such designation. Such
designation shall only be permitted if such Restricted Payment would be
permitted at such time and if such Restricted Subsidiary would otherwise meet
the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.


SECTION 4.08.     DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING
                  SUBSIDIARIES.

                  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or
suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the
ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i)(a) pay dividends or make any other
distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) on its
Capital Stock or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or
measured by, its profits, or (b) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) make loans or advances to the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) transfer any of its properties or
assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except for such
encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (a) the terms of any
Indebtedness permitted by this Indenture to be incurred by any Subsidiary of the
Company; provided, that, any such Indebtedness permits the payment of cash
dividends to the Company in an amount sufficient to enable the Company to make
payments of (A) interest required to be paid in respect of the Notes, (B)
interest required to be paid in respect of the 1997 Notes and (C) after July 1,
2002, dividends required to be paid in respect of the Series A Preferred Stock
and interest required to be paid in respect of the Notes, if issued, in each
case, in accordance with the terms thereof (except during the continuance of a
default or event of default under such other Indebtedness), (b) Existing
Indebtedness or the PM&C Credit Facility, each as in effect on the Closing Date,
(c) this Indenture, the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the 1997 Indenture,
the 1997 Notes and the 1997 Notes Subsidiary Guarantees, (d) applicable law, (e)
any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of
such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred in
connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or
restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any
Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of
the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired, (f) by reason of customary
non-assignment provisions in leases and other contracts entered into in the
ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices or (g) any
agreement for the sale of any Subsidiary or its assets that restricts
distributions by that Subsidiary pending its sale.


                                      -49-
<PAGE>

SECTION 4.09.     INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK.

         (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries
to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise
become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to
(collectively, "incur") any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and shall
not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, issue any Disqualified
Stock and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not
Subsidiary Guarantors to issue any shares of preferred stock (other than
Qualified Subsidiary Stock); provided, however, that the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue
shares of preferred stock (including Disqualified Stock) if, in each case, (1)
the Company's Indebtedness to Adjusted Operating Cash Flow Ratio as of the date
on which such Indebtedness is incurred or such preferred stock or Disqualified
Stock is issued would have been 7.0 to 1 or less, determined on a pro forma
basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if
the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or
preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, as of the date of such
calculation and (2) no Default or Event of Default would occur as a consequence
thereof.

                  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary
Guarantor to, incur any Indebtedness that is contractually subordinated to any
other Indebtedness of the Company or of such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case
may be, unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated to the Notes
or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, on
substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness shall be
deemed to be contractually subordinated to any other Indebtedness solely by
virtue of being unsecured.

         (b) The foregoing provisions shall not apply to (collectively,
"Permitted Debt"):

                  (i) the incurrence by the Company's Unrestricted Subsidiaries
         of Non-Recourse Debt or the issuance by such Unrestricted Subsidiaries
         of preferred stock; provided, however, that if any such Indebtedness
         ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any
         such preferred stock becomes preferred stock (other than Qualified
         Subsidiary Stock) of a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, such
         event shall be deemed to constitute an incurrence of Indebtedness by,
         or an issuance of preferred stock (other than Qualified Subsidiary
         Stock) of, as the case may be, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

                  (ii) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
         Subsidiaries of Indebtedness pursuant to one or more Bank Facilities if
         the aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding incurred
         pursuant to this clause (ii) does not exceed $50.0 million;

                                      -50-
<PAGE>

                  (iii) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted
         Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness;

                  (iv) the incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness under the
         Subordinated Exchange Notes to pay interest on outstanding Subordinated
         Notes;

                  (v) Indebtedness under the Notes and the Subsidiary 
         Guarantees;

                  (vi) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
         Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company
         and any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however,
         that (1) if the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor is the obligor on
         such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the
         prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the
         Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the
         case may be, and (2)(A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity
         Interests that result in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person
         other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the
         Company and (B) any sale or other transfer of such Indebtedness to a
         Person that is not either the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted
         Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute
         an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted
         Subsidiary, as the case may be;

                  (vii) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
         Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations,
         mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case
         incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase
         price or cost of construction or improvement of property used in the
         business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate
         principal amount not to exceed $7.5 million at any time outstanding,
         including all Permitted Refinancing Debt incurred pursuant to clause
         (viii) below to refund, replace or refinance any Indebtedness incurred
         pursuant to this clause (vii);

                  (viii) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
         Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Debt in exchange for, or the net
         proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace,
         defease or refund, Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness)
         that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred;

                  (ix) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
         Subsidiaries of Indebtedness (in addition to Indebtedness permitted by
         any other clause of this paragraph) in an aggregate principal amount at
         any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Debt incurred
         pursuant to clause (viii) above to refund, replace or refinance any
         Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (ix), not to exceed $7.5
         million; and

                  (x) the guarantee by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
         of the Company of Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary of the
         Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this
         Section 4.09.

                                      -51-
<PAGE>

                  For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09,
in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of
the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (x) above or
is permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof and also meets
the criteria of one or more of the categories of Permitted Debt described in
clauses (i) through (x) above, the Company shall, in its sole discretion,
classify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section
4.09 and may from time to time reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any
manner in which such item could be incurred at the time of such
reclassification. For purposes of this paragraph, "Indebtedness" includes
Disqualified Stock and preferred stock of Subsidiaries. Accrual of interest and
the accretion of accreted value will not be deemed to be an incurrence of
Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.09.


SECTION 4.10.     ASSET SALES.

         (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless (i) the Company (or the
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of
such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair value (evidenced by a resolution of
the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers' Certificate delivered to the
Trustee) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed
of and (ii) at least 85% of the consideration therefor received by the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash; provided that the amount
of (x) any liabilities (as shown on the Company's or such Restricted
Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet or in notes thereto), of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms
subordinated to the Notes or any guarantee thereof) that are assumed by the
transferee of any such assets and (y) any securities, notes or other obligations
received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee
that are contemporaneously (subject to ordinary settlement periods) converted by
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash
received), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision.

         (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries may engage in Asset Swaps (which shall not be deemed to be Asset
Sales for purposes of this Section 4.10); provided that, immediately after
giving effect to such Asset Swap, the Company would be permitted to incur at
least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Indebtedness to Adjusted
Operating Cash Flow Ratio set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof.

                                      -52-
<PAGE>

         (c) Within 180 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset
Sale, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may, at its option,
apply such Net Proceeds (i) to permanently reduce Indebtedness outstanding
pursuant to any Bank Facility (and to permanently reduce the commitments
thereunder by a corresponding amount), (ii) to permanently reduce Indebtedness
of any of the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) to the acquisition by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of another business, the
making of a capital expenditure or the acquisition of other long-term assets, in
each case, in a Permitted Business; provided, however, that if the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary enters into a legally binding agreement with an entity
that is not an Affiliate of the Company to reinvest such Net Proceeds in
accordance with this clause (iii) within 180 days after the receipt thereof, the
provisions of this Section 4.10 will be satisfied so long as such binding
agreement is consummated within one year after the receipt of such Net Proceeds.
If any such legally binding agreement to reinvest such Net Proceeds is
terminated, then the Company may, within 360 days of such Asset Sale, apply such
Net Proceeds as provided in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above (without regard to
the proviso contained in clause (iii) above). Pending the final application of
any such Net Proceeds, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may
temporarily reduce Indebtedness pursuant to any Bank Facility or otherwise
invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.
A reduction of Indebtedness pursuant to any Bank Facility is not "permanent" for
purposes of clause (i) of this Section 4.10(c) if an amount equal to the amount
of such reduction is reborrowed and used to make an acquisition described in
clause (iii) of this Section 4.10(c) within the time period specified in this
Section 4.10. Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested
as provided in the first sentence of this Section 4.10(c) will be deemed to
constitute "Excess Proceeds."

         (d) Within five days of each date on which the aggregate amount of
Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company will be required to make an
offer to all Holders of Notes and the Holders of Pari Passu Debt, to the extent
required by the terms thereof (an "Asset Sale Offer") to purchase the maximum
principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Debt that may be purchased out of the
Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the
principal amount thereof plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase, in accordance with the
procedures set forth in Section 3.09 or the agreements governing Pari Passu
Debt, as applicable; provided, however, that the Company may only purchase Pari
Passu Debt in an Asset Sale Offer that was issued pursuant to an indenture
having a provision substantially similar to this Section 4.10.

         (e) To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and Pari Passu
Debt tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds,
the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate
purposes.

         (f) If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Debt
surrendered exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the
Notes and Pari Passu Debt to be purchased on a pro rata basis, based upon the
principal amount thereof surrendered in such Asset Sale Offer.

         (g) Upon completion of such offer to purchase, the amount of Excess
Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

                                      -53-

<PAGE>

SECTION 4.11.     TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.

                  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of
its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter
into or make any contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee
with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each of the foregoing, an "Affiliate
Transaction"), unless (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no
less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those
that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person and (ii) the Company delivers to
the Holders (a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related
Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $1.0
million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers'
Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i)
above and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the
disinterested members of the Board of Directors and a majority of the
Independent Directors and (b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or
series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in
excess of $5.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of
view issued by an investment banking firm of national standing; provided that
the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to, engage in any Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate consideration in
excess of $1.0 million at any time that there is not at least one Independent
Director on the Company's Board of Directors; and provided further that (w) any
employment agreement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the past
practice of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, (x) transactions between
or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (y) the payment of any
dividend on, or the issuance of additional Subordinated Notes in exchange for,
the Series A Preferred Stock, provided that such dividends are paid on a pro
rata basis and the additional Subordinated Notes are issued in accordance with
the Certificate of Designation, and (z) transactions permitted by Section 4.07
hereof, in each case, shall not be deemed Affiliate Transactions.


SECTION 4.12.     LIENS.

                  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly create, incur, assume or
suffer to exist any Lien on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, or any
income or profits therefrom or assign or convey any right to receive income
therefrom, except Permitted Liens.


                                      -54-
<PAGE>

SECTION 4.13.     LIMITATION OF CERTAIN SUBSIDIARY INDEBTEDNESS AND  
                  PREFERRED STOCK

                  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture to the
contrary, the Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to
incur any Indebtedness (other than Eligible Indebtedness) or to issue any
Disqualified Stock; provided that any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary
Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (whether or not such Indebtedness is Eligible
Indebtedness) or issue Disqualified Stock if such incurrence or issuance is
permitted under Section 4.09 hereof, provide further that notwithstanding the
immediately preceding proviso, in no event shall the Company permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to incur any Indebtedness represented by senior secured
bonds or other senior secured securities, unless such Subsidiary is a Subsidiary
Guarantor and its Subsidiary Guarantee is secured on an equal and ratable basis
with other such other senior secured bonds or other senior secured securities.


SECTION 4.14.     CONTINUED EXISTENCE.

                  Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to
be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i)
its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of
each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective
organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the
Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and
statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and any of its Restrictive
Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to
preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or
other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors
shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the
conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as
a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the
Holders of the Notes.


SECTION 4.15.     OFFER TO REPURCHASE UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL.

         (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes
shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (but
not, in the case of any Holder requiring the Company to purchase less than all
of the Notes held by such Holder, any Note in principal amount less than $1,000)
of such Holder's Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the "Change of
Control Offer") at an offer price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated
damages, if any, thereon to the date of purchase (the "Change of Control
payment").

                                      -55-
<PAGE>

         (b) Within ten days following any Change of Control, the Company shall
mail a notice to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, stating: (1) a
description of the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of
Control; (2) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this
Section 4.15 and that all Notes tendered shall be accepted for payment; (3) the
purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no later than 30 Business
Days from the date such notice is mailed (the "Change of Control Payment Date");
(4) that any Note not tendered shall continue to accrue interest; (5) that,
unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all
Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease
to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; (6) that Holders
electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall
be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled "Option of Holder to
Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Notes completed, to the Paying Agent at
the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third
Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; (7) that Holders
shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not
later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change
of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile, transmission or letter
setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered
for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to
have the Notes purchased; and (8) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased
only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be
equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof. The Company
will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and
regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a
result of a Change of Control.

         (c) On or prior to 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the Change of Control
Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment
all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of
Control Offer, (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change
of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and
(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted
together with an Officers' Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of
Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company. The Paying Agent will
promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment
for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to
be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal
amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any. The Company
will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon
as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

         (d) The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer
upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in
the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set
forth in this Section 4.15 and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not
withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.


SECTION 4.16.     LIMITATION ON ISSUANCES AND SALES OF CAPITAL STOCK OF 
                  WHOLLY OWNED RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES.

                  The Company (i) shall not, and shall not permit any Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to, transfer, convey, sell or
otherwise dispose of any Capital Stock of any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company to any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), unless (a) such transfer, conveyance,
sale, lease or other disposition is of all the Capital Stock of such Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary and (b) the cash Net Proceeds from such transfer,
conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition are applied in accordance with
Section 4.10 hereof and (ii) shall not permit any Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company to issue any of its Equity Interests (other than, if
necessary, shares of its Capital Stock constituting directors' qualifying
shares) to any Person other than to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company.

                                      -56-
<PAGE>

SECTION 4.17.     LIMITATION ON ISSUANCE OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

         (a) The Company shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to guarantee
the payment of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Indebtedness of any
Subsidiary Guarantor (in each case, the "Guaranteed Debt;" the Company or the
Subsidiary Guarantor that is primarily liable on the Guaranteed Debt being the
"Obligor") unless (i) if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Subsidiary
Guarantor, such Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a
supplemental indenture to this Indenture in form attached hereto as Exhibit E
providing for a guarantee (a "Subsidiary Guarantee") of payment of the Notes by
such Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) if the Guaranteed Debt is by its express terms
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee of
such Obligor, any such guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor with respect to
the Guaranteed Debt shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Subsidiary
Guarantor's Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the
same extent as the Guaranteed Debt is subordinated to the Notes or the
Subsidiary Guarantee of such Obligor, (iii) such Restricted Subsidiary waives
and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of,
any rights of reimbursement indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against
the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by
such Restricted Subsidiary under its Subsidiary Guarantee and (iv) such
Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to the
effect that (A) such Subsidiary Guarantee of the Notes has been duly executed
and authorized and (B) such Subsidiary Guarantee of the Notes constitutes a
valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, except
insofar as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or
similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent
transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general
principles of equity.

         (b) No Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into
(whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person), another
corporation, Person or entity whether or not affiliated with such Subsidiary
Guarantor unless (i) subject to the provisions of Section 4.17(c) hereof, the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than
such Subsidiary Guarantor) assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary
Guarantor pursuant to a supplemental indenture in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit E, under the Notes, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement;
(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction no Default or Event of
Default exists; and (iii) the Company would be permitted to incur $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Indebtedness to Adjusted Operating Cash
Flow Ratio described in Section 4.09(a) hereof.

         (c) In the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets of
any Subsidiary Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a
sale or other disposition of all of the capital stock of any Subsidiary
Guarantor, then such Subsidiary Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other
disposition, by way of such a merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all the
capital stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the
property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets of
such Subsidiary Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligation under
its Subsidiary Guarantee; provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other
disposition shall be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof.

         (d) Any Subsidiary Guarantor that is designated as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture will be released and
relieved of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee for so long as such
Subsidiary is so designated.


                                      -57-
<PAGE>

SECTION 4.18.     NO AMENDMENT OF SUBORDINATION PROVISIONS.

                  Without the consent of each Holder of Notes outstanding, the
Company shall not amend, modify or alter the Subordinated Exchange Note
Indenture in any way that will (i) increase the rate of or change the time for
payment of interest on any Subordinated Exchange Notes, (ii) increase the
principal of, advance the final maturity date of or shorten the Weighted Average
Life to Maturity of any Subordinated Exchange Notes, (iii) alter the redemption
provisions or the price or terms at which the Company is required to offer to
purchase such Subordinated Exchange Notes in a manner that would be adverse to
any Holder of Notes or (iv) amend the provisions of Article 10 of the
Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture (which relate to subordination).


                                   ARTICLE 5.
                                   SUCCESSORS


SECTION 5.01.     MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, OR SALE OF ASSETS.

                  The Company shall not consolidate or merge with or into
(whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign,
transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its
properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to another
corporation, Person or entity unless (i) the Company is the surviving
corporation or the entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been
made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States,
any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii) the entity or Person formed
by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or
the entity or Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance
or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the Obligations of the
Company under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement
pursuant to a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee; (iii) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default
exists; (iv) the Company or the entity or Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been
made will, at the time of such transaction and after giving pro forma effect
thereto as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable
four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the Indebtedness to Adjusted Operating Cash Flow Ratio
set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof and (v) each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any,
unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, shall have by
supplemental indenture confirmed that its Subsidiary Guarantee shall apply to
such Person's obligations under the Indenture and the Notes.

                                      -58-
<PAGE>

SECTION 5.02.     SUCCESSOR CORPORATION SUBSTITUTED.

                  Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment,
transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor
corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is
merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and
after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other
disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the "Company" shall
refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and may
exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same
effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein;
provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the
obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case
of a sale of all of the Company's assets that meets the requirements of Section
5.01 hereof.


                                      -59-

<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE 6
                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES


SECTION 6.01.     EVENTS OF DEFAULT

         An "Event of Default" occurs if:

         (a) the Company Defaults in the payment when due of interest on, or
Liquidated Damages, if any, with respect to, the Notes and such Default
continues for a period of 30 days;

         (b) the Company defaults in the payment when due of principal of or
premium, if any, on the Notes when the same becomes due and payable at maturity,
upon redemption or otherwise;

         (c) the Company fails to comply with any of the provisions of section
4.07, 4.09, 4.10, 4.15 or 5.01 hereof;

         (d) the Company or any Subsidiary fails to observe or perform any other
covenant, representation, warranty or other agreement in this Indenture, the
Notes for 60 days after notice to comply;

         (e) a default occurs under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under
which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any
Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (on the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or
is created after the date of this Indenture, which default (i) is caused by a
failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, or interest on such Indebtedness
prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the
date of such default (a "Payment Default") or (ii) results in the acceleration
of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and, in each case, the
principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any
other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the
maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $5.0 million or more;

         (f) a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money are
entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction against the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a Significant Subsidiary and such
judgment or judgments remain unpaid, undischarged, or unstayed for a period of
60 days, provided that the aggregate of all such undischarged judgments exceeds
$5.0 million;

         (g) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any group of
Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

                  (i) commences a voluntary case,

                                      -60-
<PAGE>

                  (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it
         in an involuntary case,

                  (iii) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for
         all or substantially all of its property,

                  (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its
         creditors, or

                  (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

         (h) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under
any Bankruptcy Law that:

                  (i) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted
         Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a
         whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary
         case;

                  (ii) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its
         Restricted Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that,
         taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all
         or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its
         Restricted Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that,
         taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

                  (iii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its
         Restricted Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that,
         taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days;
or

         (i) the termination of any Subsidiary Guarantee for any reason not
permitted by this Indenture, or the denial by any Subsidiary Guarantor or any
Person acting on behalf of any Subsidiary Guarantor of such Subsidiary
Guarantor's obligations under its respective Subsidiary Guarantee.

                  The term "custodian" as used in this Article VI means any
receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy
Law.

                  An Event of Default shall not be deemed to have occurred under
clause (c), (e) or (f) until the Trustee shall have received at the Corporate
Trust Office of the Trustee written notice from the Company or any of the
Holders or unless a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge of such
Event of Default. A Default under clause (e) is not an Event of Default until
the Trustee notifies the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes notify the Company and the Trustee, of the
Default and the Company does not cure the Default within 60 days after receipt
of the notice. The notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied
and state that the notice is a "Notice of Default."

                                      -61-
<PAGE>

                  In the case of any Event of Default pursuant to the provisions
of this Section 6.01 occurring by reason of any action (or inaction) willfully
taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of
avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the
Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, an
equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the
extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes, anything in this
Indenture or in the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding; provided that the
Trustee shall not be under any duty to collect such premium on behalf of the
Holders until such time as Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes so notify the Trustee. If an Event of Default occurs
prior to December 1, 2002 by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken
(or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding the
prohibition on redemption of the Notes prior to December 1, 2002, then the
premium payable for purposes of this paragraph for each of the twelve month
period beginning on December 1 of the years set forth below shall be as set
forth in the following table expressed as a percentage of the amount that would
otherwise be due but for the provisions of this sentence, plus accrued interest,
if any, to the date of payment:

Year                                             Percentage
- ----                                             ---------- 
1998.........................................     111.375%
1999.........................................     109.750%
2000.........................................     108.125%
2001.........................................     106.500%


SECTION 6.02.     ACCELERATION.

                  If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default
specified in clause (g) or (h) of Section 6.01 hereof) occurs and is continuing,
the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately.
Upon any such declaration, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and
unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes shall become due
and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default
specified in clause (g) or (h) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs with respect to the
Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary, or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole,
would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes shall be due
and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders of the Notes
may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in this
Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of
any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of
any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default
relating to the payment of principal or interest or Liquidated Damages, if any)
if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

                                      -62-

<PAGE>

SECTION 6.03.     OTHER REMEDIES.

                  If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee
may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if
any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of
the Notes or this Indenture.

                  The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not
possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A
delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right
or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy
or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies
are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.


SECTION 6.04.     WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS.

                  Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of
the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default
and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default
in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes
(including in connection with an offer to purchase) (provided, however, that the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related
payment default that resulted from such acceleration). Upon any such waiver,
such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom
shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no
such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right
consequent thereon.


SECTION 6.05.     CONTROL BY MAJORITY.

                  Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any
trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any
direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines
may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may
involve the Trustee in personal liability.


SECTION 6.06.     LIMITATION ON SUITS.

                  A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this
Indenture or the Notes only if:

         (a) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a
continuing Event of Default;

                                      -63-
<PAGE>

         (b) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

         (c) such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested,
provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss,
liability or expense;

         (d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after
receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of
indemnity; and

         (e) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction
inconsistent with the request.

                  A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the
rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over
another Holder of a Note.


SECTION 6.07.     RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF NOTES TO RECEIVE PAYMENT.

                  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the
right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any,
and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the
Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for
the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not
be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.


SECTION 6.08.     COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE.

                  If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b)
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its
own name and as Trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole
amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the
Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and
such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of
collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

                                      -64-

<PAGE>

SECTION 6.09.     TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM.

                  The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and
other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the
claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and
the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the
Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and
shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or
other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in
any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such
payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the
making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any
amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the
Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents
and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out
of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of
the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all
distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the
Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or
under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein
contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or
accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement,
adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to
authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such
proceeding.


SECTION 6.10.                       PRIORITIES.

                  If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it
shall pay out the money in the following order:

                  First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts
due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense
and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs
and expenses of collection;

                  Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the
Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference
or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes
for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

                  Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent
jurisdiction shall direct.

                  The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any
payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.


SECTION 6.11.     UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS.

                  In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under
this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or
omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by
any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit,
and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including
reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due
regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party
litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a
Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more
than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.


                                      -65-

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE 7.
                                    TRUSTEE


SECTION 7.01.     DUTIES OF TRUSTEE.

         (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee
shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and
use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would
exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of its own affairs.

         (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

                  (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by
         the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform
         only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and
         no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into
         this Indenture against the Trustee; and

                  (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
         conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
         correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or
         opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of
         this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and
         opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements
         of this Indenture.

         (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful
misconduct, except that:

                  (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b)
         of this Section;

                  (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment
         made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proven that
         the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

                  (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any
         action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
         direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

         (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of
this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs
(a), (b), and (c) of this Section.

         (e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend
or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no
obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the
request of any Holders, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee
security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
expense.

                                      -66-
<PAGE>

         (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received
by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in
trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law.


SECTION 7.02.                       RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

         (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it
to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The
Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

         (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an
Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be
liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on
such Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with
counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall
be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of
any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in
reliance thereon.

         (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not
be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due
care.

         (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or
powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

         (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any
demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if
signed by an Officer of the Company.

         (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the
rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of
any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee
reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities
that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.


SECTION 7.03.     INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

                  The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become
the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any
Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not
Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting
interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for
permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like
rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.


                                      -67-
<PAGE>

SECTION 7.04.     TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER.

                  The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no
representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it
shall not be accountable for the Company's use of the proceeds from the Notes or
any money paid to the Company or upon the Company's direction under any
provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or
application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee,
and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any
statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the
Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of
authentication.


SECTION 7.05.     NOTICE OF DEFAULTS.

                  If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and
if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge of such Default or
Event of Default, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the
Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case
of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, or interest on, any
Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its
Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in
the interests of the Holders of the Notes.


SECTION 7.06.     REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS OF THE NOTES.

                  Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15
following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain
outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report
dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA ss. 313(a) (but if no
event described in TIA ss. 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months
preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also
shall comply with TIA ss. 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all
reports as required by TIA ss. 313(c). A copy of each report at the time of its
mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Company and filed with
the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with
TIA ss. 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are
listed on any stock exchange.


SECTION 7.07.     COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY.

                  The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such
compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the
Company and Trustee have separately agreed. The Trustee's compensation shall not
be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The
Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable
disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the
compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable
compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee's agents and counsel.

                                      -68-
<PAGE>

                  The Company shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all
losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection
with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture,
including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company
(including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether
asserted by the Company or any Holder or any other person) or liability in
connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties
hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be
attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee shall notify the
Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the
Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its
obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall
cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company
shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not
pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld.

                  The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall
survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

                  To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section,
the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held
or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and
interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture.

                  When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an
Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) hereof occurs, the expenses
and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its
agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under
any Bankruptcy Law.

                  The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA ss.
313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.


SECTION 7.08.     REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE.

                  A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a
successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee's
acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.

                  The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be
discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The
Company may remove the Trustee if:

         (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

         (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for
relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

                                      -69
<PAGE>

         (c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its
property; or

         (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

                  If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in
the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the
Company.

                  If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days
after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the
Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor Trustee.

                  If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of a Note
who has been a Holder of a Note for at least six months, fails to comply with
Section 7.10, such Holder of a Note may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor
Trustee.

                  A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the
successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee
under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its
succession to Holders of the Notes. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer
all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums
owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided
for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant
to this Section 7.08, the Company's obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall
continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.


SECTION 7.09.     SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER, ETC.

                  If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or
transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another
corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the
successor Trustee.


SECTION 7.10.     ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION.

                  There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a
corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of
America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise
corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by
federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at
least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of
condition.

                                      -70-
<PAGE>

                  This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the
requirements of TIA ss. 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA
Section 310(b).


SECTION 7.11.     PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST COMPANY.

                  The Trustee is subject to TIA ss. 311(a), excluding any
creditor relationship listed in TIA ss. 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or
been removed shall be subject to TIA ss. 311(a) Section 7.01. to the extent
indicated therein.


                                   ARTICLE 8.
                    LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE


SECTION 8.01.     OPTION TO EFFECT LEGAL DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

                  The Company may, at the option of its Board of Directors
evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers' Certificate, at any time,
elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding
Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.


SECTION 8.02.     LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE.

                  Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the
option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company shall, subject to the
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to
have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes
on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, "Legal
Defeasance"). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be
deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the
outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be "outstanding" only for
the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture
referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all of its other
Obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of
and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments
acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive
until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of
outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section
8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of
the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Company's obligations with
respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights,
powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, and the
Company's obligations in connection therewith and (d) this Article 8. Subject to
compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this
Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03
hereof.

                                      -71-

<PAGE>

SECTION 8.03.     COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

                  Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the
option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company shall, subject to the
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released
from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 3.09, 4.07, 4.08,
4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18 and 5.01 hereof with
respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth
below are satisfied (hereinafter, "Covenant Defeasance"), and the Notes shall
thereafter be deemed not "outstanding" for the purposes of any direction,
waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any
thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed
"outstanding" for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such
Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this
purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the "outstanding"
Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in
respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant,
whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to
any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any
other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply
shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof,
but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes
shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company's exercise under
Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to
the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections
6.01(d) through 6.01(f) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.


SECTION 8.04.     CONDITIONS TO LEGAL OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

                  The following shall be the conditions to the application of
either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

                  In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance:

         (a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust,
for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in United States dollars,
non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as
will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, interest and premium
and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity
or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must
specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular
redemption date;

         (b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company
shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (i) the Company has
received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a
ruling or (ii) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the
applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based
thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the
outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal
income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as
would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

                                      -72-
<PAGE>

         (c) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company
shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the
outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal
income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as
would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

         (d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default
resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) or insofar
as Sections 6.01(g) or (h) hereof are concerned, at any time in the period
ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit (or greater period of time in
which any such deposit of trust funds may remain subject to bankruptcy or
insolvency laws insofar as those apply to the deposit by the Company);

         (e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a
breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or
instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is
bound;

         (f) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion, (i) the trust funds
will not be subject to the rights of holders of Indebtedness other than the
Notes and (ii) assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company between the
date of deposit and the 91st day (or greater period of time in which any such
deposit of trust funds may remain subject to bankruptcy or insolvency laws
insofar as those apply to the deposit by the Company) following the deposit and
assuming no Holder of Notes is an insider of the Company, after the 91st day (or
later date until which any such deposit of trust funds may remain subject to
bankruptcy or insolvency laws insofar as those apply to the deposit by the
Company) following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the
effects of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws
affecting creditors' rights generally under any applicable United States or
state law;

         (g) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent
of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company or
with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the
Company or others; and

         (h) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions
precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant
Defeasance have been complied with.


                                      -73-
<PAGE>

SECTION 8.05.     DEPOSITED MONEY AND GOVERNMENT SECURITIES TO BE 
                  HELD IN TRUST; OTHER MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

                  Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable
Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the
Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section
8.05, the "Trustee") pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the
outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in
accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment,
either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as
Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all
sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and
interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law.

                  The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any
tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable
Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal
and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other
charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

                  Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding,
the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the
request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by
it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally
recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written
certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion
delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof
that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal
Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.


SECTION 8.06.     REPAYMENT TO COMPANY.

                  Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or
then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium
or interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed
for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become
due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by
the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note
shall thereafter, as a secured creditor, look only to the Company for payment
thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to
such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall
thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent,
before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the
Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street
Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that,
after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the
date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money
then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

                                      -74-
<PAGE>

SECTION 8.07.     REINSTATEMENT.

                  If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United
States dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section
8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of
any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise
prohibiting such application, then the obligations of the Company under this
Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had
occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee
or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section
8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company
makes any payment of principal of, premium or interest or Liquidated Damages, if
any, on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company
shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such
payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.


                                   ARTICLE 9.
                        AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER


SECTION 9.01.     WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF NOTES.

                  Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, a
Subsidiary Guarantor (with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantee or the Indenture to
which it is a party) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the
Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees without the consent of any Holder of a Note:

         (a) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

         (b) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
certificated Notes;

         (c) to provide for the assumption of the Company's or any Subsidiary
Guarantor's obligations to Holders of Notes in the case of a merger or
consolidation pursuant to Article 5 hereof, as applicable;

         (d) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or
benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal
rights hereunder of any such Holder; or

         (e) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or
maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA or to allow any
Subsidiary Guarantor to guarantee the Notes.

                  Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of
the Board of Directors of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable,
authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and
upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof,
the Trustee shall join with the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor in the
execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by
the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and
stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be
obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture or Subsidiary
Guarantee that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture
or otherwise.

                                      -75-

<PAGE>

SECTION 9.02.     WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF NOTES.

                  Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company, a
Subsidiary Guarantor (with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantee or the Indenture to
which it is a party) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the
Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the
consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection
with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and, subject
to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default
(other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of,
premium or interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes) or compliance
with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent
of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
(including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase
of, or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes). Any amendment to the
provisions of Article 10 hereof including the related definitions will require
the consent of the Holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding if such amendment would adversely affect the rights of
Holders of Notes.

                  Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of
the Board of Directors of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable,
authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and
upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the
consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of
the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the
Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor in the execution of such amended or
supplemental Indenture unless such amended or supplemental Indenture affects the
Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in
which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to,
enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture.

                  It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of
Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the
substance thereof.

                  After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section
9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected
thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any
failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not,
however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or
supplemental Indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with
any provision of this Indenture or the Notes. However, without the consent of
each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes
held by a non-consenting Holder):

                                      -76-
<PAGE>

         (a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to
an amendment, supplement or waiver;

         (b) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or
alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than
provisions relating to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof);

         (c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest,
including default interest, on any Note;

         (d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of
or interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes (except a
rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that
resulted from such acceleration);

         (e) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

         (f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to
waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments
of principal of or interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, on the
Notes;

         (g) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a
payment required by the provisions of Section 3.09, 4.10 or 4.15 hereof);

         (h) make any change in Section 6.04 or 6.07 hereof or in the foregoing
amendment and waiver provisions; or

         (i) except as provided in Article 8 hereof or otherwise in accordance
with the terms of this Indenture or any Subsidiary Guarantee, release a
Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or make
any change in a Subsidiary Guarantee that would adversely affect the Holders of
the Notes.


SECTION 9.03.     COMPLIANCE WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.

                  Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes
shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with
the TIA as then in effect.


                                      -77-
<PAGE>

SECTION 9.04.     REVOCATION AND EFFECT OF CONSENTS.

                  Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a
consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a
Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences
the same debt as the consenting Holder's Notes, even if notation of the consent
is not made on any Notes. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent
Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Notes if the Trustee receives
written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment
becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in
accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.


SECTION 9.05.     NOTATION ON OR EXCHANGE OF NOTES.

                  The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an
amendment, supplement or waiver on any Notes thereafter authenticated. The
Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate
new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

                  Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue new Notes
shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or
waiver.


SECTION 9.06.     TRUSTEE TO SIGN AMENDMENTS, ETC.

                  The Trustee shall sign any amendment or supplemental Indenture
authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not
adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.
The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental Indenture until its Board
of Directors approves it. If it does, the Trustee may, but need not, sign it. In
signing or refusing to sign such amendment or supplemental Indenture, the
Trustee shall be entitled to receive and, subject to Section 7.01 hereof, shall
be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel as conclusive evidence that such amendment or supplemental Indenture is
authorized or permitted by this Indenture, that it is not inconsistent herewith,
and that it will be valid and binding upon the Company in accordance with its
terms.

                                      -78-

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE 10.
                                  MISCELLANEOUS


SECTION 10.01.    TRUST INDENTURE ACT CONTROLS.

                  If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or
conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA ss.318(c), the imposed duties shall
control.


SECTION 10.02.    NOTICES.

                  Any notice or communication by the Company or the Trustee to
the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by
first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex,
telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the
others' address:

                  If to the Company:

                           Pegasus Communications Corporation
                           c/o Pegasus Communications Management Company
                           5 Radnor Corporate Center, Suite 454
                           100 Matsonford Road
                           Radnor, PA 19087
                           Telecopier No.:  (610) 341-1835
                           Attention:  Marshall W. Pagon

                  With a copy to:

                           Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP
                           PNB Building, 11th Floor
                           1345 Chestnut Street
                           Philadelphia, PA 19107
                           Telecopier No.:  (215) 988-2757
                           Attention:  Michael B. Jordan, Esq.

                  If to the Trustee:

                           First Union National Bank
                           230 S. Tryon Street
                           Charlotte, NC  28288-1153
                           Telecopier No.:  (704) 374-6114
                           Attention:  Client Service Group

                                      -79-
<PAGE>

                  With a copy to:

                           First Union National Bank
                           123 South Broad Street
                           PA 1249
                           Philadelphia, PA 19109
                           Telecopier No.:  (215) 985-7290
                           Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration

                  The Company or the Trustee, by notice to the others may
designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications.

                  All notices and communications (other than those sent to
Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand,
if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail,
postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt
acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to
the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

                  Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by
first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by
overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the
register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so
mailed to any Person described in TIA ss. 313(c), to the extent required by the
TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it
shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

                  If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided
above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee
receives it.

                  If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it
shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.


SECTION 10.03.    COMMUNICATION BY HOLDERS OF NOTES WITH OTHER 
                  HOLDERS OF NOTES.

                  Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA ss. 312(b) with other
Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The
Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of
TIA Section 312(c).


SECTION 10.04.    CERTIFICATE AND OPINION AS TO CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

                  Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee
to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the
Trustee:

         (a) an Officers' Certificate in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in
Section 10.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all
conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture
relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

                                      -80-
<PAGE>

         (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 10.05
hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions
precedent and covenants have been satisfied.


SECTION 10.05     STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN CERTIFICATE OR OPINION.

                  Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate
provided pursuant to TIA ss. 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA
ss. 314(e) and shall include:

         (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has
read such covenant or condition;

         (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
certificate or opinion are based;

         (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made
such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an
informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been
satisfied; and

         (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person,
such condition or covenant has been satisfied.


SECTION 10.06     RULES BY TRUSTEE AND AGENTS.

                  The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a
meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and
set reasonable requirements for its functions.


SECTION 10.07.    NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, 
                 EMPLOYEES AND STOCKHOLDERS.

                  No past, present or future director, officer, employee,
incorporator or stockholder of the Company, as such, shall have any liability
for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture or for any
claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their
creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of
the Notes.

                                      -81-

<PAGE>

SECTION 10.08.    GOVERNING LAW.

                  THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE
USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES.


SECTION 10.09.    NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS.

                  This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other
indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any
other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to
interpret this Indenture.


SECTION 10.10.    SUCCESSORS.

                  All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes
shall bind its respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this
Indenture shall bind its successors.


SECTION 10.11.    SEVERABILITY.

                  In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall
be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability
of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired
thereby.


SECTION 10.12     COUNTERPART ORIGINALS.

                  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.
Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the
same agreement.


SECTION 10.13.    TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC.

                  The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of
the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience
of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall
in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.


                                      -82-
<PAGE>





                                   SIGNATURES

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Indenture
as of the date first written above.


                                 Very truly yours,


                                 PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION




                                 By: ______________________________            
                                 Name:
                                 Title:


FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK
By:____________________________                                              
Name:
Title:


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                                                             <C>
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE..............................................................1
   Section 1.01       Definitions.................................................................................1
   Section 1.02       Other Definitions..........................................................................19
   Section 1.03       Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act..........................................19
   Section 1.04       Rules of Construction......................................................................20

ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES .............................................................................................20
   Section 2.01       Form and Dating............................................................................20
   Section 2.02       Execution and Authentication...............................................................21
   Section 2.03       Registrar and Paying Agent.................................................................21
   Section 2.04       Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust........................................................22
   Section 2.05       Holder Lists...............................................................................22
   Section 2.06       Transfer and Exchange......................................................................23
   Section 2.07       Replacement Notes..........................................................................36
   Section 2.08       Outstanding Notes..........................................................................36
   Section 2.09       Treasury Notes.............................................................................36
   Section 2.10       Temporary Notes............................................................................37
   Section 2.11       Cancellation...............................................................................37
   Section 2.12       Defaulted Interest.........................................................................37

ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT..............................................................................38
   Section 3.01       Notices to Trustee.........................................................................38
   Section 3.02       Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed..........................................................38
   Section 3.03       Notice of Redemption.......................................................................38
   Section 3.04       Effect of Notice of Redemption.............................................................39
   Section 3.05       Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price....................................................39
   Section 3.06       Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part........................................................40
   Section 3.07       Optional Redemption........................................................................40
   Section 3.08       Mandatory Redemption.......................................................................41
   Section 3.09       Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds........................................41

ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS .............................................................................................44
   Section 4.01       Payment of Notes...........................................................................44
   Section 4.02       Maintenance of Office or Agency............................................................44
   Section 4.03       Reports....................................................................................45
   Section 4.04       Compliance Certificate.....................................................................45
   Section 4.05       Taxes......................................................................................46
   Section 4.06       Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.............................................................46
   Section 4.07       Restricted Payments........................................................................46
   Section 4.08       Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting 
                      Subsidiaries...............................................................................49
   Section 4.09       Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred 
                             Stock...............................................................................50
   Section 4.10       Asset Sales................................................................................52
</TABLE>
                                       i

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                   <C>                                                                                      <C>    
   Section 4.11       Transactions with Affiliates...............................................................53
   Section 4.12       Liens......................................................................................54
   Section 4.13       Limitation of Certain Subsidiary Indebtedness and  Preferred Stock.........................54
   Section 4.14       Continued Existence........................................................................55
   Section 4.15       Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.................................................55
   Section 4.16       Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital Stock of Wholly Owned 
                      Restricted Subsidiaries....................................................................56
   Section 4.17       Limitation on Issuance of Subsidiary Guarantee.............................................56
   Section 4.18       No amendment of subordination provisions...................................................58

ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS.............................................................................................58
   Section 5.01       Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets...................................................58
   Section 5.02       Successor Corporation Substituted..........................................................59

ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES..................................................................................60
   Section 6.01       events of default..........................................................................60
   Section 6.02       Acceleration...............................................................................62
   Section 6.03       Other Remedies.............................................................................63
   Section 6.04       Waiver of Past Defaults....................................................................63
   Section 6.05       Control by Majority........................................................................63
   Section 6.06       Limitation on Suits........................................................................63
   Section 6.07       Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment..............................................64
   Section 6.08       Collection Suit by Trustee.................................................................64
   Section 6.09       Trustee May File Proofs of Claim...........................................................64
   Section 6.10       Priorities.................................................................................65
   Section 6.11       Undertaking for Costs......................................................................65

ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE ...............................................................................................66
   Section 7.01       Duties of Trustee..........................................................................66
   Section 7.02       Rights of Trustee..........................................................................67
   Section 7.03       Individual Rights of Trustee...............................................................67
   Section 7.04       Trustee's Disclaimer.......................................................................68
   Section 7.05       Notice of Defaults.........................................................................68
   Section 7.06       Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.................................................68
   Section 7.07       Compensation and Indemnity.................................................................68
   Section 7.08       Replacement of Trustee.....................................................................69
   Section 7.09       Successor Trustee by Merger, etc...........................................................70
   Section 7.10       Eligibility; Disqualification..............................................................70
   Section 7.11       Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company..........................................71

ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE...............................................................71
   Section 8.01       Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance...................................71
   Section 8.02       Legal Defeasance and Discharge.............................................................71
   Section 8.03       Covenant Defeasance........................................................................72
   Section 8.04       Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.................................................72
</TABLE>
                                       ii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                   <C>                                                                                       <C>
   Section 8.05       Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other
                      Miscellaneous Provisions...................................................................74
   Section 8.06       Repayment to Company.......................................................................74
   Section 8.07       Reinstatement..............................................................................75

ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER.......................................................................75
   Section 9.01       Without Consent of Holders of Notes........................................................75
   Section 9.02       With Consent of Holders of Notes...........................................................76
   Section 9.03       Compliance with Trust Indenture Act........................................................77
   Section 9.04       Revocation and Effect of Consents..........................................................77
   Section 9.05       Notation on or Exchange of Notes...........................................................78
   Section 9.06       Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc............................................................78

ARTICLE 10 MISCELLANEOUS.........................................................................................79
   Section 10.01      Trust Indenture Act Controls...............................................................79
   Section 10.02      Notices....................................................................................79
   Section 10.03      Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes..............................80
   Section 10.04      Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.........................................80
   Section 10.05      Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion..............................................81
   Section 10.06      Rules by Trustee and Agents................................................................81
   Section 10.07      No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders...................81
   Section 10.08      Governing Law..............................................................................82
   Section 10.09      No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements..............................................82
   Section 10.10      Successors.................................................................................82
   Section 10.11      Severability...............................................................................82
   Section 10.12      Counterpart Originals......................................................................82
   Section 10.13      Table of Contents, Headings, etc...........................................................82
</TABLE>

                                      iii




<PAGE>

                                  Law Offices
                           DRINKER BIDDLE & REATH LLP
                      Philadelphia National Bank Building
                              1345 Chestnut Street
                          Philadelphia, PA 19107-3496
                           Telephone: (215) 988-2700
                              Fax: (215) 988-2757




                                                       January 21, 1999
Pegasus Communications Corporation
5 Radnor Corporate Center
Suite 454
100 Matsonford Road
Radnor, PA  19087




                  
Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have acted as counsel to Pegasus Communications Corporation, a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the preparation and
filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of a Registration Statement
on Form S-3 (the "Registration Statement"), under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act"), registering an aggregate of 4,664,200 shares of
the Company's Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Shares").

         In this connection, we have examined the originals or copies, certified
or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the Certificate of Incorporation
and the By-laws of the Company, resolutions of the Company's Board of Directors,
and such other documents and corporate records relating to the Company and the
issuance and sale of the Shares as we have deemed appropriate. This opinion is
based exclusively on the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

         In all cases, we have assumed the legal capacity of each natural person
signing any of the documents and corporate records examined by us, the
genuineness of signatures, the authenticity of documents submitted to us as
originals, the conformity to authentic original documents of documents submitted
to us as copies and the accuracy and completeness of all corporate records and
other information made available to us by the Company.

         On the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Shares,
when issued and paid for as contemplated by the Registration Statement, have
been validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable by the Company.

         We hereby consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Legal
Matters" in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement and to the
filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving
this consent, we do not admit that we come within the categories of persons
whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act.


                               Very truly yours,

                               /s/ Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP
                               DRINKER BIDDLE & REATH LLP






<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 10.22

                      SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


         THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT ("this Amendment"), executed
as of August 3, 1998 is by and between PEGASUS MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a
Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"); the undersigned financial institutions,
in their capacities as "Lenders" under the Credit Agreement referred to below,
and being the "Required Lenders", as defined in the Credit Agreement, for
purposes of this Amendment (the "Required Lenders"); and BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
as agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors and
assigns in such capacity, the "Agent").

                                    RECITALS


         A. The Borrower, the Lenders and the Agent are parties to a Credit
Agreement dated as of December 10, 1997, as amended by a First Amendment to
Credit Agreement executed as of March 10, 1998 and effective as of January 1,
1998 (as amended, the "Credit Agreement"). Capitalized terms used herein without
definition have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

         B. The Borrower has requested the amendment of the Credit Agreement to
(1) increase the Letter of Credit Exposure; and (2) increase the amount of
Permitted Seller Debt.

         C. Subject to certain terms and conditions, the Agent and the Required
Lenders are willing to agree to such requests, concurrently with the execution
of this Agreement.

         NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

         I.  Amendments to Credit Agreement.

         Subject to the satisfaction of each of the conditions set forth in
Section III, the Agent and the Required Lenders hereby agree with the Borrower
as follows:

         A.  Letters of Credit.

         Section 1.02(a)(i) of the Credit Agreement is amended by deleting said
subsection (i) and substituting therefor the following:

         "(i) The Issuing Bank shall not issue any Letter of Credit, if after
giving effect to the issuance thereof, (A) the Aggregate Exposure would exceed
the aggregate Commitments then in effect, (B) the aggregate NRTC Letter of
Credit Exposure would exceed $20,000,000, (C) the aggregate General Purpose
Letter of Credit Exposure would exceed $5,000,000, (D) the aggregate Seller
Letter of Credit Exposure would exceed $40,000,000 or (E) the sum of the
aggregate General Purpose Letter of Credit Exposure plus the aggregate Seller
Letter of Credit Exposure would exceed $40,000,000."

         B.  Permitted Seller Debt.

         Section 7.01(g) of the Credit Agreement is amended by deleting said
subsection (g) and substituting therefor the following:

         "(g) Permitted Seller Debt not exceeding $40,000,000 in the aggregate
outstanding at any time, including without limitation all such Indebtedness
specified in Part C of Schedule 7.01;"

         C.  No Further Amendments.

         Except for such amendments, the text of the Credit Agreement and all
other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect and is
hereby ratified and confirmed by the Borrower.

<PAGE>

         II.      Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Borrower.

         The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to, and covenants and
agrees with, the Lenders that:

         A. The execution and delivery of this Amendment have been duly
authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Borrower.

         B. After giving effect to this Amendment, all warranties and
representations set forth in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents
are true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent they
expressly relate to an earlier specified date or are affected by transactions or
events occurring after the Closing Date and permitted or not prohibited under
the Credit Agreement).

         C. As of the date hereof and since the Closing Date, no event or
circumstance has occurred which has had or could have a Material Adverse Effect.

         D. After giving effect to this Amendment, no Default has occurred and
is continuing.

         E. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Affiliates is required to obtain
any consent, approval or authorization from, or to file any declaration or
statement with, any governmental instrumentality or other agency or any other
person or entity (including without limitation the Parent and the Subsidiaries)
in connection with or as a condition to the execution, delivery or performance
of this Amendment.

         F. This Amendment constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation
of the Borrower, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting
the rights and remedies of creditors generally or the application of principles
of equity, whether in any action at law or proceeding in equity, and subject to
the availability of the remedy of specific performance or of any other equitable
remedy or relief to enforce any right thereunder.

         III.     General Conditions.

         The willingness of the Agent and the Required Lenders to agree to the
foregoing is subject to the condition that the Borrower shall have executed and
delivered to the Agent (or shall have caused to be duly executed and delivered
to the Agent by the appropriate persons) the following:

         A.       This Amendment.

         B. True and complete copies of any required stockholders' and/or
directors' consents and/or resolutions, authorizing the execution and delivery
of this Amendment, certified by the Secretary of the appropriate company.

         C. Any and all such documents (including additional Security
Documents), certificates and opinions as the Agent shall reasonably request with
respect to this Amendment and as otherwise required to ensure or evidence
compliance by the Borrower with the requirements of Sections 2.01(b)(i) and
2.01(b)(ii) of the Credit Agreement in connection therewith.

         IV.      Miscellaneous.

         A. As provided in the Credit Agreement, the Borrower agrees to
reimburse the Agent upon demand for all reasonable fees and disbursements of
counsel to the Agent incurred in connection with the preparation of this
Amendment.

         B. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York.

         C. This Amendment may be executed by the parties hereto in several
counterparts hereof and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts
hereof, all of which counterparts shall together constitute one and the same
agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Amendment by facsimile
transmission shall be effective as an in hand delivery of an original executed
counterpart hereof.

                      *The Next Page is the Signature Page*

<PAGE>



       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Agent, the Borrower and the undersigned Required
Lenders have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as a sealed instrument by
their duly authorized representatives, all as of the day and year first above
written.


                      BORROWER:

                      PEGASUS MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                      By: 
                          Robert N. Verdecchio, Senior Vice President


                      AGENT:

                      BANKERS TRUST COMPANY


                     By:____________________________________
                     Name:_________________________________
                     Title:__________________________________


                     LENDERS:

                     BANKERS TRUST COMPANY


                     By:___________________________________
                     Name:________________________________
                     Title:_________________________________





<PAGE>



[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement of Pegasus Media &
Communications, Inc. and Bankers Trust Company as Agent for the Lenders, dated
as of December 10, 1997]



                     BANKBOSTON, N.A.


                     By:____________________________
                     Name:__________________________
                     Title:___________________________



<PAGE>



[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement of Pegasus Media &
Communications, Inc. and Bankers Trust Company as Agent for the Lenders, dated
as of December 10, 1997]



                     BANQUE PARIBAS


                     By:____________________________
                     Name:__________________________
                     Title:___________________________



<PAGE>



[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement of Pegasus Media &
Communications, Inc. and Bankers Trust Company as Agent for the Lenders, dated
as of December 10, 1997]



                     BANK OF MONTREAL, CHICAGO BRANCH


                     By:__________________________________________________
                     Name:______________________________
                     Title:_______________________________


<PAGE>



[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement of Pegasus Media &
Communications, Inc. and Bankers Trust Company as Agent for the Lenders, dated
as of December 10, 1997]



                     FLEET NATIONAL BANK


                     By:_____________________________
                     Name:__________________________
                     Title:___________________________



<PAGE>



[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement of Pegasus Media &
Communications, Inc. and Bankers Trust Company as Agent for the Lenders, dated
as of December 10, 1997]



                     IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY
                         
                         
                     By:_________________________________
                     Name:______________________________
                     Title:_______________________________
                         
                         
<PAGE>



[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement of Pegasus Media &
Communications, Inc. and Bankers Trust Company as Agent for the Lenders, dated
as of December 10, 1997]



                     MEESPIERSON CAPITAL CORP.


                     By:______________________________
                     Name:____________________________
                     Title:_____________________________



<PAGE>



[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement of Pegasus Media &
Communications, Inc. and Bankers Trust Company as Agent for the Lenders, dated
as of December 10, 1997]



                     STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY


                     By:_________________________________
                     Name:_______________________________
                     Title:________________________________



<PAGE>



[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement of Pegasus Media &
Communications, Inc. and Bankers Trust Company as Agent for the Lenders, dated
as of December 10, 1997]



                     COMPAGNIE FINANCIERE DE CIC             
                     ET DE L'UNION EUROPEENNE
                     
                     
                     By:______________________________
                     Name:____________________________
                     Title:_____________________________
                     


<PAGE>

    
[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement of Pegasus Media &
Communications, Inc. and Bankers Trust Company as Agent for the Lenders, dated
as of December 10, 1997]




                     UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA


                     By:______________________________
                     Name:____________________________
                     Title:_____________________________





<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 10.23

                       THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


         THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT ("this Amendment"), executed
as of December 31, 1998, is by and among PEGASUS MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a
Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"); the undersigned financial institutions,
in their capacities as "Lenders" under the Credit Agreement referred to below,
and being the "Required Lenders", as defined in the Credit Agreement, for
purposes of this Amendment (the "Required Lenders"); and BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
as agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors and
assigns in such capacity, the "Agent").

                                    RECITALS

         A. The Borrower, the Lenders and the Agent are parties to a Credit
Agreement dated as of December 10, 1997, as amended pursuant to a First
Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of March 10, 1998 and a Second Amendment
to Credit Agreement dated as of August 3, 1998 (as so amended, the "Credit
Agreement"). Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings
assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

         B. On November 30, 1998, the Parent issued and sold its 93/4% Senior
Notes due 2006 in the aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000, issued
pursuant to an Indenture dated as of such date between the Parent and First
Union National Bank, as trustee. In connection with the sale of the New PCC
Senior Notes, the Parent prepared and circulated an Offering Memorandum dated
November 24, 1998, setting forth information regarding the Parent, the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries and the New PCC Senior Notes.

         C. Approximately $95,000,000 of the gross proceeds of the Offering has
been or, simultaneously with the execution of this Amendment, will be
contributed to the equity capital of the Borrower to retire existing
indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lenders and to finance the acquisition of a
cable system serving Aguadilla, Puerto Rico and neighboring communities (the
"Aguadilla Acquisition"), certain pending DBS Acquisitions and working capital.

         D. The Borrower has requested the amendment of the Credit Agreement to
(1) permit dividends by the Borrower to the Parent to finance interest payable
under such Senior Notes, (2) revise the calculation of Adjusted Fixed Charges
under Section 5.03 of the Credit Agreement, (3) revise the Fixed Charges and
Subscriber Acquisition Cost covenants in Sections 5.03 and 5.04 of the Credit
Agreement and (4) permit the Aguadilla Acquisition.

         E. Subject to certain terms and conditions, the Agent and the Required
Lenders are willing to agree to such requests, concurrently with the execution
of this Amendment.

         NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

         I. Amendments to Credit Agreement. Subject to the satisfaction of each
of the conditions set forth in Section IV below, the Agent and the Required
Lenders hereby agree with the Borrower as follows:
<PAGE>

         A.       Definitions.

                  1. Article XI of the Credit Agreement is amended by adding
         thereto, in appropriate alphabetical location, the following new
         definitions:

         New PCC Senior Notes. The Parent's 93/4% Senior Notes due 2006 in the
         aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000, issued pursuant to the New
         PCC Indenture.

         New PCC Indenture. The Indenture dated as of November 30, 1998 between
         the Parent and First Union National Bank, as trustee.

         New Offering Memorandum. The Offering Memorandum dated November 24,
         1998, and setting forth information regarding the Parent, the Borrower
         and its Subsidiaries and the New PCC Senior Notes.

                  2. Article XI of the Credit Agreement is further amended by
         deleting the second reference to "SAC Payments" from clause (m) of the
         definition of "Permitted Investments" and substituting therefor the
         term "SAC Commissions"

         B.       Fixed Charges, Subscriber Acquisition Costs; Etc.

                  1. Article XI of the Credit Agreement is further amended by
         deleting the definitions of Adjusted Fixed Charges and Subordinated
         Debt and substituting therefor the following:

         Adjusted Fixed Charges. For any period of four (4) fiscal quarters, the
         sum of (a) Subscriber Acquisition Costs for any such four quarter
         period ending on or after March 31, 2001; (b) Total Debt Service for
         such period (excluding (i) payments of principal in respect of
         Permitted Seller Debt and Permitted Seller Subordinated Debt and (ii)
         voluntary prepayments of the Notes); (c) Capital Expenditures made by
         the Companies during such period; and (d) all other distributions and
         other payments made to the Parent under Section 5.05 or otherwise
         (excluding dividends and distributions made by the Borrower to the
         Parent as permitted under Section 5.05(b)(vii)).

         Subordinated Debt. (a) Indebtedness of the Borrower and any of its
         Subsidiaries to the Subordinated Noteholders under the Subordinated
         Indenture and the Subordinated Notes, (b) Permitted Seller Subordinated
         Debt and (c) any Indebtedness which is subject to an Affiliate
         Subordination Agreement.

                  2. Section 5.03 of the Credit Agreement is amended by deleting
         the Table contained therein and substituting therefor the following:


                                    Quarter End                  Minimum Ratio
                                    -----------                  -------------

         December 31, 1998 and March 31, 1999                      1.00:1.00
         June 30, 1999 through September 30, 1999                  1.05:1.00
         December 31, 1999 through March 31, 2000                  1.15:1.00
         June 30, 2000 through September 30, 2000                  1.20:1.00
         December 31, 2000                                         1.25:1.00
         March 31 through December 31, 2001                        1.05:1.00
         March 31, 2002 and each quarter end                       1.10:1.00
          thereafter

                  3. Section 5.04 of the Credit Agreement is amended by adding
         the following at the end thereof:

         Not permit the Average Subscriber Acquisition Cost for any period of
         four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ended on or after December 31,
         1998 through and including December 31, 2000 to exceed the following:

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

                                                           Maximum Subscriber
                          Four Quarter Period Ended         Acquisition Cost
                          -------------------------        ------------------
                      
         December 31, 1998                                      $550
         March 31, 1999                                         $600
         June 30, 1999                                          $650
         September 30, 1999                                     $700
         December 31, 1999                                      $750
         March 31, 2000                                         $770
         June 30, 2000                                          $790
         September 30, 2000                                     $810
         December 31, 2000                                      $825

         D. Restricted Payments. Section 5.05 of the Credit Agreement is amended
by adding a new paragraph (b)(ix) at the end thereof reading in its entirety as
follows:

         (ix) The Borrower may pay annual or semi-annual dividends or
distributions to the Parent solely for the purpose of financing interest due and
payable under the New PCC Senior Notes, provided that no Default shall exist as
of the date of the proposed payment or after giving effect thereto.

         E. No Further Amendments. Except for such amendments, the text of the
Credit Agreement and all other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged and in full
force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed by the Borrower.

         F. Consent to Aguadilla Acquisition. As provided in clause (a) of the
definition of "Permitted Acquisitions" set forth in the Credit Agreement, the
Required Lenders hereby approve the Aguadilla Acquisition, subject to compliance
with all of the conditions thereto set forth in such definition and in other
provisions of the Loan Documents and provided that the aggregate purchase price
paid in connection therewith shall not exceed $42,000,000, plus customary
prorations and adjustments.

         II. Waiver. The Borrower has applied $65,000,000 of the Equity Proceeds
to repay principal under the Notes and has requested that it be permitted to
retain the balance of the Equity Proceeds for use as contemplated in Recital C
above. The Lenders hereby agree to such request and waive the application of
Section 1.06(d) to such portion of the Equity Proceeds. The foregoing waiver is
limited to its express terms

         III. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Borrower. The
Borrower hereby represents and warrants to, and covenants and agrees with, the
Lenders that:

         A. The execution and delivery of this Amendment have been duly
authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Borrower.

         B. After giving effect to this Amendment, all warranties and
representations set forth in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents
are true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent they
expressly relate to an earlier specified date or are affected by transactions or
events occurring after the Closing Date and permitted or not prohibited under
the Credit Agreement).

         C. As of the date hereof and since the Closing Date, no event or
circumstance has occurred which has had or could have a Material Adverse Effect.

         D. After giving effect to this Amendment, no Default has occurred and
is continuing.

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

         E. None of the Borrower or any of its Affiliates is required to obtain
any consent, approval or authorization from, or to file any declaration or
statement with, any governmental instrumentality or other agency or any other
person or entity (including without limitation the Parent and the Subsidiaries)
in connection with or as a condition to the execution, delivery or performance
of this Amendment.

         F. This Amendment constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation
of the Borrower, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting
the rights and remedies of creditors generally or the application of principles
of equity, whether in any action at law or proceeding in equity, and subject to
the availability of the remedy of specific performance or of any other equitable
remedy or relief to enforce any right thereunder.

         G.       Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,

                  (a) all of the Obligations are permitted under, do not and
         will not violate, and constitute "Eligible Indebtedness" under, the New
         PCC Indenture, the New PCC Senior Notes and any and all other
         instruments and agreements entered into or issued in connection
         therewith; and

                  (b) the New PCC Senior Notes and the New PCC Indenture are
         permitted under, and do not and will not violate, the PCC Preferred
         Stock Designation, the PCC Indenture, the PCC Senior Notes and the
         Subordinated Debt Documents.

         IV. General Conditions. The willingness of the Agent and the Required
Lenders to agree to the foregoing is subject to the condition that the Borrower
shall have executed and delivered to the Agent (or shall have caused to be duly
executed and delivered to the Agent by the appropriate persons) the following:

         A.       This Amendment.

         B. True and complete copies of any required stockholders' and/or
directors' consents and/or resolutions, authorizing the execution and delivery
of this Amendment, certified by the Secretary of the appropriate company.

         C. True and complete copies of the New PCC Indenture and of the form of
the New PCC Senior Notes.

         D. True and complete copies of the Acquisition Agreement relating to
the Aguadilla Acquisition, reflecting terms and conditions consistent with the
requirements of the Credit Agreement with respect to Permitted Acquisitions.

         E. Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that at least $95,000,000 of the
gross proceeds of the Offering has been contributed to the equity capital of the
Borrower.

         F. Any and all such documents, certificates and opinions (including an
opinion with respect to the Special Purpose Subsidiary and an opinion with
respect to the New PCC Senior Notes and the New PCC Senior Indenture) as the
Agent shall reasonably request with respect to this Amendment.

         V.       Miscellaneous.

         A. As provided in the Loan Agreement, the Borrower agrees to reimburse
the Agent upon demand for all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to
the Agent incurred in connection with the preparation of this Amendment.

         B. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York.

         C. This Amendment may be executed by the parties hereto in several
counterparts hereof and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts
hereof, all of which counterparts shall together constitute one and the same
agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Amendment by facsimile
transmission shall be effective as an in hand delivery of an original executed
counterpart hereof.

                      *The Next Page is the Signature Page*

                                      -4-

<PAGE>



       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Agent, the Borrower and the undersigned Required
Lenders have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as a sealed instrument by
their duly authorized representatives, all as of the day and year first above
written.


                             BORROWER:
                             ---------

                             PEGASUS MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                             By:_____________________________________________ 
                                  Robert N. Verdecchio, Senior Vice President


                             AGENT:
                             ------

                             BANKERS TRUST COMPANY


                             By:____________________________________
                                  Gregory P. Shefrin, Vice President


                             LENDERS:
                             --------

                             BANKERS TRUST COMPANY


                             By:___________________________________
                                  Gregory P. Shefrin, Vice President





                             BANKBOSTON, N.A.


                             By:____________________________
                             Name:__________________________
                             Title:___________________________

                                      -5-

<PAGE>



                             BANQUE PARIBAS


                             By:____________________________
                             Name:__________________________
                             Title:_________________________



                             BANK OF MONTREAL, CHICAGO
                             BRANCH


                             By:____________________________
                             Name:__________________________
                             Title:_________________________


                             FLEET NATIONAL BANK


                             By:_____________________________
                             Name:__________________________
                             Title:___________________________

                                      -6-

<PAGE>



                             IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST
                             COMPANY


                             By:_________________________________
                             Name:_______________________________
                             Title:_______________________________



                             MEESPIERSON CAPITAL CORP.


                             By:______________________________
                             Name:____________________________
                             Title:_____________________________





                             STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST
                             COMPANY


                             By:_________________________________
                             Name:_______________________________
                             Title:________________________________




                             COMPAGNIE FINANCIERE DE CIC
                             ET DE L'UNION EUROPEENNE


                             By:______________________________
                             Name:____________________________
                             Title:_____________________________



                             UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA


                             By:______________________________
                             Name:____________________________
                             Title:_____________________________

                                      -7-


<PAGE>
                                                                  Exhibit 23.1


                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

   
We consent to the inclusion in this registration statement of Pegasus
Communications Corporation on Form S-3 of our report dated February 26, 1998 on
our audits of the consolidated financial statements of Pegasus Communications
Corporation as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and for the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1997. We also consent to the reference to our firm
under the captions "Experts."
    






                                           /s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers
                                           --------------------------------
                                           PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP





   
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
January 26, 1999
    




<PAGE>
                                                                  Exhibit 23.2

                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

   
As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the inclusion in this
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Pegasus' Registration Statement of our report
dated February 18, 1998 on the consolidated balance sheets of Digital Television
Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and the related
consolidated statements of operations, members'/stockholders' equity, and cash
flows for the period from inception (January 30, 1996) through December 31, 1996
and for the year ended December 31, 1997 and to all references to our Firm
included in or made a part of this Registration Statement.
    


/s/ Arthur Andersen
- -----------------------
Arthur Andersen


   
Atlanta, Georgia
January 25, 1999
    



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission